T

m

D
□

□

m
□

ALLAN HANCOCK FOUNDATION/
PUBLICATIONS

OF f^

THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA

>^^

/

First Series

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS

Volume 12
1945

THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS

LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA

1945

ALLAN HANCOCK FOUNDATION
PUBLICATIONS

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS

Volume 12
1945

THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS

LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA

1945

CONTENTS

Pages
1. Pacific Marine Algae of the Allan Hancock Expeditions to the Galapa-
gos Islands, by William Randolph Taylor. (Plates 1-100) 1-518

Index 519-528

PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE OF THE ALLAN

HANCOCK EXPEDITIONS TO THE

GALAPAGOS ISLANDS

By WILLIAM RANDOLPH TAYLOR

The University of Southern California Publications
Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions

VOLUME 12
Issued May, 1945

The University of Southern California Press
Los Angeles, California

CONTENTS

Preface i

Introduction 1

Historical Review 1

Equipment 3

General Descriptions of Localities 4-

General Characteristics of the Algal Flora 28

Summary of Algal Distribution 34

Descriptive Catalogue 37

Chi.orophyceae 37

Phaeophyceae 78

Myxophyceae 124

Rhodophyceae 131

Literature Cited 307

Plates 318

Index TO Stations 519

Index to Algae 520

PREFACE

In the autumn of 1933, Dr. Waldo L. Schmitt of the U. S. National
Museum broached the possibility of the writer's engaging in marine col-
lecting in the warmer parts of the Pacific Ocean. Delighted at the pros-
pect of such a chance to extend his phycological experience, he made the
necessary arrangements to assure permission to leave his teaching duties.
In due time a kind invitation to join the pending expedition came on
behalf of Captain Allan Hancock, and was accepted with alacrity. There
was little further time for preparation, but collector's gear for a phycolo-
gist not being very specialized, an outfit was soon assembled and shipped.
Taking a circuitous route in order to establish closer relations with
botanists at West coast institutions, the writer joined the staff on the
Velero III before the end of December. This expedition spent about
three months in the field, making stops on Baja California, Is. Revilla
Gigedo, mainland Mexico, Costa Rica, Panama, Colombia, Ecuador,
and especially the Galapagos Islands. In territory new to the writer's
experience, the trip was altogether delightful, and produced a wealth of
material. The attractive features of the Velero III and of the Hancock
Expeditions have been ably described and illustrated by DeWitt Mere-
dith (1939) and C. McLean Eraser (1943 a, b).

On returning to the University, full attention could not immediately
be given to the study of this material because the writer already had in
hand another considerable enterprise (Taylor 1937). However, the
incidental collections of vascular plants, bryophytes and lichens, and the
Myxophyceae were sent off for study by kind and skilled friends, and, so
far as advantageous, reports on these have been published (Steere 1936,
Drouet 1936, Dodge 1936). Of the labor of those associates who have
generously given their time to the study and determination of the groups
secondarily collected in 1934 and 1939, both those which resulted in im-
mediate publication and those which did not, this is an appropriate place
to express appreciation. Because of being singlehanded and short of time
on land, these collections could be only fragmentary, but evidently they
were not the less of considerable interest. Work was started on the
marine algae of the expedition, but progressed slowly. It became possible
to take many of the specimens abroad in 1937 to compare with specimens
in European herbaria, a trip which also enabled the writer to prepare for
publication an account of certain collections from the Strait of Magellan
(Taylor 1939), thereby improving his knowledge of the flora south of
the range of the Hancock Expeditions. Hardly was intensive work again

\^\. . *.►• Os

begun, when another chance to get into the field under Captain Hancock's
generous auspices developed. Since by this time the Captain had given the
Velero III to The University of Southern California, the vi^ork came
nou^ more directly under that institution.

This 1939 trip did not entirely correspond in route to the 1934 voy-
age, but while supplementing the collections south to Panama the party
then went through the Canal and a month's work was done in the Carib-
bean. Since the writer had had more experience with algae from this than
from any other exotic area, this was specially advantageous, but as a
result he was again diverted from finishing with the West coast material
until a susbtantial report on the eastern part of the 1939 Expedition
(Taylor 1942) and certain other papers on similar material had been
published. However, material in other groups worked up by collaborators
(Sparrow 1940, Hedrick 1942) was immediately dealt with.

Finally, an account of the bulk of the 1934 and 1939 Pacific marine
algae has been assembled. It shows that this area has a varied marine
flora, of which a surprisingly large proportion of the plants have hitherto
been undescribed. No doubt more thorough field vi^ork in the future will
show still other new things we missed, and especially will connect the
records we have made into a more continuous account of the flora of this
coast. The present report is only the product of brief pioneering explora-
tions, and much remains to be done to improve the completeness and the
exactness of our knowledge of the algal flora of this area.

To Captain Allan Hancock, sponsor of these expeditions and master
of the expeditions' vessel, the Velero III, for his many kindnesses,
most grateful thanks are offered. Always thoughtful for the comfort of
his guests, he made their work and leisure thoroughly delightful. The
professional members of his crews also cheerfully gave eveiy assistance to
the scientific members in the arduous labor of dredging, and of landing
parties and their equipment, often under conditions hazardous at least
to the latter. That the scientists should occasionally lend each other a
helping hand is to be expected, especially with the dredging, and Drs. C.
McLean Fraser, H. W. Manter, and J. S. Garth, assisted by Fred Ziesen-
henne and F. Elmore, did facilitate the writer's collecting on many occa-
sions, but most particularly did Dr. Waldo L. Schmitt contribute to the
tale of algae brought on board and mounted. Not only on the expeditions
of 1934 and 1939 but also on several others under Hancock or other
auspices, he secured interesting algae which the writer has been enabled
to include in this account to its considerable enrichment. For some
Schmitt material from earlier expeditions acknowledgement is due the
U. S. National Museum, and for the Hassler specimens, the Farlow
Herbarium.

11

Taking advantage of the special interests of various phycologists, the
writer was fortunate in having certain genera determined by others : the
contributions of Dr. Francis Drouet, Dr. George J. HoUenberg, Dr.
Cheng Kwei Tseng, Dr. Francesca Thivy, and Dr. Ruth Chen-Ying
Chou are designated in the systematic portion of the text.

To the scientists in whose care lie the algal collections chiefly con-
sulted abroad and at home, most grateful acknowledgement is made for
the hospitality of their institutions, in particular Dr. A. D. Cotton of
the herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew, and Mr. J. Rams-
bottom and Mr. Geoffrey Tandy of the herbarium of the British Mu-
seum (Natural History), Prof. Wm. Wright Smith and Dr. J. Mac-
Queen Cowan of the herbarium at the Royal Botanic Gardens, Edin-
burgh, Prof. Harald Kylin for the use of the fundamental herbaria of
C. A. Agardh and J. G. Agardh at Lund, Prof. Nils Svedelius of the
Botanical Institute at Upsala for the use of that rich collection. Prof.
Carl Skottsberg for the use of the herbarium at the Botaniska Tradgard,
Goteborg, and to Dr. F. B0rgesen, notable student of Caribbean and
Indian algae, for his great kindness in arranging for the study of the
algae at the Botanical Museum, Copenhagen. In this country particular
assistance has been rendered by Dr. W. A. Setchell and, after his death,
by Dr. H. L. Mason in loaning specimens from the University of Cali-
fornia herbarium, by Dr. John T. Howell in loaning his algae from the
Zaca Expedition in the herbarium of the California Academy of Sciences,
by Dr. Ira L. Wiggins for the loan of specimens, particularly from the
Hopkins-Stanford Expedition, in the herbarium of Stanford University,
by Dr. M. A. Howe and, since his death, by Dr. Fred J. Seaver for
specimens from the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden, and
by Dr. D. H. Linder for specimens from the Farlow Herbarium. Many
of these botanists, and others, have in various ways given generous advice
and aid, particularly Dr. W. R. Maxon, Dr. G. M. Smith, Dr. G. J.
HoUenberg, and Dr. G. F. Papenfuss. The task of preparing the Latin
diagnoses was assumed by Dr. Hannah T. Croasdale, for which signal
service the writer is very grateful.

Two considerable works on West coast algae developed while this
study was in progress and were brought to completion before it was
printed. Dr. E. Yale Dawson under Hancock auspices visited the Gulf
of California ; he generously permitted the author to see galley proofs of
his report, enabling a comparison to be made with that peculiar area.
Prof. G. M. Smith has developed a marine flora of the region of
Monterey, California, a much-needed study; he most kindly sent page
proofs of his text for the writer's use. Since the systematic part of the
present report was for the most part in typescript before these aids were

111

received, they could not be referred to as comprehensively as might be
desirable; nevertheless, they were of great assistance.

The University of Michigan Press has kindly allow^ed the author to
draw freely upon his handbook of North American Atlantic coast algae
in preparing the descriptions of the algae secured on the Hancock Expe-
ditions.

Finally, cordial acknowledgement is made of the generous action of
the Regents of the University of Michigan, which permitted joining
these expeditions, and the Executive Board of the Rackham School of
Graduate Studies for grants from the Faculty Research Fund for various
expenses incident to the study.

Because of the short periods available at single stations, often only a
few hours or the duration of a low tide, comprehensive studies of an area
were impossible. Each represents but a reconnaissance visit ; the sum total
is probably considerably more complete because of overlapping floras, but
the ranges of many of the algae probably falsely appear very limited. The
classification of the material has proved veiy difficult. Our knowledge of
the Northwest coast flora is fairly good down to southern California, but
an account of the Rhodophyceae has never been assembled. Partial collec-
tions have been made in the Gulf of California, the Revilla Gigedo Is.,
and in a small way from the Galapagos Is. Thence to Peru there are
only a few scattering applicable reports of algae. Our knowledge of
Chilean algae is fragmentaiy and old. The area of this present report is,
then, the least known of the whole West coast, it is climatically re-
stricted, many elements of the flora seem rather isolated, and a conspicu-
ous part of it is hitherto undescribed.

Since there has been less historical material on which to base this
floristic study than usual, the writer has felt it wise to differentiate his
plants as far as feasible from species of other areas. While this may result
with further knowledge in reduction to synonymy of sundry names, it will
be less damaging than confusing different plants under the same name,
which is the alternative risk. From lack of complete reproductive m.aterial
and from the intrinsic difficulty of studying the histology of marine algae
from dried material, only tentative allocation of many new species to
genus could be made. While regretting the manifest weaknesses of this
report in these respects, the writer feels that they are largely inherent in
a pioneering survey of this scope.

The first set of specimens, including the technical types of the newly
described species, will be deposited with the Hancock Foundation; a
second set, including portions of most of the type collections, in the her-
barium of the University of Michigan ; duplicates will be distributed from

these institutions.

iv

PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE OF THE ALLAN HANCOCK
EXPEDITIONS TO THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS

William Randolph Taylor

INTRODUCTION

The Pacific territory traversed by the 1934 and 1939 Hancock Expe-
ditions was thoroughly familiar to Captain Hancock and some of his
crew and scientists by virtue of frequent previous visits. As these had not
involved a marine botanist, it was a new field in this respect, and this is
the first general Hancock Pacific Expedition report of the marine plants
of the region. For this reason it is appropriate to go into some detail re-
garding the history of algal study in the area, the actual operations, the
aspect of the places visited, their main marine plant characteristics, and
the general floristic relationships of this territory.

HISTORICAL REVIEW

Hooker (1851) and Howell (1941b) mention the brief visit to the
Galapagos Is. of a notable collector, Hugh Cuming, in 1809; he was
followed by Douglas, Scouler, MacRae, Darwin, Du Petit Thouars, and
Edmonstone (Hooker 1851). Since this early period, visitors have been
more frequent, and collections of vascular plants of a considerable degree
of completeness are available in England and more particularly in Amer-
ica, though the lower cryptogams have fared poorly in these field activi-
ties. Of the more recent explorations only enough notice can be given to
enable interested parties to obtain access, through their published results,
to the quite considerable botanical literature now accumulated. We may
mention a few, partly because they collected algae, partly for the impor-
tance of their other botanical observations. Algal records practically begin
with the papers of Piccone (1886, 1889) on the collections of the Vettor
Pisani Expedition, though Galapagos algal records are few. The United
States Coast Survey vessel Hassler secured a few algae in 1872 (Pourtales
1875), and the United States Bureau of Fisheries vessel Albatross rather
fewer in 1888, but these while identified in part were not directly pub-
lished upon (Taylor 1930, p. 627).

The next considerable collections were those of Snodgrass and Heller,
who secured the plants for the Hopkins-Stanford Expedition (Robinson

[1]

2 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

1902, p. 77) ; some algae were included, and these were reported upon
by Farlow (1902, p. 89), this having been the first significant collection
of algae made here. Following, we recognize the St. George Expedition
where Dr. Cyril Crossland (1927) collected some algae, perhaps alto-
gether coralline algae from Panama and the Galapagos Is., which are
reported by Mme. P. Lemoine (1929). Unfortunately, the Astor Expe-
dition of 1930, on the yacht NourTnahal, though it did good work among
the vascular plants, apparently did not produce any algae (Svenson 1935,
1938). The Templeton-Crocker Expedition of 1932 on the yacht Zaca
did much better. Dr. J. T. Howell making considerable collections here
and to the northward, which have been reported upon by Setchell
(1937b) and by Setchell and Gardner (1937). Dr. W. L. Schmitt on
several occasions collected algae in the islands, and at other places within
the range of this report, but these materials are here referred to for the
first time. These all taken together, however, were not enough to justify
much analysis with respect to either the composition or the relationships
of the Galapagos marine flora.

Conditions on the mainland have been even less satisfactory than on
the Galapagos Is. Just south of our territory we have Howe's (1914)
paper on R. E. Coker's Peruvian marine algae. There are hardly any
references to Ecuadorean or Pacific Colombian marine algae. There are
very few recorded species from Panama, chiefly those of Lemoine (1911).
For the coast north to Mexico again there is apparently nothing, but here
we have the important but brief paper of J. Agardh (1841), where
several new species are described. The outlying Is. Revilla Gigedo
yielded a number of algae to the California Academy of Sciences Expe-
dition, and these, collected by H. L. Mason, have been studied and the
flora analyzed by Setchell and Gardner (1930). The Gulf of California
has fared somewhat better. Hariot (1895) listed a very few species, and
later Howe (1911) a greater number on the basis of collections made at
La Paz by G. L. Vives. The materials assembled on the California
Academy of Sciences Expedition by I. M. Johnston, T. S. Brandegee,
and W. E. Bryant, and by Dr. and Mrs. Marchant, were much more
ample, and they were reported upon by Setchell and Gardner (1924);
a further study by E. Y. Dawson appeared in 1944. Northward on the
peninsula of Baja California small collections have been made and several
species reported, especially in scattering notes by Setchell and Gardner,
but there is no assembled account of them. Beyond the sources of our
collections to the north, the coast comes within the range of resident
botanists and, while much remains to be done, it is relatively well known.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 3

EQUIPMENT

On the two expeditions here reported, the writer as botanist repre-
senting the University of Michigan brought with him thence all portable
equipment. This consisted of the customary plant presses, ventilators,
papers, glassware, mounting pans and zinc sheets, and all minor supplies.
The ship's engineers constructed for botanical use two excellent drying
racks which, electrically heated, circulated warm air through the presses
and enabled material to be processed in 12-24 hours, seldom needing more.
The ship was already amply fitted for dredging^ even beyond the depth
to which algae grew, and one of the launches equally adapted for use in
shallower water. It is not the writer's purpose here to describe the hand-
ling of algal material in detail; with obvious adaptations to a tropical
environment the necessary directions are those outlined by him earlier
(Taylor 1937, pp. 9-18).

In general, tropical material is rather less quick to decay than northern
material, but like it, should be kept in the shade with adequate water or
aeration, and as cool as possible. It can, if immediate care is impossible,
safely be stored in the ship's refrigerators, so long as it is not frozen. Mate-
rial bruised by dredging, and especially material from deep and so veiy
cold water, is liable to spoil rapidly and should be mounted without de-
lay, or stored in the icebox. It is rarely possible to bottle each species sepa-
rately, but it is advantageous, for each station, to put in one jar of preserv-
ative representative portions of all especially interesting types. These must
have a particularly durable label written with soft pencil on good rag paper
enclosed with the specimen. If the latter is rough or attached to shells or
stones, the label must be protected from defacement. While not necessary
on these trips, the writer has many times received excellent bulk material
stored in 5-gallon kerosene tins soldered shut, and later crated for ship-
ment. This is particularly suited for scientific expeditions operating from
the shore, but is good for shipboard use also. The best preservative for
algae is 4 per cent formaldehyde in sea water neutralized with a little
borax, provided the specimens can be kept from strong light.

1 For description and illustrations of dredging equipment and practice see
Fraser 1943a, especially pis. 5, 6, 12-14.

4 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

GENERAL DESCRIPTIONS OF
LOCALITIES

Baja California, Mexico

I. Cerros^

Lying west of Ba. Sebastian Viscaino about halfway down the coast
of Baja California is the rather large island sometimes designated I.
Cerros and sometimes I. Cedros. It is characterized by high, steep hills
with sharp ravines, and reddish rock, especially on the heights. The shore
is abrupt and for the most part rocky. The Hancock Expeditions of 1934
and 1939 both stopped at the island. On the first occasion the vessel lay
in South Bay and a considerable collection of algae was made. In 1939 it
stopped at a small settlement about a cannery on the southeast end of the
island. There was little opportunity to collect algae on this occasion, and
only a few Myxophyceae were secured about the landing place.

On the earlier occasion an abundant flora probably similar to that of
the southern California coast was noted. The tidal range was considerable
and the surge moderate. The rocks showed a notable belt of pink coralline
algae and numerous large types. Conspicuous Chlorophyceae were absent,
but the Phaeophyceae were represented by large clumps of Halidrys dioica
and many scattered plants of Eisenia arborea, and offshore by Macrocystis
pyrifera. The larger Rhodophyceae present in quantity were mostly of
Prionitis and Gigartinaj especially G. armata. The important genus
Gelidium was represented by the larger bushy types G. densum and G.
cartilagineum. In the coralline zone on the rocks there were several species
of Corallina, Amphiroa and Bossea, besides small crustaceous types, but
no large crustaceous or bushy Lithothamnieae were secured, though no
doubt had time permitted some would have been found by further search.

Bahia Thurloe^

The landing party from the Hancock Expedition of 1934 passed
through very considerable kelp beds (Macrocystis) off the shore of Ba.
Thurloe near Pto. San Bartolome. The shore itself consisted of a broad
shelf of rough bedded rock which extended in until it met a series of cliffs
about 50 feet high, at the base of which there was a mass of tumbled rock.
The shore did not have very good tide pools. In shallow water young

2 For description and illustrations see Fraser 1943b, p. 65, pi. 31, fig. 69, pi. 32.

3 Ibid., p. 67, pi. 33, fig. 72.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 5

Eisenias were noted, and in addition particularly Colpomenia sinuosa i.
deformans, Taonia Lennebackerae, Cystoseira osmundacea, and some cor-
allines. No dredging was done here which yielded any algae, and there
was little washed ashore.

Point Hughes, Bahia Santa Maria

The party from the Hancock Expedition of 1934 landed at Point
Hughes inside of Cabo San Lazaro, to the north of Bahia Santa Maria.
The shore is of fissured and intrusion-lamellate rocks, forming rocky spurs
alternating with sandy or bouldery beaches, backed by sheer cliffs of 20-
50 feet in height. Two benches at elevations of approximately 15 and 30
feet above extreme high tide line showed rock fragments and fossil shells
in vast abundance, apparently cemented by calcareous algae of an earlier
period, and the ground near the top of the cliffs was strewn with the fossil
operculae of mollusc shells.

In the intertidal zone there were good tide pools between the rocks,
with an abundance of various stages in the development of young Eisenia
arbor ea, C odium, Dictyotas, and Padina Durvillaei. Washed ashore there
was a considerable mass of algae, which yielded numerous fully developed
specimens of the Eisenia, a quantity of Porphyra naiadum on Phyllo-
spadix, and Hypnea Johnstonii. Some dredging was done between 18 and
73 meters' depth, and this gave in particular Nitophyllum uncinatum, but
no great variety of algae.

Nayarit, Mexico

IsLA Isabel^

No mainland landings were made in this province by the 1934 and
1939 Hancock Expeditions, but both of them stopped at the little I. Isabel.
This island is of only very moderate height. The shore is partly sandy,
partly of volcanic rock. It is a good nesting island, particularly for boobies
and for frigate birds. It is also the station for a small group of Mexican
shark-fishermen, who erect a flimsy shelter and spend a few months of the
year there. Interesting though the island was on these accounts, it yielded
little in the way of algae. There was a little Ahnfeltia on the surf -beaten
rocks near high water, some small intermingled, matted forms, and little
else. Dredging did not furnish any additional records.

^Ibid., p. 139, pis. 66, 67, 68, fig. 146.

6 allan hancock pacific expeditions vol. 12

Las Tres Marias^

Considerably southwest of I. Isabel lies a small group of high, rocky
islands called Las Tres Marias. The Hancock Expedition of 1939 effected
a landing on the middle island, L Maria Magdalena. This was done at
considerable expenditure of effort and some risk, for there was neither
safe anchorage nor suitable landing place about the islands. For the most
part their margins are sheer clififs, and even when there is no wind-
whipped wave action the regular surges break heavily on their sides. As
the surf crashed on the rock faces a few of us, as opportunity offered,
leaped to footholds on the cliffs and scrambled up for such collecting as
could be accomplished. It was obvious from the skiff that there was a
good algal vegetation at depths and under surf conditions which made
collecting impossible, and some even in the upper surf zone. However,
when we got ashore the writer found that little could be secured. It was
not possible to skirt the shore ; all that could be done was to explore the
little gully or open crevice in which he had landed. By clambering down
the slippery cliffs as the waves receded, a small amount of dwarfed mate-
rial could be prized or scraped from the rocks in the upper surf zone in
the few moments before the return of the rollers forced a precipitous and
uphill retreat.

At first considered altogether unpromising, the little samples were
bottled ; when studied later, they proved to have yielded about ten things,
of which a couple were not otherwise secured. Dredging off these islands
was even more successful, hauls at depths of 6-22 meters yielding some
extremely interesting plants. The most important probably was a new
species of Haloplegma, one of the few truly spongy Ceramiaceae of the
American flora, a new Bryothamnion, Dasya Stanfordiana previously
only known from the Galapagos, and Amphiroa foliacea, a western Pacific
species, with other corallines.

Islas Revilla Gigedo, Colima, Mexico

Isla Clarion^

The Is. Revilla Gigedo lie far offshore from mainland Mexico, being
much to the southwest even of the end of Baja California, but they are
administratively attached to the province of Colima. The westernmost of
the group, I. Clarion, was visited in 1934 and 1939. It lies at a consider-

6 For description see Fraser 1943b, p. 139.

6 For description and illustrations see Fraser 1943b, p. 70, pi. 74, fig. 157, pi.
75, fig. 159. ' ^ ' ^ ' ^

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 7

able distance from the other two members of the group, and a little to the
south. The island rises to a considerable elevation, and the shore is for
the most part exposed and rocky. The only good anchorage is at Sulphur
Bay. What vegetation could be seen from the shore w^as poor and xero-
phytic. There vv^ere considerable cactus-covered slopes up from the beach,
which was of fair extent, flanked by areas of highly lacunose lava. The
shore line near the landing place was not favorable for a rich growth of
algae. Neither here nor elsewhere on these trips where lava streams met
the sea did this lava rock provide a good substratum for varied algal
growth.

In the lava reef pools there was a considerable growth of a few species
of green algae. In the highest tide pools only a few filamentous Myxo-
X)\^yctzt(Lyngbyaj Symplocajand a Cladophora were collected. Somewhat
lower there appeared a good deal of Dictyosphaeria australis and Litho-
phyllum bracchiatum. Practically everywhere in the upper and middle
intertidal area the lava rock was covered with Hildenbrandia. Most no-
table at a depth of a meter, and thence into deep water, was a great abun-
dance of Caulerpa racemose, which also was washed ashore in some
quantity. With it, but somewhat less abundant and not common in quite
so shallow water, were Halimeda Tuna and H. discoidea. On exposed
rocky points there was a little different flora, but it was not possible to
examine these well at the time of the visits. Caulerpa racemosa was again
a major element, with an abundance of Galaxaura filamentosa and Hali-
meda discoidea; Asparagopsis Sanfordiana was also secured here.

There was a small amount of algal material washed ashore. The most
curious element was a little Macrocystis, which had been tossed high up
on the beach by a former storm, and which probably came from a con-
siderable distance. Recently rejected material of Caulerpa racemosa,
Dictyosphaeria australis, Calothrix pilosa, Lithothamnium indicum and
Jania capillacea made up the bulk of this driftweed.

The Mason collections reported upon by Setchell and Gardner (1930,
p. Ill) show a considerable flora, reaching about 30 species, but there is
no indication that these plants grew within reach from the shore; they
were, rather, secured by dredging. The Hancock Expeditions also dredged
successfully here, but the stays were brief and the hauls few, so that by
no means a comprehensive view of the vegetation was secured. Neverthe-
less, with the shore collections a total of over 40 species was secured, with
several others not certainly identified. The Mason collections include
about 20 species which we did not find, there were about 10 in common
between the lists, and we got upward of 30 which the earlier collec-

8 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

tions did not have. It may be clearly seen from the differences between
the lists that one may expect many more species to be recorded from I.
Clarion, and that our knowledge of the area is but fragmentary.

The dredging done off I. Clarion was very profitable, and some strik-
ing finds resulted. The depths reached ranged from 9 to 110 meters,
mostly between 45 and 90 meters. There was a considerable variety of
things in small amount. Most spectacular was a large quantity of Hali-
meda Opuntia, which in the Caribbean is chiefly a shoal water plant,
Codium longiramosum, reaching several decimeters in height, and with
lumps of such corallines as Lithothamnion indicum a great abundance of
Peyssonnelia rubra.

ISLA SOCCORO'^

Like I. Clarion, I. Soccoro is rather high with dry hills inland, slop-
ing toward the sea, which generally is bordered by low cliffs. The shore
vegetation is xerophytic with Opuntia cactus much in evidence, as on I.
Clarion. Braithwaite Bay is the anchorage, visited in 1934 and 1939,
and it is a small haven only, with very limited opportunity for shore col-
lecting. There is a sandy beach at the head of the bay, with rocky points
on each flank so hemmed in by basaltic lava cliffs that extended excursions
are not practicable. The surf on the beach was not severe, but surges broke
over the points in a dangerous fashion, so that collecting there was limited
to the upper part of the tidal range.

The rocks between tide lines off the beach often showed round water-
filled potholes. A very curious feature of these was the presence of Neo-
meris in them. While it never was abundant here, it was practically
limited to these stations. In the tide pools generally the rocks were com-
monly covered with mats of JVurdemannia, Gelidium, and Chiorodesmis.
In the upper ones Lyngbya aestuarii was common ; below, there were large
tufts of Digenia, Lithothamnieae, Dictyosphaeria, Amphiroa annulata,
Kaljsia, and Dictyota crenulata. Limited to areas close to low tide line
most exposed to the surf, and so difficult to collect, there was quite a lot
of Sargassum Howellii.

Dredging off I. Soccoro produced less than off I. Clarion, a variety of
things, but mostly in small amount. The depths surveyed ranged from 18
to 84 meters. Most notable constituents of the flora were Lithothamnion
indicum, Gracilaria confervoides, G. tenuifolia, Callithamnion pacificum,
and Polysiphonia homoia, but there was nothing of a spectacular nature.

Tlbid., p. 69, pi. 74, fig. 158.

NO. 1 TAYLOR : PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 9

Jalisco, Mexico

Bahia Tenacatitas

Both the 1934 and 1939 Hancock Expeditions anchored in Ba. Tena-
catita. Both found this an entirely unprofitable place for algae, either
along the shore or by dredging. Apparently the rocks were of a type un-
suitable for the attachment of algae, for the place did not look unfavorable
from a distance. Only one number was secured, an undetermined coralline
on a rock. A most interesting and beautiful grove of oil-nut palms occu-
pied the head of the bay, and with other features made the land vegetation
attractive ; the grove was apparently not being maintained in good condi-
tion at the time of the later visit.

Guerrero, Mexico

Bahia Petatlan and White Friars Islands^

The mainland station on the shore at Ba. Petatlan was not a very
productive one. Collecting in the littoral was only possible near high tide
line. The shore was rocky, with smooth greenish-discolored boulders. In
the water there was an abundance of smooth Lithothamnieae, which
could not be secured in quantity sufficient for study, and also Ralfsia,
which could not be gotten off in good pieces, but no evident Hilden-
brandia. With this encrusting element there were Sargassum and Chaeto-
morpha in some quantity, and more especially cushions of Jania mexicana
with Centrocerns and the larger Amphiroa peninsularis. Little dredging
was done about the bay, and only a few Lithothamnieae were secured.

Offshore from Ba. Petatlan there lies a spectacular series of about
seven more or less separate bold, high rocky islets in a row, called the
White Friars, of which four are of a considerable size. For the most part
they rise in steep cliffs from the edge of the water ; the rock appears to be
of volcanic origin, and there are no beaches or practicable talus slopes
above water. In rough weather quite impracticable, in very calm weather
it is just possible to leap ashore in one or two spots when there is a
momentary intermission in the breaking of the surges. In 1934 this was
not attempted, at least by the botanist, but in 1939, with several members
of the party, he landed on one of the larger islets.

These islets are brilliantly white with excrement, being a notable bird
rookery, with boobies, terns, and bo'sun-birds predominating. The reek

»Ibid., p. 151, pi. 68, fig. 147a.
9 Ibid., p. 152, pi. 69.

10 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

from them is quite impressive and drifts far down wind, so that it is quite
offensive on shipboard, but once ashore the interesting bird groups soon
make one forget the smell. Of vascular plants there were none visible, and
probably no other land plants, but along the edge of the water there was
a little growth of algae. What there was, was stunted, but Chaetomorpha
antennina, Laurencia, and other genera could be recognized. Considerable
dredging was done about these islands, particularly in 1934, but the hauls
did not yield any profit in algae.

Oaxaca, Mexico

Bahia Chacahua1°

From the anchorage at Ba. Chacahua a long open beach extends to the
west for miles. On the other side lies a rocky point with surf beating over
the outlying rocks and the point itself. Behind the beach there is a con-
siderable mangrove-bordered lagoon, fed by a stream draining the land
behind, and in turn drained to the sea. At the time of the Hancock Expe-
dition visit in 1939 no scientific work could be done on the point. This
appears to be the usual condition here. However, a landing was effected
on the beach near low tide, and the accessible shore line was investigated.
There was a considerable growth of Enteromorpha lingulata on Rhizoph-
ora roots and E. flexuosa on dead sticks near by, but the expected vege-
tation of Bostrychia, Caloglossa, and Catenella was apparently absent.
There was nothing washed ashore on the beach, and the rollers broke on
the rocky point with such violence, even when the sea was quite calm off-
shore, that there was little promise of opportunity to work over that terri-
tory at any time. Dredging with the launch offshore yielded no algae.
Embarkation with the ship's skiffs later in the day after the tide had risen
proved impossible because of the increased violence of the surf. There was
a small group of huts at the edge of the woodland behind the beach, and
the men from this settlement took the scientific party off in a huge dugout
canoe late in the afternoon, quartering the great rollers most skillfully.

Tangola-Tangola^i

The shore line at Tangola-Tangola consists of headlands of a medium
coarse granite, alternating with beaches of dull whitish quartz sand, and
with rocky islets offshore. No streams emptied into the bay, but behind a
barrier beach the land was marshy. The landing was easy, as the bay is a

iOJbid., p. 153, pi. 73, figs. 156a, b.
11/*/^., p. 153, pi. 73, fig. 155.

NO. 1 TAYLOR : PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 1 1

protected one and there was no sea running. There was more of the dis-
tinctive beach vegetation than farther south, including such characteristic
things as Ipomea pes-caprae. Back of the beaches there was a woodland
vegetation, then mostly in a leafless state, of such small trees as acacias,
and five forms of cacti: columnar, mamillary, opuntioid, cereus, and
ocotilla.

Collecting near high tide line showed that the rocks were colored with
Hildenbrandia. In the sand over the rocks Centroceras was, as commonly,
a binder plant. There were a fair amount of Caulerpa sertularioides and
Padina Durvillaei on the rocks and a variety of things forming cushion
and mat vegetations. In the pools Lithothamnieae were evident, but oh
the whole there were very few conspicuous algae either in sight or within
reach.

Costa Rica
Port Parker, Guanacaste^^

Port Parker is near Bahia Salinas, and near the northern boundary of
Costa Rica. The coast in general is badly exposed to the pounding of
heavy surf, but Port Parker itself is a protected harbor. A small river
enters it, and there are a few patches of Rhizophora near the shore, which
is for the most part bordered by a thicket of which Avicenna is a large
element. Most of the woodland on high ground was not in leaf at the
time we visited here. An Acacia with ant-inhabited thorns was conspicu-
ous.

An islet lies at the entrance which, with neighboring rocky ledges, is
much beaten by surf, but they are entirely accessible at low tide, particu-
larly on the landward side. At the time of our visit an onshore gale made
it particularly difficult. Without that obstacle, collecting here might have
been even more profitable. The boulders on the beaches were green with a
zone of Enteromorphas. The flora in the higher tidal pools was mostly
myxophycean, with Entophysalis, Dermocarpa, and Lyngbya semiplena
the conspicuous elements. In somewhat lower pools Ulva and Entero-
morpha dominated. The rocks were exceedingly slippery. On rather more
exposed rocks Bang'ta was conspicuous, and, below, the curious plantlike
animal Zoobotrys was to be found in large brown clumps, with the brown
alga Colpomenia ramosa supposedly undescribed. Because of the rough
weather no dredging was done.

'^2 Ibid., p. 157, pi. 76, figs. 162, 163.

12 allan hancock pacific expeditions vol. 12

Puerto CulebraI^

The Hancock Expedition of 1934 stopped at Puerto Culebra. The
country behind the shore was wooded. The low, dense woodland was
mostly leafless when the visit was made, except for the occasional epiphytes
and a few shrubs. It was notably interesting for the mixture of slender
columnar cacti among the deciduous trees. The bay showed, near the
north side of the entrance, a wide rocky shelf along the shore with good
tide pools exposed at extreme low tide. The stone seemed of a traprock
character; the surf broke on it, but moderately. As usual on this kind of
rock there was not an abundant algal vegetation. In the higher tide pools
there were widespread green felts of small forms, and some Myxophyceae,
Galaxaura, and corallines. Somewhat inside the bay there was a shelf of
coarse conglomerate rock, which had a good growth of Enteromorpha
lingulata on it. Dredging done here yielded a few things of importance,
especially a new Chondria (C. platyclada), but in very small amount.

Golfo Dulce, Puntarenas^*

The Hancock Expedition in 1939 made a very profitable visit to Golfo
Dulce, near the southern boundary of Costa Rica. A large bay with a
broad entrance, it is very deep, but there is anchorage near the entrance
on each side. The Velero III anchored on the western side, where rocky,
clifTlike points alternate with smooth beaches. A very considerable swell
made working the cliffs for algae difficult, but a little north of them,
nearer the sand, there were areas of broken rocks and boulders. Tide
pools were to be found here and crevices between the boulders, where
there were excellent collecting spots and it was possible to work out
rather far at low tide.

The most notable element in the vegetation was the profusion of
Galaxauras, eight so-called species by name, but probably the sexual and
asexual forms of four species, nevertheless an unusual richness of this
genus for the eastern Pacific. Furthermore, a large Liagora was common,
and this genus too is seldom found on this coast. Quite abundant were
Padina Durvillaei and P. crispata, with Digenia and other things. There
was a well-de\^eloped mat vegetation on rocks of species of small stature,
included in which there were a Cladophora, Gelidia, and Amphiroas. No
effective dredging was done here.

13 Ibid., p. 158, pi. 80, fig. 171, pi. 81, fig. 172.
-^^Ibid., p. 160, pi. 77, pi. 78, fig. 166.

NO. 1 TAYLOR : PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 13

Panama
IsLAs Secas, Chiriqui^^

In both 1934 and 1939 Hancock Expeditions parties landed in a
cove in one of the larger of these small islands. The quiet surges broke
very heavily and made the botanical collecting quite unsatisfactory, for
it was not possible to get down to the lower rocks on the cliff faces or the
broken rocks below. It is said to be a good station at low spring tides.
What collecting was possible was done partly in a few tide pools and
partly in gullies flushed by the surges. The rocks proved hard to break,
and this made collecting of crustose forms difficult.

In the spray zone there was a quantity of Bostrychia. On the rocks
Isactis was the main Myxophycean and the chief vegetation near high tide
line. In the tide pools the rocks were discolored by Hildenbrandia and
there were some Lithothamnieae. Other things were very scarce. No
dredging was done in 1939, but a few Lithothamnieae were secured in
about 27 meters in 1934.

Isla Jicarita, Veraguas^^

The little I. Jicarita lies south of the somewhat larger I. Jicaron,
which in turn is south of the large I. Coiba, on which there are reported
to be some residents, but the smaller island seemed entirely undisturbed
at the time of the Hancock Expedition visit in 1934. Behind the broad
rocky foreshore there was a smoother beach of rock fragments and shells
backed by woodland. This woodland was fringed by cocoanut palms, and
on their old trunks and on other trees epiphytes such as bromeliads,
orchids, and ferns were abundant, while a little farther in, some good
examples of strangling figs were seen. This station at first sight seemed
to have been favored with every advantage for a rich algal growth. The
rocks formed a very broad sloping shore between tidemarks, with splendid
tide pools. The surf was of a favorably heavy intensity, and there seemed
to be a strong current between the islands. However, the rock was of a
trap-rocklike character, and as on other occasions when such was met the
algae were few. In the pools there were rare clumps of Galaxaura and
patches of Codiiim Setchellii, while the rocks from the upper tide pools
downward showed a very thin growth of slippery Myxophyceae, Ralfsia,
and a few Lithothamnieae. In the lower tide pools there was also a thin
felt of small filamentous forms which were not satisfactorily identified.

^^IhiJ., p. 162, pi. 81, fig. 173.

16 Ibid., p. 163, pi. 83, figs. 176a, b.

14 allan hancock pacific expeditions vol. 12

Bahia Honda^'^

Bahia Honda is one of the most attractive of the customary stops
made by Hancock Expeditions on the mainland, although not one of the
most profitable from the phycological standpoint. As approached from the
sea, it seems at first as if no entrance to the bay exists, for beautiful
wooded points converge and overlap wooded islets within. Behind these,
in the distance beyond the bay, rise high wooded hills. Even from the
outside there are visible one or two simple huts. On close approach a
channel opens out, and on following it through one enters a large, com-
pletely sheltered bay and excellent anchorage. There is a small settle-
ment on the left of the entrance within. This, consisting of three or four
board houses and several more of simple thatched construction, is most
beautifully situated on the shore under cocoanut palms and other trees.
It seems to exist by fishing and by boatmaking, but certainly was not
prosperous. Particularly good dugout canoes were seen here, and others
built up on the sides into sloops, and, finally, small sloops planked through-
out.

The shore of the bay showed small sandy coves alternating with rocky
points, but muddy shores are common below the rocks and especially
near the settlement. Mangrove thickets appear in places on the mud banks.
A small stream, very interesting for its flora of the striking aquatic
phanerogam Pistia, enters the bay near the village. The wood also pro-
duced many interesting vascular plants of which few could be collected,
but several orchids were seen in flower, and particularly numerous ferns.

Collecting of marine algae near the settlement was hopeless because
of the muddy shore. However, one of the little islands near the entrance
proved somewhat better. In high, sun-heated tide pools loose mats of
Cladophora, Lyngbya confervoides, and Centroceras were abundant. Still
higher on the rocks exposed to splash from the waves there was a goo3
growth of Bostrychia Calliptera. The flora below was in general of crusts
of Hildenbrandia and small turf-forming species of algae, and larger
marine algae were lacking, although some drifting Sargassum was seen
and some crustose Lithothamnieae and Janias were present. The rocks
seem to be unfavorable for the attachment of large algae. Some dredging
was done, chiefly outside the bay, but no significant amount of algae was
secured.

IsLA Taboga, Panama^s
There lie in the Golfo de Panama two groups of islands. The outer
of these are the larger and more important, and comprise the Is. Perlas

'^'^Ibid., p. 162, pi. 82, figs. 174, 175.
'i-^Ibid., p. 163, pi. 83, fig. 177.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 15

group. Nearer to Balboa and Panama are several small islands, of which
I. Taboga is one. The Hancock party landed from the Velero III on the
shore of an open bay, from which the land rises sharply. The shore is
rocky but lacking in tide pools, and from but little below the water line
the bottom appears muddy, there being no evidence of persistent surf
action. The rocks were quite abundantly covered with the minute Gelidi-
um pusillum and tufts of Spyridia filamentosa, but otherwise, except for
a Lithothamnium on broken corals and for minor items, the shore line
seemed remarkably barren.

BalboaI^

As is generally found to be the case when entering a large port, the
mooring places for the Velero III in 1934 and 1939 were too foul with
oil and other refuse to permit the growth of larger marine algae on the
wharves or stone piers. Nowhere near the piers was anything at all
promising. However poor in quality, the quantity of slimy algal growth
was considerable on the piling and fenders about Pier 15 in 1939 and no
doubt on the others as well. It consisted of Enteromorpha, Lyngbya, and
Synedra tabulata v. parva (Kiitz.) Grun.,-^ sometimes in more or less
independent colonies.

San Francisco

About the modern city of Panama there did not seem to be any col-
lecting station that promised well for algal studies. The shores were
mostly very dirty. One excursion was made in 1939 to the outlying section
called San Francisco. Here there were exposed at low tide very wide, flat,
slightly shelving rocky stretches with abundant large pools. However,
these were liable to heat badly in the sun from the complete absence of
shade, and also the rocks and pools had a generally muddy sediment over
them. These factors greatly limited their productiveness. Quite an assort-
ment of samples was secured, but there were few which were identifiable.
Most noticeable were Wurdemannia, an ill-developed Dictyota, Bryopsis,
fragmentary Ulva and Enteromorpha, a crustaceous coralline, Hilden-
hrandia and, in the numerous dead sea shells, Mastigocoleus. There were
no conspicuous species at all.

Barro Colorado Island^i

Although the collections made on Barro Colorado Island do not enter
into the present report, it seems worth while to record the botanical visit

^9 Ibid., p. 164, pi. 84, fig. 179.

20 Determined by Dr. Ruth Patrick.

2^ For description and illustrations see Fraser 1943b, p. 164, pi. 85.

16 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

made to the biological station and the excursion over the island and sur-
rounding shores on the Hancock Expedition of 1934. Although not able
to be present himself, the superintendent of the station, Mr. James Zetek,
arranged with the Panamanian employees to act as guides, with the result
that all the members of the party, and particularly the botanist, had a
very profitable time there. A large number of species of ferns was the
chief botanical harvest, and these have been deposited in the U.S. National
Herbarium and the herbaria of the Hancock Foundation and the Uni-
versity of Michigan. The identifications were made by the kindness of
Dr. W. R. Maxon of the National Herbarium.

Colombia
Bahia Utria, Choco22

The Hancock Expedition of 1934 went south from Is. Revilla Gigedo
to I. Clipperton, a small atoll of disputed ownership far at sea. No algae
were secured on this occasion, though Dr. Schmitt did get a very interest-
ing sample from the lagoon on another visit (Taylor 1939). Thence it
went direct to the Galapagos Is. for the major scientific work of the cruise.
The visits in 1934 to mainland stations were made on the return voyage,
but in order that the succession from north to south may be preserved
they have been treated in geographical rather than chronological order,
and the Galapagos observations will be placed last as a matter of con-
venience. In 1939 the Expedition went from Panama into the Caribbean
(Taylor 1942) and did not visit Pacific South American ports.

The most northerly South American station visited by the Expedition
in 1934 was Bahia Utria. The country around the large harbor was in-
tensely interesting botanically, but the shores of the harbor itself were
very unproductive. Practically everywhere muddy or of mud-covered
rocks where accessible, the collections by hand along the shore yielded a
new Halymenia (H. utriana), crustaceous corallines, and a small Gelidi-
utn. On the higher rocks Bostrychia was seen, but apparently not col-
lected. In a stream the rocks were red with a fresh-water Hildenbrandia,
which was a very interesting find. Although considerable dredging was
done here at depths of 27-73 meters, no algae were secured.

On the shores of the bay the muddy border was largely lined with
brush and cocoanut palms. Some very poor thatched huts were built close
to the water's edge, and there were a few people living there. In the woods
the growth was heavy, with a fine development of epiphytes : aroids, bro-

22 Ibid., p. 166, pi. 87.

NO. 1 TAYLOR : PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 1 7

meliads, ferns, and orchids; and the writer had for the first time the
pleasure of seeing here in the wild state the Butterfly-Orchid (Oncidium
Kraemerianum) , as well as a Polystacha and a Brassavola. The dampness
of the woods rendered this a splendid place for collecting ferns, and num-
erous kinds were seen, including in particular several exceedingly delicate
and beautiful Filmy-Ferns (Trichomanes).

Bahi'a Cabita23

The visit to Ba, Cabita will always be memorable to the writer as his
first good opportunity to collect in a wet tropical forest. The bay seemed
a promising one for algae in every respect, until close examination showed
that the rocks had practically no large algal growth upon them. They
seemed well placed, but except for a fair growth of small filamentous
species and a very sparse development of encrusting types there was noth-
ing to be had between tidemarks. In the splash zone at and above high
tide mark there was, however, a little growth of Bostrychia.

The great attraction of this place lay in its wet, very dark forest. A
small, rapid stream enabled some of us to penetrate the country for quite
a little distance. On the rocks in the stream a small mosslike alga was
quite common. While it is Rhodophycean, probably undescribed and not
distantly related to Batrachosperrnum, it is interesting enough to deserve
consideration apart from the marine algae, and will be held for a later
report. That, however, at the time produced but minor enthusiasm. Here
the writer first saw growing wild the famous Filmy-Ferns (Tricho-
manes), notable as having the leaf blade (except for the veins) trans-
lucent and but one cell thick. Able to survive only where growing in a
nearly saturated atmosphere, these here covered dead sticks and the lower
trunks of small trees with a deep green mantle. The light was so feeble
that the attempts made to secure photographs in the woods were complete
failures; although the writer was well familiar with plant photography
in the woods, he greatly overestimated the light intensity. The list of fern
genera noted here is too long to introduce into a report on algae. Only
two kinds of orchids were noticed, but of one, a particularly interesting
Lady-slipper (Phragmopedhun), there was a very good clump.

IsLA Gorgona, Valle^^

This beautiful, rocky, wooded island was one of the most attractive
spots visited. The high slopes, with trees of different foliage shades, were
wooded down to the rocks of the shore line ; and beautiful, delicate water-

23 For description see Fraser 1943b, p. 166.

24 For description and illustrations see Fraser 1943b, p. 167, pi. 88.

18 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

falls dropped within view from the boat. The landing place did not prove
to be a good station for algae, but several species of ferns were collected
in the woods behind the beach. The shore rocks yielded only a Hypnea in
any quantity, except for the ubiquitous encrusting Hildenbrandia and a
couple of Lithothamnieae. In the splash zone there was a good deal of
Bostrychia. The minute species which formed a more or less sand-filled
mat on some of the rocks gave a few small species to the record ; the most
important by far, being probably the first American record of the genus,
was Lejolisia (L. colombiana), of which unfortunately only a small
amount was segregated, and also a small amount of an apparently new
Dudresnaya (D. colombiana). The island lies just north of the depart-
ment of Narino, but by the best available source of information (Arenas
Paz n. d.) appears to be administered by the Departemento del Valle.

Ecuador

Bahia San Francisco, Esmeraldas^^

The approach to this station from the sea was exceedingly attractive.
In entering, a village lay on the right hand, the houses built on high sup-
ports, mostly thatched, standing well apart with grassy areas between.
Trees, mostly cocoanut palms, formed the immediate background, with a
hill behind. On the other side were some wooded points, the nearest with
a grove of tall cocoanut palms far overtopped by a few widely spaced,
much taller trees on very high stilt roots. A small stream came down into
the bay. The shores yielded very little in the way of algae, for they were
broad, low, and muddy. On the roots of mangroves the appropriate vege-
tation of Caloglossa, Catenella, and Bostrychia was well established.
Dredging yielded mostly mud and leaves brought down by the stream.
One interesting Jjnphiroa found here (J. franciscana) appears to be un-
described, and also one small Gelidium (G. sclerophyllum).

IsLA La Plata26

This island, like so many other stations, gave good promise, yet on
close inspection proved to have a type of rock inhospitable to large marine
algae. The wave conditions, the current, and freedom from mud or fresh-
water intrusion seemed ideal. Except for a few crustaceous corallines and
some algae in shells, only a matlike growth of Centroceras was seen on
the rocks. Dredging proved hardly more profitable, and the most interest-
ing item was the same Chondria platyclada secured at Puerto Culebra.

25 Ibid., p. 168, pi. 89.

26 Ibid., p. 168, pi. 90, fig. 192.

no. 1 taylor : pacific marine algae 19

La Libertad, Guayas^''

This place was more of a modern settlement than most of those visited
by the Hancock Expeditions, which generally avoided such places and
stopped only at such cities as Panama and Guayaquil because of the neces-
sity for local arrangements. La Libertad is the port for Santa Elena, This
is somewhat of a resort town, though very small and simple. The shore
vegetation of algae was quite fair; some time was spent collecting on the
near beach and some on the fine rocky shore of the far side of the point
at Salinas, where the growth was much richer. The beach chiefly yielded
plants washed ashore, most notably Gracilarias and Padina. From the
rocky shore several things appeared to be undescribed, altogether at least
six, of which a Monostrojna and a Sargassum seem to be especially note-
worthy.

Guayaquil's

In 1934 the Hancock Expedition first made the trip up the Rio Guayas
to Guayaquil, For the botanist this was a memorable experience, his first
trip up any part of a large tropical river. The vegetation along the shore
as viewed from the boat was most attractive, and particularly strange
were the often immense islands of vegetation floating down the stream
and reversing with the turn of the tide. Little practical botanizing could
be done, but Salvinia, a very interesting little water fern, was dipped from
the river. The city itself received the full attention of all members of the
party for the four days of the visit, and no botanical excursions were taken
into the country.

Archipielago de Colon

The annotated list of species collected on the Hancock Expeditions
from the Galapagos Islands (Archipielago de Colon) includes those
species which Dr. W. L. Schmitt has collected, and those from the Alba-
tross and Hassler Expeditions, so far as they have come into the hands of
the writer, together with his own from the Hancock Expedition of 1934.
Further, the plants reported upon by Farlow (1902) have been re-
examined and references to most of them included. Howell's collections
have been examined; but, since Setchell's (Setchell 1937b, Setchell and
Gardner 1937) determinations of these are recent and authoritative, it
has seldom been necessary to discuss them. The only important collection
not available to the writer, and of which he is aware, is that reported by

27 Ibid., p. 169, pi. 91, fig. 193.

28 Ibid., p, 170, pi. 92, fig. 195.

20 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

Piccone (1886, 1889). However, while no attempt has been made to
make this a complete algal flora of the Galapagos Is., the only considerable
omissions are the new species recorded in Setchell's (loc. cit.) readily
accessible papers.

The general character of these islands has been many times described,
probably most notably by Darwin, and the flora also by numerous visitors,
the accounts of Robinson ( 1902) , Howell ( 1934, 1942) , Svenson ( 1935 ) ,
and Acosta Solis (1937) probably sufficing through their contents and
bibliographies to give an adequate introduction to anyone desiring to
search the literature dealing with the area. The paper of Stewart (1916)
describes the botanical conditions on each island. It would be presumptuous
for the writer to deal with the general floristics of the archipelago, or
with the general history of exploration there, on the basis of his brief
personal experience and specialized field of study. However, later he will
attempt some generalization with respect to his own particular interest,
the marine algae, which have otherwise been largely neglected by botani-
cal visitors.

Some, but not all, of these islands have a legitimate Spanish name or
names, and in listing the species these have been adopted, but in the cases
of certain islands and minor sites no vernacular name could be located,
and so in these the English names on the U.S. Hydrographic Charts, par-
ticularly no. 823 and no. 1798, have been followed.

IsLA Wenman29

I. Culpepper is a little more northerly than I. Wenman, but was not
visited by the Hancock Expedition of 1934. These are the smallest and
most outlying independent islands of the archipelago, and are situated at
about 1° 30' N. L. I. Wenman itself is a bold and striking object, the
reported height being 830 feet. Approaching the anchorage from the
northwest and west one passes by a low, flat, outlying islet and a portion
of the main island which have abrupt, often vertical cliff shore lines,
probably without a landing place. On the south side of the anchorage
are one or two quite high, very abrupt-sided islets, one with a great hole
through it at the water's edge, which are likewise inaccessible. The main
island from the sea appears as a towering mass with great cliffs for the
most part dropping sharply toward the sea, and near the water's edge
about vertical. This massive rock face is somewhat curved, and in the
westward-facing concavity there is an anchorage which is good when the

29 Ibid., p. 218, pi. 105.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 21

wind is not from the west. Rock falls have produced near the northern end
of the cliffs a talus slope which is a quite practicable landing place, al-
though by no means completely protected from the sea. The rough rocks
and cliff ledges were evidently a favorite nesting place for birds, particu-
larly the frigate birds, the males of which at the time of our visit were
resplendent with the huge inflated red neck pouches of their nesting sea-
son. Except for lichens no land plants were noticed here ; however, things
on high ledges and along the ridges would have been inconspicuous from
the shore.

The attached algal vegetation was not very considerable. The only
common species were a small form of Caulerpa peltata, the undescribed
Bryopsis galapagensis, Hildenbrandia, and a small Rhodophycean forming
mosslike mats on the rocks. Dredgings produced a little Plocamium and
Carpomitra from presumably 183-270 meters' depth.

ISLA ISABELA^O

The next three relatively small islands of the archipelago, I. Pinta
(or Abingdon I.), I. Marchena (or Bindloe I.), and I. Tower, lie a
little to the northeast of the larger ones and were not visited in 1934. Isla
Isabela (Albemarle I.), which was visited at various places, is by far the
largest. The Equator passes across the northern portion of the somewhat
distortedly boot-shaped island, where there is one of the four peaks which
reach at least 4,000-feet elevation. The shank portion runs southeast, the
foot portion southwest, with the junction constricted and relatively low.
The chief mountains are volcanic, and the one in the southwest section is
the highest in the islands, 5,000 feet, but four others are from 4,320 to
3,780 feet, and are conspicuous features, as in lesser degree are many
smaller cones and hills.

The first landing was made on the northeast corner of the island near
Albemarle Point. Inland the ground was high, but the shore was locally
accessible, and on the sandy beach appeared occasional sea lions. Behind
the shore there was a considerable mangrove-fringed, brackish lagoon.
This first received attention ; the growth on the roots included Calothrix
as well as the expected Rhodophyceae. The rocks in the lagoon showed a
growth of Hildenbrandia, with various ]\Iyxophyceae and especially the
same Calothrix about the border. Another inland salt-water pool con-
tained an undescribed Galaxaura, for which genus this is an unusual loca-
tion.

^oibid., p. 219, pis. 110-113.

22 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

The outer shore supported a conspicuous population of Padina Dur-
villaei, but not much else, except that where mangroves reached the shore
their roots again had a characteristic vegetation of Rhizoclonium and
Bostrychia, and mats of Centroceras on the rocks. Drifting near the
anchorage wzs a great amount of Sargassum, and one of the best collec-
tions of the expedition w^as made here, yielding four kinds. Dredging pro-
duced very little on this occasion.

The second stop on I. Isabela vi^as south of Banks Bay, and here one
of the members of the crew^ gathered small algal samples from the shore
and from a lagoon. The only considerable amount vv^as of a new variant
of Chaetomorpha brachygona collected in the lagoon, but a Gelidium (G.
galapagensis) from rocks on the shore also seemed to be undescribed.

The Velero III anchored at Tagus Cove, an excellent sheltered
harbor, and this permitted good dredging. Shore collecting yielded little
of algae, though the peculiar flightless comiorants and the marine iguanas
were most interesting. The dredge from 27-55 meters' depth brought up
quite a variety of plants, including Leptocladia, Kallymenia, Nitophyl-
luTHj and Scinaia; but, while some appear to be hitherto undescribed, the
types have been selected from other stations. Drifting material of Colpo-
menia was considerable and it was also seen attached; Sargassmn was
extremely abundant adrift and some ten numbers apparently different in
the field were segregated, representing perhaps seven variants, but not
all could be identified.

A short launch run to a reef north of the Cove gave a much better
opportunity to collect between tidemarks. Here the algal flora was quite
luxuriant and good sets of specimens of several things were secured. Most
spectacular was the beautiful PlocaTnium pacificum, of which excellent
plants were collected. As less showy but scientifically much more impor-
tant may be mentioned the notable endemic Glossophora galapagensis, the
probably undescribed Spatoglossum albemarlensis, and a fine flat Galax-
aura, with many minor items.

The next important stop, at Pt. Christopher near the southwestern
end of the island, was peculiar for the excellence of a few things secured,
although the botanist did not get ashore. The boat anchored so that Mr.
Chas. Swett could go ashore to take photographs of a spectacular group
of little volcanic cones and craters near the shore ; the landing was very
difficult, but in addition to bringing off his cameras intact he secured a
few handfuls of algae from the rocks. Meanwhile, the writer was able to
dip up from the boat other floating materials. From each of these sources
he secured novelties, Pterocladia robusta adrift and Laurencia opposito-

NO. 1 TAYLOR : PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 23

clada and Chondrus albemarlensis from the shore. In addition, the very
striking Dendrymenia flabellifolia and Asparagopsis Sanfordiana f. am-
plissima were secured in quantitj'.

Several days of activity on other islands intervened before the next
visit to a station on I. Isabela. This time it w^as a relatively sterile visit to
Cartago Bay on the east coast. A few good pieces of Padina and quite a
nice collection of dead shells discolored by boring algae were secured. As
the shores were more often rocky than sandy beaches, such shells were
seldom secured in the Galapagos.

ISLA FeRNANDINA^I

One visit was made to I. Fernandina (Narborough I.), primarily to
see and photograph the large colony of marine iguanas there. These
iguanas {Amblyrhynchus cristatus Bell) were dark grey-black with
moderately long tails, of very pacific disposition and well able to swim in
the sea, as the party demonstrated several times for the benefit of the cine-
matographer. However, certain features of the algal vegetation were
striking. Little of interest appeared on the outer shore rocks, although
there was a little Bostrychia about high-water line. The lava was ex-
ceedingly irregular and difficult to traverse, until one reached the level
ground back from the water's edge. There, the country was open, with
scattered clumps of cacti. Inland a salt-water lagoon was found, the bot-
tom of which was covered with immense beds of Caulerpa racemosa.
About the edges of the lagoon Calothrix was equally abundant. A mem-
ber of the party saw and shot a "shell" turtle in another small inland
pool, apparently free from vegetation; in its stomach was a quantity of
broken algae which when mounted and studied in detail seemed clearly
to be Geliditim filicinurn, not otherwise collected on this expedition.

Isla San Salvador^^

Visits were made to localities on both sides of I. San Salvador (James
I.) in 1943. On the western side James Bay was visited. The algal col-
lecting was very poor, yielding small samples of Enter omorpha and XJlva
from the intertidal rocks on the beach. A spectacular feature of the place
was a colony of pink flamingoes in a thicket-fringed lagoon behind the
beach, and another, less beautiful but quite amusing, was the large num-
ber of wary goats in a ravine leading back from the shore. Dredging here
yielded Gracilaria panamensis and two other lesser Rhodyphyceae in very
small amounts.

Si Ibid., p. 219, pi. 109.

32 Ibid., p. 222, pis. 124-128.

24 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

On the eastern side of I. San Salvador the Expedition visited I.
Bartolome in Sulivan Bay. This little island was of great interest, because
from the summit a large number of old but intact hollow volcanic craters
were visible close by, some on shore and some just submerged; others
could be seen a little distance away on I. San Salvador. The shore collec-
tions yielded a Rhizoclonium from a damp spot near the shore, and from
the rocks a branching Lithophyllum, some encrusting corallines, and
minor items. Dredging was not productive.

IsLA Baltra^s

Directly north of and close to I. Santa Cruz lie North and South
Seymour islands (the latter I. Baltra), both quite small. The 1934 Han-
cock Expedition visited a small bay on the southwest side of Isla Baltra,
the larger of the two, particularly to observe and photograph the iguanas
there. These (Conolophus subcristatus Gray) were very different from
the serrate-crested, blackish marine iguanas, living in the scrubby wood-
land behind the beach and being dusty reddish brown with heavy bodies
and short tails; definitely wary, they were quite able to inflict a vicious
bite when captured, and ambitious to do so. Later, on shipboard, they
became reasonably tame.

The vegetation of the island was rather open; behind the beach and
the bordering zone of scrubby trees the gradually rising ground became
very rough, of broken lava with scattered rather than contiguous shrubs,
cacti, and small trees. We did not penetrate far, having enough to do
along the shore. However, the collecting along the coast was not very pro-
ductive; mostly of broad and long beaches near where we landed, there
were occasional small rocky points. In the pools on these we secured
Hildenbrandia, LitJiophyllum, Lithothanviiurn, and Ochtodes. The
dredging done here was much more productive, from 9 meters yielding
quite a variety including a new Rhodymenia (R. decunibens), two Sar-
codiothecas, two Scinaias, Padina, and Sargassum.

Isla Santa Cruz^*

The Expedition visited Academy Bay on the south shore of Isla Santa
Cruz, (Indefatigable I.), second largest of the archipelago. In addition,
collections made by Dr. W. L. Schmitt on the east coast at Gordon Rocks
are listed in the systematic portion of the text.

33 Ibid., p. 225, pi. 117, pi. 118, fig. 246.

34 Ibid., p. 224, pi. 114, fig. 238, pi, 115, pi. 116, fig. 243.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 25

This island station is located at the tiny settlement where a remnant
of a Scandinavian fishing colony was represented by three families, with
relatively adequate living facilities by Galapagos standards. The industry
apparently was not thriving at the time of our visit. At the edge of the
settlement a narrow rocky channel at the base of a high cliff led back into
a lagoon behind the houses. This cliff was crowned by a spectacular
growth of candelabralike cacti (Cereus Thouarsit), and of arborescent
Opuntia echios gigantea. This is a famous and often-described locality
(Howell 1934). The rocks accessible about Academy Bay did" not yield
many intertidal algae, although here small collections of Blossevillea and
Padina were made. On the roots of the mangroves, which grew in white
mud in the lagoon, there was the familiar vegetation of BostrychiUj Cate-
nella, Caloglossa, and Rhizoclonium.

However, the dredging done at this locality by Dr. C. McL. Fraser
while the shore party was busy was a spectacular success. Unfortunately
no depth data seem to have been kept; from the t>'pes of plants included
the range must have been great, from a few meters below low tide line
to pretty deep water, and probably several hauls were made. About a
dozen kinds of algae secured here seem not to have been previously
described. By far the most notable was a fine Eisenia (E. galapagensis) in
good quantity, the only kelp found at the Galapagos and quite outside the
expected range for a plant of this group. It was secured at other Galapa-
gos stations at approximately 50 meters' depth, so probably grew at that
depth here also. The other Phaeophycean genus represented was Spato-
glossum, and of Rhodophyceae Sarcodiotheca, Acrosoriu7n, Delesseria,
Myrio gramme, Nitophyllum, Pleonosporium, Platytharnnion, and Chon-
dria all yielded novelties. There were also a number of interesting things
not described as new from this station but from other Galapagos sites,
and some which were known elsewhere than the Galapagos but appeared
here as unexpected elements in the flora, such as Desmarestia munda.
This, after the I. Santa Maria stations, was the best in the Galapagos for
dredging.

IsLA San Cristobal^^

Of the perhaps but four regularly settled places in the Galapagos at
the time of our visit, only two had any considerable number of people, one
a plantation on I. Isabela which we did not visit, and the other the little
settlement on I. San Cristobal (Chatham I.). Though the port, Wreck
Bay, had few, there were more people inland at the village, which we did

35 7izV., p. 226, pis. 119, 120.

26 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

not have time to see. The few houses at Wreck Bay, the corrugated iron
administrative building, and the simple lighthouse had but a very few in-
habitants, a military guard of three men and the Commandant, who rep-
resented the civil and military government of Ecuador in the islands. No
algae were secured here, though rocky areas interrupted the sandy shore
around the anchorage.

IsLA Santa Maria^^

By far the most often mentioned in the public press, I. Santa Maria
(I. Floreana or Charles Island) is one of the two southernmost of the
group, and not at all large. At one time the island was used as an Ecua-
dorean penal colony, but of this little more remained than some shelters
which were partly in little caves, at the time of our visit. The population
at that time consisted of three family groups, people who had been unable
to adjust to their central European homeland and had come here to try
under precarious circumstances to maintain themselves. Living a distance
apart, these groups each depended for its existence on the water from a
feeble spring, on a few plants grown with great effort in a small garden
plot, and on the wild cattle which roamed the island, since there was no'
considerable water source in this porous volcanic rock and no considerable
surface soil on the rough land for agriculture.

The island slopes up rather gradually to the chief volcanic summit
and the other hills which rise over the otherwise moderately low surface.
The terrain is quite rough, with broken lava, and a scrubby vegetation
growing in the interstices of the rocks.

One or two walks along the trail to the highest of these little clearings
were the extent of the botanical adventuring possible, apart from the
marine work which was the proper purpose of our visit. Near the springs
some very interesting xerophytic ferns were found, and on the trees along
the trail a quantity of moss and lichen growth, especially Ramalina. We
were unable to give time enough to go up to the summit of the island,
where a more lush vegetation is reported in the old crater.

The shore collecting was done on the north coast, at Black Beach
Anchorage and at Post Office Bay, chiefly the former, whence a trail led
to the clearings. Post Office Bay is named from the barrel on a post which,
since the days of whaling ships, has served as a repository for mail, each
visiting vessel taking along what is found waiting and forwarding it from
the first postal port next touched. Here there was a unit of the fishing
settlement mentioned earlier, with a fairly good-sized building and the

36

Ibid., p. 227, pi. 121, 122, 123, fig. 257.

NO. 1 TAYLOR : PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 27

remnants of electrical and mechanical equipment, now all abandoned.
Shore collecting here did not amount to much. Dredging, however, was
excellent here and yielded many things, which with other I. Santa Maria
dredging will be discussed below.

At Black Beach Anchorage the sand was, as the name would indicate,
veiy dark blackish brown, a surprising contrast with the brilliant white
coral sand found at many of our stops. The beach was backed by an
abandoned clearing made attractive by numerous Parkinsonia trees. Rocky
outcrops ran down into the sea, and the shore collecting done from this
center was very productive indeed. As we made two stops at I. Santa
Maria of some days' duration, far more serious work could be done there
than at any other place visited, and the results reflect the better oppor-
tunity. Repeated visits to the rocky pools and ledges were made at low
tide and many collections secured. Although the male sea lions did occa-
sionally chase us away for a time, the females and young ones, which
commonly were present, did not as a rule pay any attention, or swam
away. On the high rocks spectacular Cereus and Opuntia trees were
prominent features of the vegetation, with various large spiny shrubs
below. In the intertidal zone, and within reach at low tide, the variety of
algae was great. It was possible here to study relatively sheltered pools,
and rocky points exposed to considerable surf. The dominant algal species
appeared to be Blossevillea galapagensis, a notable fucoid endemic known
from the time of the Vettor Pisani Expedition. This grew high on the lit-
toral rocks in great abundance. Also common were Ectocarpus tomentosus,
Padina Durvillaeij Gelidium Hancockii (new), Lithophyllum Farlowii,
Spatoglossurn veleroae (new), Amphiroa peruana, A. dimorpha, Caulerpa
racemosa, Codium isabelae (new), Pachymenia saxicola (new), Ty lotus
ecuadoreanus (new, from a very exposed situation in the heavy surf),
Herpophyllon coalescens, the first collection since the type was brought in
by the Hopkins-Stanford Expedition, and a very curious endemic, and
finally the morphologically interesting Dendrymenia flabellifolia, a more
southern plant. The list of relatively scanty items, including several nov-
elties, is far too long to cite.

Dredgings ofif Post Office Bay and Black Beach Anchorage may
properly be considered together. The depths ranged from 6 to 183 meters,
but the greatest depths were on a sandy bottom and not productive of
algae. However, effective dredging to 55 meters was done and a large
assortment of good deep-water marine algae secured, far too large to
adequately discuss here and by far the best of the expedition. Of presumed
novelties over a score of types came from this series of hauls. There are
too many to designate even all the genera, but particularly striking are

28 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

the representatives in Zostcrocarpus, Sporochnus, Carpoinitra, Desma-
restia, Dictyota, and Dictyopteris in the Phaeophyceae ; in fact, it is very
surprising that there are so many Phaeophyceae which are novelties in
this series.

ISLA EsPANOLA37

The last and most southern of the islands visited by the Hancock
Expedition in 1934 was I. Espafiola (Hood Island), or rather, points in
Gardner Bay on its northeast coast. One must note that there is a Gardner
I. a short distance southeast of I. Santa Maria, and another one smaller
and of less elevation in Gardner Bay. Furthermore, there is an islet in
Gardner Bay called Osborn I. on detailed charts. This is where the inter-
tidal collecting was actually done, and the dredging was chieHy carried
on between the islet and I. Espafiola. The shore collecting was not rich*
There was an abundance of a new Derbesia (D. prolifica) on old corals,
but very hard to secure in suitable form for mounting. With it were
Centroceras and Caulerpa peltata, a good deal of Amphiroa dimorpha,
and early stages of Lithophyllum Farlowii.

Dredging in Gardner Bay fell into two classes, one from muddy bot-
tom at about 55 meters' depth and one from a rocky bottom at about 37
meters' depth. Both were productive. As one might have expected, the
large plants on the soft bottom were few in number, in fact but three
species. The rest were delicately filamentous types, and two Callithamnia
from this station appear to be new. The hauls from off the rocky bottom
brought in, however, many more large species, though few in large
quantity, the most striking familiar species being Dasya Stanfordtana and
the prominent novelty a new Kallymenia (K. latiloba). From Gardner
Bay the Expedition left for Guayaquil, which in following the geo-
graphical rather than the chronological sequence has already been dis-
cussed in relation to the work of the expedition.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE

ALGAL FLORA

The Chlorophyceae found in the Pacific territory surveyed by the
Hancock Expeditions are not a conspicuous feature of the vegetation, and
include few striking species. Of the 23 genera and 60-odd species, less
than a dozen appear to be novelties, and of these a third are only of varie-
tal rank. The flora is not a varied one and lacks much of the interest

^T Ibid., p. 228, pi. 123, fig. 258.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 29

attaching to the corresponding vegetation of similar areas, particularly
coral reef areas, in the Caribbean and the western Pacific. ^Vhile the genus
Codium is well represented, such notable genera as Avrainvillea, Pen-
icillus, and Udotea are absent; in Dasycladaceae there are only two rep-
resentatives ; Valoniaceae are few and scarce, and even Cladophoras were
seldom met with. The Chlorophyceae of this territory were predomi-
nantly plants of the littoral and tide pools, only 5 not being found here at
all, though several occurred at some depth as well as in shallow water.
The species found were seldom secured from more than one or two of the
areas into which the surveyed territory was, somewhat arbitrarily, di-
vided. This more detailed field work will no doubt alter. When attempt-
ing to analyze the flora on the basis of range within this area, it soon
becomes clear that there is little of a decisive character. The most tropical
genus, Caulerpaj has a scattered distribution throughout the territory. The
genus Codium, tropical and warm temperate, was met in more areas in
the southern than in the northern and presumably warmer portion. This
is true for the Galapagos Islands as well as for the territory in general.
The relations of the species in this population to those of other parts of
the world are also very scattering. The most noticeable elements are those
which have a general distribution in tropical and subtropical areas, those
of western Pacific of northern Pacific range. There is nothing in the
Chlorophyceae to suggest any significant Caribbean element. It is not
surprising that there is little in common with the recorded flora to the
south, for this is ill known. However, there are only about one fifth of
the species in common with the list from the Gulf of California; the
writer has the feeling that as the areas are more thoroughly studied the
correspondence will be considerablj' closer, and more so in Chlorophyceae
than in other algal groups. As nearly all the specimens available to the
writer were collected in the first third of the year, nothing can be said
about seasonal changes in the composition of the flora.

The Phaeophyceae present a very different picture from the Chloro-
phyceae, but still one which it is dangerous to interpret too closely. In
contrast with the green algae, they are a truly conspicuous feature of the
marine vegetation at times, although, except in a few situations, they do
not dominate as they commonly do in cold northern seas. There are repre-
sented 24 genera and upward of 50 species. Since endophytes, minute
epiphytes, and certain species of Ectocarpus which would raise the number
considerably are not included, this represents a quite varied flora, as
Phaeophycean floras go. There are many items of very great interest, for
the subtropical and tropical element is marked and there are numerous

30 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

endemics. Dredging produced nearly as many species of Phaeophyceae as
were found in the littoral, counting Sargassum driftweed as dredged, for
the drifted species generally came from the sublittoral, and less than a
sixth of the whole list occurred in both littoral and deep situations. In
contrast to the Caribbean area, we have here no truly pelagic Sargassa;
considerable beds of Sargassum do occur, rather more often at moderate
depths than in very shallow water, and weeds torn loose from these may
often drift widely, but do not lose the characters of the attached plant.

The distribution within the area under survey was also in contrast
with that of the Chlorophyceae, exhibiting marked restriction. Of the 13
species found on Baja California, only 5 appeared reliably to the south-
ward. This is not a fair representation of the Phaeophyceae of Baja
Cah'fornia, but it does call attention to the degree in which striking ele-
ments of the temperate flora of the Californias end there, for Taonia,
Zonaria, Macrocystis, Eisenia arhorea, Cystoseira, and Halidrys were not
found to the south of the peninsula and none of the marked types of the
southern flora were found so far north except Padina Durvillaei. One
should remember that only the southernmost fraction of the peninsula's
outer shore is considered to be in the tropical algal zone (Smith 1944).
It is very striking how exceedingly few of the plants of the outer side of
the peninsula, of the coast to the south of the Gulf, or of the outlying
islands appeared in the Gulf itself, altogether only about a half dozen.
The Is, Revilla Gigedo showed only a very few (10) Phaeophyceae, of
which 2 may be but local, one ranged to the north, and the others have
southern or Caribbean affinities. The records from mainland Mexico are
too few to signify much ; the relations are a little stronger to the flora of
the coast to the south than to the Gulf of California. There are too few
data to be useful thence to Ecuador, but for this latitude some suggestions
may be ventured on the basis of the Galapagos flora. Twenty-eight species
of Phaeophyceae were found in that area, 31 on the other coasts visited,
with only 4 in common, a very strange segregation indeed. Of the 28,
the presumed endemics number 18, a remarkable proportion, of which
but one occurs in the northern Galapagos,^^ 12 in the central Galapagos,

38 In order to establish a basis for analysis of the Galapagos algal flora an
effort was made to define zones within the archipelago. Obviously I. Wenman and
I. Culpepper were a distinct northern Galapagos group. It seemed possible that
I. Espanola, I. Santa Maria, I. San Cristobal, and the southern part of I. Isabela,
with associated small islands, because exposed most directly to currents from the
south, might constitute a southern Galapagos group. The balance of the islands
were grouped as central Galapagos, but perhaps I. Santa Cruz records should
have been assigned to the south Galapagos area, since the collecting there was
done on the south coast.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 31

and 14 in the southern islands. There is clearly little difference between
the central and the southern islands respecting endemics; about half the
list are found in both groups ; Carpornitra luxurians occurred in all three.
The relationships of these 18 to the nearest similar species seem scatter-
ing and vague, though most often to other Pacific relatives. Of the 10
species of wider range, here again the distribution was scattering, being
about equally pantropic, of the Gulf of California, or ranging more widely
northward and southward on the coast. The strongest evidence of sub-
tropical or more correctly south temperate elements in the Galapagos
flora lies in the presence of Eisenia, Desmarestia, Dendrymenia, and some
of the Delesseriaceae.

It seems now generally recognized that the Galapagos Is. may have
originated in a common land mass, but that there is no strong evidence of
connection with South America (Stewart 1911). The southern islands
are bathed by water sometimes as much as 10° cooler than the northern;
while the former receive the Humboldt Current, the northern are at least
at times subject to a warmer current from the Gulf of Panama (Hooker
1851). While such might bring land plants of Caribbean origin, the
isthmus which would facilitate this equally prevents the transfer of
marine algae. The distinction emphasized by Hooker between the islands,
different species of given genera being commonly peculiar to different
islands, is certainly not true of the marine algae, conformably with the
continuity of the sea in which they live. The problem of downstream
dispersal of species peculiar to the archipelago is overshadowed by the
importance of water temperature, the distances involved being short for
the dispersal of marine algae.

It is evident, even from a casual inspection of the list of Rhodophyceae,
that they constitute the greatest variety in the marine flora of this area,
double the number of Chlorophyceae and Phaeophyceae combined, either
of genera or of species. It is further readily determined that the Rhodo-
phyceae are mostly from the littoral, to the extent of about half again as
many as are secured solely from deeper water. It is a varied flora, with
over 90 genera and 240 species. Most of these species and particularly
most from shallow water are of relatively small stature.

The Rhodophyceae collected on Baja California are chiefly forms with
a northward range, not going into the southern tropics ; less than half as
many are apparently local in distribution, a few range far to the south
along the mainland coast of Mexico, but very few beyond, and there were
almost no pantropic or Gulf of California species there. There is little
relation between the Rhodophyceae of Baja California and those of the
Is. Revilla Gigedo; most of the red algae of this group of islands tend
to range to the south, and rather farther than Mexico itself.

32 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

The Rhodophycean flora of the mainland coast and adjacent small
islands is subject to less isolation than that of the Is. Revilla Gigedo and
Galapagos Is. It is furthermore evident that the aquatic climate is rela-
tively uniform ; the coast line under consideration, though long, runs far
to the east in the middle portion and is, except for a few Ecuadorean
stations, entirely within the north tropic zone. On the whole, the records
from any one mainland area are too few to give much evidence, but in
general the algal flora of the whole coast line is predominantly tropical.
Of the 35 Mexican mainland species about two fifths do not extend
farther south, but a half dozen go on to Costa Rica and another half
dozen to Ecuador. There are almost as many species here recorded solely
from Costa Rica as from Mexico, and surprisingly many from Colombia
and Ecuador, considering how little time was spent at work there. The
Ecuadorean mainland flora is more related to the flora farther north than
to the Peruvian flora southward, as far as the data go.

The chief collections of these expeditions, within a limited area, were
those made about the Galapagos Islands in 1934. These were unequally
studied ; the stops at I. Wenman were brief, and I. Culpepper was not
visited. Within the central area more thorough work was done, at several
stations, and about as much at southern points.

The relatively small numbers of Rhodophyceae which range beyond
the Galapagos archipelago when analyzed as to their most natural rela-
tionships seem to show that the southern tier of islands have more species
(6) with a southward range than those of the central group (2) and
fewer on the tropical mainland (2) against 7 for the central group; 5
which occur in both likewise range to the south, and 10 occur on the
tropical mainland. Conversely, 6 of the algae of the central islands tend
to range to the north against only 3 from the southern tier (barring 3
which occur in the Gulf of California), but of the joint floras 13 range
to the north. These approximate figures seem to show a greater tendency
for the southern islands to resemble the south Pacific flora than do the
northern islands, which have more of the flora of the immediate mainland
and the coast to the north.

Rhodophyceae were almost lacking from the I. Wenman collections.
Doubtless more extensive collecting would have remedied this lack, but
their relative absence does preclude any comparison with other regions.
About half of the Galapagos Rhodophyceae came exclusively from the
southern tier of islands and about a fourth exclusively from the central
area. Inspecting the list for supposed new species, we find about the same
ratio. The flora is twice as rich, and twice as rich in novelties, in the
lower tier of islands.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 33

There are several points of interest in the algal flora of this district.
While essentially tropical, and so differing from the flora of Peru just to
the south, certain characteristic groups commonly found in other tropical
areas are missing. Of the Chlorophyceae one may mention the absence
of Udotea and Avrainvillea, the poor representation of Dasycladaceae,
Valoniaceae, and Caulerpaceae. However, the absence of extensive coral
reef formations may help account for this. In the Phaeophyceae we note
the absence of Hydroclathrus and Turbinaria. In the Rhodophyceae there
is more difference between the genera found in different parts of the
world, but the nearly ubiquitous Hypnea musciformis, Gelidiopsis rigida,
Laurencia papulosa, and L. obtiisa are missing, as are Eucheuma, Wran-
gelia, and Acanthophora, although the former genus does occur in the
Gulf of California, close outside our range. It is doubtful that the Acro-
chaetia are as varied as on the Caribbean side: few were seen; Liagoras
are scarce and fewer, and there are few species of Gracilaria, Hypnea,
Dasya, Laurencia, and Polysiphonia.

There is no compensating richness in the Chlorophyceae. In the
Phaeophyceae the Dictyotaceae are quite richly varied, and the Sargassa
likewise, though not more so than in the Orient. The Rhodophyceae seem
to have a particularly good variety of coralline algae (remembering that
the crustose Lithothamnieae are here omitted) ; the Delesseriaceae are
proportionately numerous.

If one may speculate as to what areas now most urgently need further
study (recognizing that all the coast south of California is but frag-
mentarily surveyed), one may first suggest that the adjacent coasts of
Ecuador and northern Peru need further attention, for until this is given
the degree of specialization of the Galapagos Is. flora cannot be accurately
stated. As Howe (1914) indicates, Peru although in the south tropical
zone does not show a characteristically tropical marine flora, and, though
the Galapagos Is. are barely 2° of latitude above the Peruvian border,
they do not show any very great similarity in flora. At the other end, the
Sinaloa- Jalisco coast near the Gulf of California, and Baja California
near its southern end, must be carefully studied to define the limits of
those algae supposed to be endemic to the Gulf, and to note how far
north into it the outer-coast species penetrate. The general position and
land vegetation suggest that Cocos Island might well be a good territory
in which to search for some of the unexpectedly missing tropical genera.
Finally, more detailed studies of the coast of Panama are called for, be-
cause the apparent poverty of the marine algal vegetation there is probably
a misconception, and the study of coves and rocky points will probably

34 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

show a rich flora, as has been noted on the Atlantic side, where in the
accessible spots near the Canal it is poor, but rich only a few miles each
side. The flora of this district might be expected to show Caribbean
tendencies, but as yet there is little evidence of this.

It is worth while to look separately at the results of the deep-sea
dredging. The Chlorophyceae is obviously not the group most likely to
characterize dredged material. From the present series of collections no
considerable number of species were solely secured by dredging. In
general, the species of Chlorophyceae most often secured by dredging
were Codiums, Halimedas, and Ostreobium, with a few scattering things.
These did really at times come from quite deep water.

The Phaeophyceae were much more often present in the hauls. This
was especially true of Dictyotaceae, Sporochnaceae, Desmarestiaceae,
Laminariaceae, and would have been true of Fucaceae also if more of the
dredging had been done in the shallow-water Sargassum beds. Especially
notable finds were dredged in the genera Zosterocarpus, Eiseniaj Sporoch-
nus, SpatoglossmUj Dictyopteris, and Desmarestia. Altogether, more nov-
elties were dredged in this group than were expected ; but, when one tries
to attribute this to a south-temperate element, one finds that the genera
are more often warm-water ones than not, and only Desmarestia and
Eisenia are distinctly of cold-water affinities.

The Rhodophyceae, where one expects most of the dredged records
to come, were mostly shallow-water species. As one looks for distinctively
deep-water genera, one finds Scinaia, Asparagopsis, Peyssonnelia, Litho-
thammuin, Aeodes, Halymeniaj Kallymenia, A gardhiella, Sarcodiotheca,
Gracilariaj Fauchea, Botryocladia, Griffithsia, and most of the genera of
the Delesseriaceae to be groups nearly limited to deeper water. Of these,
A gardhiella, Griffithsia, and Scinaia are perhaps genera of cool-water
tendencies, but for the most part the others include species more like those
of the tropics and subtropics than otherwise.

SUMMARY OF ALGAL DISTRIBUTION

Considering the frequency of the species in the chief algal groups, we
find the same general proportional relations here as in other comparable
parts of the world, although perhaps a little accentuated. Granting that
the data are quite imperfect, there is yet probable significance in the per-
centage of species in the groups as compared from certain major areas.
For instance, on the northeast North American coast the flora, subarctic
and cool temperate, shows a ratio of approximately 20 per cent of Chloro-
phycean species, 33 per cent of Phaeophycean, and 42 per cent of Rhodo-

NO. 1 TAYLOR : PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 35

phycean. This in Florida is replaced by a flora of approximately 25 per
cent of Chlorophycean species, 15 per cent of Phaeophycean, and 60 per
cent of Rhodophycean. Unfortunately, on the West coast we have no
easy way to analyze the cold-water flora as yet. The mild temperate flora
of California as represented by Monterey shows approximately 14 per
cent of Chlorophycean species, 21 per cent of Phaeophycean, and 65 per
cent of Rhodophycean. The flora represented in the present catalogue is
not strictly tropical, though dominated by that type of plant. Here we
find approximately 17 per cent of Chlorophycean species, 16 per cent of
Phaeophycean, and 67 per cent of Rhodophycean, reflecting the domi-
nant tropical influence.

The algal distribution in the area of our study may then be summarized
somewhat as follows. The flora of the outer coast of the peninsula of
Baja California, at least for the greater part of its length, most resembles
that of California to the north. That of the Is. Revilla Gigedo, lying off
its southern end, however, resembles the Mexican mainland algae. There
is no marked change in the rather impoverished yet tropical flora, though
it is very imperfectly known, thence to Ecuador. The Ecuadorean main-
land is less related to the Peruvian than to the mainland algae farther
north. The flora of the Galapagos Islands contains a good many species
not known elsewhere and in certain aspects, particularly along the
southern border of the group, may have definite south subtropical or south
temperate affinities. The dredged flora has few representatives which one
might attribute to a distinctively cool-water element, though it may in
the southern Galapagos have a southern element of a subtropical char-
acter. While more species of Rhodophyceae were dredged than of the
other groups, the Phaeophyceae were unexpectedly numerous.

This is in accord with the currents and water temperatures prevail-
ing (see Sverdrup 1940, p. 273, and especially Fleming 1939, p. 167).
In general, the Peru or Humboldt Current from the South American
coast sweeps up to the Galapagos Islands and turns west below the lati-
tude of Guayaquil to join the westward South Equatorial Current. The
water filters between the Galapagos in a northwestwardly direction, and
frequently at the relatively high rate of 1.5-2.5 knots. The Equatorial
Counter Current running east just north of the Galapagos divides ofif the
Central American coast, a portion forming a current flowing northwest-
ward ofif Nicaragua and another portion joining eddy currents in the
Gulf of Panama to flow southward to Ecuador. The currents from
Costa Rica to Ecuador vary a good deal locally and with the season, in
some degree reversing direction seasonallj^ The northern Galapagos may
receive a southwestward flow in the winter, a northwestward one in the

36 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

summer. In the winter the Is. Revilla Gigedo receive a southward current
which comes from California, but in the late summer this is deflected
somewhat by the westward current from Mexico. Throughout the year
Baja California has a southward-tending current coming from California
and the north. Local eddies in several places may alter these currents near
shore.

As to surface water temperatures, it appears that the warmest water
(27°-29°C.) lies off the coast of Costa Rica and Nicaragua in May,
when the water in the Galapagos area is about 25 ° ; from August to
November, when the Galapagos water temperature is nearer 20°-22°,
that off the Costa Rica and Nicaraguan coast is down a degree or two,
but it reaches its lowest in February (25°-27°C.), when that off the
Galapagos goes up to about 25° C. again.

On the 1934 trip water temperatures were recorded at the water
intake by the engine-room crew; with a slight correction and converted
to Centigrade, they are of some interest but of course represent only local
subsurface water conditions. At the time the party left California (end
of December) the water was about 17.0° C. daily min., 22.0° C. daily
maximum. In the Is. Revilla Gigedo (first week of January) it was 22.5°
C. and 24.5° C. ; at I. Wenman in the northern Galapagos it was 25.5°
C, 26.5° C. (early in the second week of January). During the time in
the central and southern Galapagos a circuitous route was taken, and
there does not seem to be any close correlation with the position of the
vessel; it varied from 20.0° C. to 26.0° C, but, in general, the daily
range was about from 22.0° C. to 24.0° C. during the first ten days and
then was nearer 24.0° C. to 25.0° C. for ten days. The highest tempera-
tures of the trip were recorded on the passage up to Guayaquil, but of
course these do not affect the marine record. Along the coast north from
the R. Guayas they varied from about 23.5° C. min. to 27.0° C. max.,
but were higher about the Is. Secas, reaching 26.0° C. min., 28.0° C.
max. during the last week in February. The writer did not secure the
data northward from this point.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 37

DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE
Ghlorophyceae

Grass-green plants, unicellular, colonial, filamentous, parenchymatous
or coenocytic, of veiy varied forms; pigments chiefly chlorophyll and
xanthophyll contained in definite chloroplasts ; sexual and asexual plants
generally morphologically similar; asexual reproduction by various types
of spores, most commonly biflagellate zoospores; sexual reproduction by
biflagellate isogametes or with various degrees of sexual specialization
and differentiation.

Ulvaceae^®

Plants membranous or tubular, of one or two layers of cells, in size
moderate to large, and generally found in or near the littoral ; reproduc-
tion from little-modified cells producing biflagellate gametes or zoospores.

KEY TO GENERA

1. Plants tubular in section, the wall one cell layer thick . . .
Enteromorpha

1. Plants membranous and expanded when mature .... 2

2. Membrane characteristically of one cell layer . . . Monostroma
2. Membrane of two cell layers throughout Ulva

ENTEROMORPHA Link, 1820

Plants simple or alternately branched, tubular or with the branches
ending in uniseriate tips; capillary to broad; attached or becoming free
floating; tube with a wall one cell in thickness, the cells usually close
placed, with a single lateral chromatophore generally containing one
pyrenoid.

KEY TO SPECIES

1. Plants simple or very sparingly branched 2

1. Plants clearly, generally abundantly, branched . ... 3

39 In order to conserve space, the descriptions of genera and larger categories
have been shortened in this report in many cases. This has chiefly meant an abridge-
ment of the description of reproductive organs, and chiefly affects the Rhodophy-
ceae. More detailed descriptions may be found in the writer's 1937 and 1942
publications.

38 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

2. Plants moderately broad above, simple or sparingly and sub-
equally divided very close to the base; cell arrangement in the
upper portion mostly irregular, with some tendency to form
longitudinal rows; cell shape rectangular to polyhedral, the
lateral wall thick E. flexuosa

2. Branches relatively few, scattered, similar to the main axis ; cells

in clear longitudinal rows E. tubulosa

3. Once generally freely slenderly branched, the branches lateral,
progressively larger upward for 1-5 mm above the base; cell
arrangement in regular rows throughout ; cell shape rectangular,
lateral walls not conspicuously thickened E. lingulata

3. Progressively 2-several times branched 4

4. Sparingly primarily branched, the scattered branches similar to
the main axis, beset with numerous aculeate branchlets ; cells in
longitudinal rows E. salina v. polyclados

4. Branching freely in successive orders, throughout slender, the
smaller branchlets and branch tips ending in a single series of
cells ; cells generally in longitudinal series E. crinita

Enteromorpha flexuosa (Wulfen) J. Agardh

Collins 1909, p. 203 ; Taylor 1942, p. 13.

Probably widespread in the tropical Pacific. It is common in the Carib-
bean and the tropical Atlantic Ocean. A plant chiefly of the lower tidal
range, growing on rocks, sticks, shells, coral fragments, etc.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, dredged in 24-32 meters at sta. 129,
Braithwaite Bay, I. Soccoro, no. 34-20, 3 Jan. 1934. Ibid., attached to
rocks on the sandy beach, no. 39-60, 18 Mar. 1939. Oaxaca, on dead
sticks in shoal water of the lagoon, Ba. Chacahua, no. 39-71, 21 Mar.
1939. Costa Rica: in a high protected tide pool. Port Parker near
Bahia Salinas, no. 39-74, 25 Mar. 1939. Ecuador: Guayas, at Salinas,
Schmitt no. 506, 12-14 Sept. 1926.

Enteromorpha tubulosa Kiitzing, prox.

J. G. Agardh 1883, p. 128; Collins 1909, p. 203 (as E. prolifera v.
tubulosa) ; Setchell & Gardner 1920, p. 256, pi. 14, figs. 4, 5; Smith
1944, p. 51.

The writer follows Setchell in placing here some material not other-
wise satisfactorily disposable, and probably not identical with E. prolifera.

NO. 1 TAYLOR : PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 39

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, forming patches on the under
side of rocks, exposed at low tide, Pta. Albemarle, I. Isabela, no. 34-111,
12 Jan. 1934.

Enteromorpha lingulata J. Agardh

J. G. Agardh 1890, p. 143 ; Taylor 1942, p. 13.

Probably widespread and common on the tropical Pacific coast of the
Americas, as it is on the Atlantic coast. A plant often abundant on solid
objects near low tide level.

Mexico : Guerrero, shore collections inside Morro de Petatlan, Bahia
Petatlan, Schmitt no. 120B-33, 17 Mar. 1933. Ibid., on rocks near the
head of the harbor, no. 34-585, 2 Mar. 1934. Oaxaca, on dead man-
grove roots in shoal water of the lagoon, Ba. Chacahua, no. 39-70, 21
Mar. 1939. Costa Rica: Ba. Salinas, dredged from 3.6 meters,
Schmitt no. 477A-35, 11 Feb. 1935. Port Parker, abundant in a high
protected tide pool, no. 39-74, 25 Mar. 1939. Pto. Culebra, intertidal,
no. 34-532, 24 Feb. 1934. Canal Zone: abundant on floating timbers
and piling at Pier 15, Balboa, no. 39-137, 31 Mar. 1939. Ecuador:
Archipielago de Colon, on intertidal rocks, I. San Salvador, no. 34-349,
24 Jan. 1934.

Enteromorpha salina Kiitzing, v. polyclados Kiitzing

Plants entangled, contorted, slender, vaguely branched, throughout
or sometimes only in the lower portions beset with short tapering patent
branchlets; main branches with squarish cells about 16 /x wide, generally
shorter than broad, in definite rows; branchlets uniseriate toward the tips.

Kiitzing 1856, p. 13, pi. 36, fig. II (as E. polyclados) ; Farlow 1902,
p. 89 (as E. clathrata) ; Collins 1909, p. 202; Setchell & Gardner 1920,
p. 257.

This material, reported as E. clathrata by Farlow, consists of a smaller
and more entangled plant which agrees tolerably well with E. salina v.
polyclados. The variety has been accepted as an element in the Californian
flora by Setchell and Gardner, and for the Gulf states by Collins, though
first described from Europe. It is a plant of shallow, quiet water.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, from a mangrove swamp near
Turtle Point, I. Isabela, Snodgrass & Heller, Apr. 1899. Ibid., from a
salt-water lake south of Tagus Cove, Schmitt no. 331A-35, 10 Dec. 1934.

Enteromorpha crinita (Roth) J. Agardh

Collins 1909, p. 199; Setchell & Gardner 1920, p. 258; Taylor 1937,
p. 62.

40 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

A plant of shallow, protected situations, growing on rocks and wood-
work.

Ecuador : Archipielago de Colon, among shore rocks, I. Fernandina,
no.i^-755. 14 Jan. 1934.

MONOSTROMA Thuret, 1854

Plants at first saccate, later usually splitting into broad, flattened
blades or narrow segments ; ordinarily of one cell in thickness ; cells with
one or two platelike chromatophores, each with a pyrenoid.

KEY TO SPECIES

1. Plants without differentiated stalklike portions, broadly foli-
aceous, only incidentally cleft M. ecuadoreanum

1. Plants with narrow stalklike bases, definitely lobed above . .
M. dactyliferum

Monostroma ecuadoreanum n. sp.*<>

Plants gregarious, broadly foliaceous or sparingly cleft ; green, becom-
ing brown on drying, 1-3 cm tall, the thallus of one cell layer, the cells in
surface view closely placed, angular, 10-24 fi (averaging 18 /x) diam., with
the lateral walls 0.8 fi, the outer walls 1.5 /u. thick; thallus thickness 18-26
fi, the cells quite rectangular in section; chromatophores probably single
in each cell.

In the genus Monostroma, the northern and much larger M. fuscum
and its varieties turn brown on drying and have two chromatophores in
each cell. These plants likewise turn brown and are no thicker than some
forms of M. fuscum (Wittrock 1866, p. 53; Collins 1909, p. 213; Set-
chell & Gardner 1920, p. 243), They may prove to be only a variety of
that species, but the tropical habitat makes this seem unlikely.

Ecuador: Guayas, on the rocky southeast side of Pta. Sta. Elena,
Salinas, no. 34-465 (TYPE), 8 Feb. 1934.

40 Monostroma ecuadoreanum n. sp. — Plantae brunneae cum exsiccatae sunt,
gregariae, 1-3 cm. altitudine, cellulis 10-24 (x diam., confertis, membranis externis
1.5 \i crassitudine; thallo 18-26 \i crassitudine, cellulis in sectione rectangularibus.
Planta typica in loco dicto Pta. Sta. Elena, Guayas, Ecuador, legit W. R. Taylor,
no. 34-465, 8 Feb. 1934.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 41

Monostroma dactyliferum n. sp.^^

Plants small, 2-3 cm tall, dark green, irregularly lobed, the lower
portions stalklike; stalks 1-3 mm broad, irregularly branched, narrow,
thin near the markedly crisped margin but thick in the center (to 180-
200 fi) and tristratose, consisting of a layer of cells 50-60 ix tall and 20-30
fi broad on one side, a central zone one third of the total thickness or more
consisting of fibrillar extensions of the surface cells directed toward the
base, and on the other side a layer of cells about 20-30 fx, broad and 18-25
/i, tall; the upper portion of each branch for 1-2 cm eventually somewhat
expanded, simple to palmatifid, the lobes 3-5 mm broad, obtuse, the
margins plane to minutely lobulate and crisped, in the center about 15-20
fi thick, the cells in section rectangular, 11-16 fx tall and about as broad;
walls thick throughout, the cells in the expanded part somewhat areolate.

These plants are extremely interesting. Structurally, the stalk some-
what resembles the base of an Ulva, except that the strengthening fibrils
pass abundantly between cell layers which are unequally thick; this fea-
ture extends up the stalklike portions to the thin blades. The margins of
these stalks are intricately frilled, much thinner than the central part and
of one cell layer. The specialized central zone develops along a sharp line
near the base of the blade. Here the thickness suddenly increases from
about 30 fjL to about 45 ju, and the cells, which are columnar, all cut off a
small cell toward the same face of the thallus. Gradually these cells, both
the large primary ones and the small derivatives, develop projections
which extend basipetally between the two layers. These, at first in con-
tact, become separated by a thick hyaline zone one third to one half of
the total thickness of the stalk, composed of tenuous protoplasmic fila-
ments surrounded by relatively firm walls. This structure is not a familiar
one in the genus, and a new one may have to be erected to contain this
species. The fibrils run down as a thin zone between equal cell layers in
Letterstedtia japonica Holmes, but in that plant the blades have two cell
layers throughout, as does JJlva. In studying the peculiar structure of M.
dactyliferum longitudinal sections were cut from carefully oriented frag-
ments under continuous observation with the dissecting microscope, which
enabled the zone of change to be established accurately.

Ecuador: Guayas, in tide pools at Pta. Santa Elena, Schmitt no.
523 (TYPE), 17 Sept. 1926.

■11 Monostroma dactyliferum n. sp. — Plantae 2-3 cm altitudine, irregulariter,
saepe digitate lobatae, stipites infra quo in loco ad 180-200 (.i crassitudine et,
cum strato medio rhizoideo, tristratosae; supra expansae, lobis 3-5 mm latitudine,
crispatis, in centre 15-20 |x crassitudine et unistratosis, cellulis distributione paulu-
lum areolatis. Planta typica in loco dicto Pta. Santa Elena, Guayas, Ecuador, legit
Schmitt no. 523, 17 Sept. 1926.

42 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

ULVA Linnaeus, 1753

Plants becoming expanded, foliaceous, attached or becoming free
floating; simple and orbicular to elongate and laciniate, plane or crisped;
of two cell layers, the cells showing single chromatophores with pyrenoids.

KEY TO SPECIES

1. Cells of the central portion little taller than broad, rectangular
in section U. Lactuca

1. Cells of the central portion of the blade much taller than broad
2

2. Mature thallus deeply lobed with plane or ruffled margins ; mem-
brane 45-90 fi thick, the cells 2.5 times as high as broad . . .
U. lobata

2. Juvenile thallus deeply lobed with plane or ruffled margins,
mature thallus deeply divided into long, narrow, crisped seg-
ments; thallus in the juvenile state to 100 ju, thick in the center,
the cells to twice as tall as broad, in the adult state to 190 /* thick,
the cells to 5.0 times as tall as broad U. dactylifera

Ulva Lactuca L.

Collins 1909, p. 214; Taylor 1937, p. 75, pi. 4, fig. 6; Smith 1944, p.
45, pi. 3, figs. 6, 7.

In one form or another a common plant of cosmopolitan distribution
in the littoral and sublittoral belts, growing on solid objects, but in quiet
water often continuing to develop if disengaged.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, frequent as dredged at sta. 135 from 45
meters' depth off Sulphur Bay, I. Clarion, no. 34-48A, 5 Jan. 1934. Ibid.,
rare as dredged at sta, 136 from 57 meters, no. 34-67, 5 Jan. 1934. Ibid.,
juvenile plants on shore rocks, no. 39-16, 16 Mar. 1939. Ibid., dredged
from 51-79 meters' depth at sta. 917, no. 39-22, 16 Mar. 1939. Costa
Rica : abundant on rocks at mid- and low-tide levels. Port Parker near
Ba. Salinas, no. 39-75, 25 Mar. 1939. Ecuador: Archipielago de
Colon, small plants on intertidal rocks, I. San Salvador, no. 34-348, 24
Jan. 1934, Ibid., abundant but juvenile from Rhizophorn roots over
white mud in a lagoon near buildings, Academy Bay, I. Santa Cruz, no.
34-301 J, 20 Jan. 1934, Ibid., dredged from a sandy bottom at 36-55
meters near an islet in Gardner Bay, I. Espaiiola, no. 34-409, 31 Jan.
1934. Guayas, littoral rocks near Salinas, Schmitt no. 503, 12 Sept.
1926.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 43

Ulva fasciata Delile^^

Farlow 1902, p. 90.

Reported from I. Isabela, Archipielago de Colon. However, see the
discussion of U. lobata.

Ulva lobata (Kiitzing) Setchell & Gardner

Kiitzing 1856, p. 10, pi. 27 (as Phycoseris lobata) ; Setchell & Gard-
ner 1920, p. 268; Smith 1944, p. 46, pi. 4, figs. 4, 5.

These plants could not be differentiated from those judged to be young
U. dactylifera Setch. & Gard. except arbitrarily, on thickness. Neither
group of specimens is very different from certain phases of U. fasciata
Delile of the Caribbean which Setchell (in Phyc. Bor.-Amer.) at first
considered to be an element of the California flora. Later (1920, pp. 284,
285) he segregated these plants under U. lobata and U. dactylifera, the
latter in its full development, but not in its earlier phases, rather distinc-
tive.

Mexico: Guerrero, littoral at Ba. Petatlan, no. 34-575, 2 Mar.
1934. Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, I. Santa Cruz, Hassler no.
1001, June 1872. Guayas, in tide pools at Pta. Santa Elena, Schmitt
nos.512,516, 17 Sept. 1926.

Ulva dactylifera Setchell & Gardner?

Setchell & Gardner 1920, p. 272, pi. 21, fig. 1.

These plants differ very little from those here assigned to Ulva lobata
Kiitz., except in thickness. Setchell and Gardner set limits on the thick-
ness of U. lobata of 45-90 /x. In its early phase of growth U. dactylifera
has about the same shape as U. lobata, but later develops the erect linear
crisped lobes which characterize it. Setchell and Gardner state that it
reaches 2-4 cm in height in the first growth stage, but authentic material
is as much as 6 cm tall. Specimens in the Galapagos collections apparently
in this growth phase reach 9 cm in height, 110-123 fi in thickness, but
none have developed the characteristic long crisped lobes of the later
phase.

Ecuador: Guayas, scraped from a mooring buoy at La Libertad,
Schmitt no. 12 J -33, 19 Jan. 1933. Archipielago de Colon, dredged at
sta. 146, L Isabela, no. 34-109, 12 Jan. 1934. Ibid., infrequent at Black
Beach Anchorage, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-227, 17 Jan. 1934.

^2 This and subsequent similar references to Farlow's 1902 paper on Galapagos
Islands algae are designed to include certain records which are neither confirmed
by our own collections nor interpreted satisfactorily from his specimens.

44 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

Chaetophoraceae

Filamentous plants, sometimes spreading and sometimes forming
disks, usually microscopic or nearly so, the cells in some genera bearing
long hairs; reproduction from vmdifferentiated or moderately differenti-
ated cells by biflagellate zoospores or by gametes of various degrees of
specialization.

KEY TO GENERA

1. Plants formed of relatively regular filaments, not developing
parenchymatous nodules 2

1. Plants of creeping filaments composed of cells of irregular shape
and articulation, often anastomosing, commonly developing par-
enchymatous masses; hairs lacking Zygomitus

2. Filaments differentiated into a basal layer which eventually bears
erect filaments; hairs absent or present, in which case they are
septate Pilinia

2. Filaments chiefly creeping, without differentiation of special erect
branches; hairs setiform, continuous with the supporting cell 3

3. Plants generally with wavy setae; in the jelly of larger algae,
rarely on stones or penetrating calcareous algae . . . Phaeophila

3. Plants generally with straight setae; in the jelly of larger algae
or penetrating calcareous algae Ectochaete

PILINIA Kiitzing, 1843

Plants of branched creeping filaments, the horizontal layer of which
bears simple or forking erect filaments, sometimes ending in multicellular
hairs ; the cell structure showing a chromatophore which encloses the pro-
toplast ; reproduction by numerous biflagellate zoospores formed in ter-
minal or lateral rounded to clavate sporangia in the erect filaments, or
sessile on the horizontal filaments.

KEY TO SPECIES

1. Erect filaments reaching 400 /i, in length, basally 5-8 /x, diam.,
terminating in articulate hairs P. maritima f. pacifica

1. Erect filaments reaching 150 /x in length, 5-6 /a diam., widening

upwardly to 6-8 fi, not terminating in hairs

P. Lunatiae f. simplex

NO. 1 TAYLOR : PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 45

Pilinia maritlma (Kjellman) Rosenvinge, f. pacifica F. Thivy n.f.*^

Thallus extending as discs 0.5-1.0 mm diam., with the basal layer of
more or less isodiametric cells 2.5-10.5 [x diam., at first distinct, later less
conspicuous; erect filaments numerous, 0.2-0.4 mm long, usually un-
branched with the lower cells cubical, the upper elongate cylindrical,
with a basal diameter of 5.1-7.7 ju, ending in articulate hairs 1-3 ju, diam.;
sporangia on short erect few-celled branches, single and terminal, or
lateral, or in pairs, clavate, 4-12 fi diam., 20.4-23.5 ju. long; empty spo-
rangia often proliferating into new ones, or into vegetative filaments; a
pyrenoid visible in some of the cells.

This new form differs from typical P. maritima in that its thallus
forms an extended layer and does not become rounded and gelatinous.
The erect filaments are slightly narrower than in the typical form, 5.1-
7.7 jx against 6-10 fi, and the sporangia may occur in pairs, which does not
appear to be the case in the typical form.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, in dead shells from tide pools, I.
Clarion, no. 39-4 p.p. (TYPE), (det. F. Thivy), 1 Mar. 1939. Ecua-
dor: Archipielago de Colon, in dead shells, Ba. Cartago, I. Isabela, no.
34-352 A p.p. (det. F. Thivy), 25 Jan. 1934.

Pilinia Lunatiae Collins, n. f . simplex F. Thivy^^*

Plants bright green, growing on the cuticle of a Porella-\\k.& bryozoan ;
disc centrally distromatic, of 2.5-11.8 ja semi-isodiametric cells, of one
layer at the margin with cells 2.5-3.5 /* diam., 2-4 times as long; later
with central cells empty; erect filaments reaching 150 /i in length, usually
of 5-10 cells, unbranched, loosely arranged, with the cells at the base 4.70-
5.88 IX diam., up to 12.9 /x long, 1-2 times as long as wide, but above 5.88-
8.23 JU, diam., and up to 33 /* long, being 2.5-5.0 times as long as wide,
with the terminal cell transforming into a sporangium; cells (stained)
showing a pyrenoid.

43 Pilinia maritima (Kjellm.) Rosenv., n. f. pacifica F. Thivy — Thallis extensis
tenuiter applanatis 0.5-1.0 mm diam.; filamentis erectis 0.2-0.4 mm longis, 5.1-7.7 (x
diam., in pilis gradatim angustatos desinentibus ; sporangiis singulis vel interdum
binis. Planta typica in loco dicto I. Clarion, Mexico, legit W. R. Taylor no. 39-4
(p. p.), 1 Mar. 1939.

44a Pilinia Lunatiae Collins n. f. simplex F. Thivy — Filamentis erectis simplici-
bus, pleriimque 5.88-8.23 \i diam., 5-10 cellularibus, rarissime ad 13 cellularibus,
laxe dispositis. Planta tvpica in loco dicto Panama City, Panama, legit W. R.
Taylor no. 39-149 p.p., 31 Mar. 1939.

46 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

This form differs from typical P. Lunatiae in having the erect fila-
ments of 5-10 cells and unbranched, with slightly lesser diameter and
looser arrangement than in the type.

Panama: in a bryozoan on old shells from tide pools in the rocky
tidal flats at San Francisco, Panama City, no. 39-149 p.p. (TYPE), 31
Mar. 1939.

PHAEOPHILA Hauck, 1876

Plants generally epi- or endophytic, of branching uniseriate filaments
the cells of which bear one to three long, unseptate hairs neither separated
by a wall from the supporting cell nor swollen at the base; cells with
parietal lobed chromatophores and several pyrenoids; zoospores quadri-
flagellate, produced in zoosporangia which are little enlarged, but often
terminal on branchlets.

KEY TO SPECIES

1. A perforating alga in shells and corals; cells narrower, cylindri-
cal, often sinuous, 5-12 /* diam., 3-9 times as long up to 45 /*
maximum length, or subglobular up to 22 ju. diam., or with ir-
regular lobes and then reaching 52 ju, ; setae distinctly to slightly
wavy, 1.2-3.6 /x diam.; pyrenoids 1-7 per cell; sporangia 10-28
)Lt diam., with short emission tubes, in length not over twice the
diameter of the sporangium, 3.5-5.3 fx diam P. Engleri

1. An endophytic or epiphytic alga, also found on stones; cells
wider, cylindrical or globular, 7-26 fx diam., 1-4 times as long as
wide within a maximum of 54 jx] setae distinctly wavy, 2.5-5.1
fx diam., pyrenoids 1-13; sporangia 33-40 fx diam., with an emis-
sion tube about 4 times as long as the diameter of the sporangium,
4.8-7.7 /i, diam P. dendroides

Phaeophila Engleri Reinke

Kylin 1935a, p. 193, figs. 3, 4; Thivy 1943, p. 245, pis. 1, 2.

Mexico: Oaxaca, in dead shells from the littoral, Ba. Tangola-
Tangola, no. 34-563 A (det. F. Thivy), 1 Mar. 1934. Ibid., with Masti-
gocoleus in dead shells in the lagoon at Ba. Chacahua, no. 39-72 (det. F.
Thivy), 21 Mar. 1939. Is. Revilla Gigedo, in dead shells from tide
pools, I. Clarion, no. 39-4 (det. F. Thivy), 1 Mar. 1939. Panama:
Bahia de Panama, with Plyella in dead corals in pools of 3 dm depth, I.
Taboga, no. 39-622 (det. F. Thivy), 2 May 1939. Ecuador: Archi-
pielago de Colon, in dead shells from tide pools, Ba. Cartago, I. Isabela,
no. 34-352 J (det. F. Thivy), 25 Jan. 1934.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 47

Phaeophila dendroides (Crouan) Batters

Batters 1902, p. 13; Taylor 1928, p. 58, pi. 3, figs. 4-6 (as P. flori-
dearum).

Mexico : Nayarit, with Lithothamnieae on stones, an unusual habitat
for this species, I. Maria Magdalena, Las Tres Marias, no. 39-670 p.p.
(det. F. Thivy),9May 1939.

EGTOGHAETE (Huber) Wille 1909

Bright green endophytes in the wall or slime of larger algae, or trano-
phytes in shells, consisting of creeping, free or partly fused, bilatero-
monopodially branched or semidichotomous filaments; cells cylindrical to
spherical, setigerous, uninucleate with a parietal platelike or netlike chlo-
roplast and one to eight pyrenoids ; seta single, straight, tubular, not sepa-
rated by a septum from the supporting cell ; sporangium and gametangium
like the vegetative cells but with an emission tube of varying shape and
size, containing many biflagellate zooids ; sexual reproduction isogamous ;
zoospores and zygotes germinating directly.

Ectochaete perf orans Thivy, n. sp.^^''

Thallus perforating the hard external layers of shells, composed of
densely branched filaments, not united; cells uninucleate, with usually
one, rarely 2-3 pyrenoids, often bearing one seta, or very rarely two;
setae 2.0-3.8 /a diam., straight, not septate at the base but at times pro-
vided with a ring-shaped parietal thickening at the base, or with a sec-
ondary basal septum; intercalary cells 7-20 /x diam., 1.3-4.0 times as long,
but less than 43 /a, sometimes rhizoidal, narrow, about 3 fi diam. ; terminal
cells, 5-13 IX diam., 4-9 times longer than broad but between 20 and 95 /*;
sporangia usually intercalary, 7-28 /t diam., 17-38 /a long, containing
about 12 zoospores, the ostiole shaped like a small tube, 3.5-5.0 /a diam.,
3.5-29.0 II long.

Ecuador : Archipielago de Colon, in dead shells, abundant about Ba.
Cartago, I. Isabela, no. 34-352E (TYPE), 25 Jan. 1934.

44b Ectochaete perforans Thivy n. sp. (ex manuscripto inedit.) — Thallus in
strata dura externa concharum perforans, e filamentis ramosis, confertis, non con-
junctis compositus; cellulis uninucleatis, pyrenoideis plerumque uno, raro 2-3 prae-
ditis, saepe unam setam (vel rarissime duas) gerentibus; setis 2.0-3.8 n crassitudine,
rectis, non basi septatis sed interdum aut ad basin incrassitione parietali annuli-
formi aut septo basali secundario instructis; cellulis intercalaribus 7-20 \i crassis,
1.3-4-plo longioribus, angustis, circa 3 |x crassitudine; cellulis terminalibus 5-13
\i crassitudine, 4-9-plo longioribus quam crassioribus sed inter 20 et 95 [x; spo-
rangiis plerumque intercalaribus 7-28 \i crassis, 17-38 \x longis, circa 12 zoosporas
includentibus, ostiolo tubuliformi 3.5-5.0 [i crasso, 3.5-29.0 |x longo. Planta typica
in loco dicto Ba. Cartago, I. Isabela, Archipielago de Colon, legit W. R. Taylor
no. 34-352e, 25 Jan. 1934.

48 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

ZYGOMITUS Bornet & Flahault, 1889
Plant penetrating shells, of irregular filaments, branched, the branch
tips commonly attaching to other filaments, uniseriate, the cells shorter or
longer than broad, often with oblique end walls, the filaments commonlj'^
forming parenchymatous masses by irregular periclinal and transverse
divisions.

Zygomitus reticulatus Bornet & Flahault
Bornet & Flahault 1889, p. CLX, pi. 9, figs. 1-4.
Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, in shells with Mastigocoleus,
Hyella, and other perforating algae, Tagus Cove, I. Isabela, no. 34-178
(det. F.Thivy), 13 Jan. 1934.

Valoniaceae

Plants sacklike, parenchymatous or filamentous, with large, coenocytic
cells; septation often delayed after the development of the branching
portion of the parent cell; when filamentous the branchlets free and
divergent or joined to form nets, but when parenchymatous forming
rather massive plants; reproduction by bifiagellate zoospores or gametes
from little-differentiated cells.

KEY TO GENERA

1. Not bushy 2

1. Bushy, of branching filaments 3

2. Plants rounded, multicellular, the cells macroscopic Dictyosphaeria

2. Plants locally foliaceous, netlike, the primary axis deliquescent;
consisting of branches of various orders which unite to form the
meshes of the net; branches multicellular, uniseriate . Boodlea, f.

3. Entangled, spongy, the branching in part opposite, the branches
adherent by special tenacular cells Boodlea

3. With the aspect of a Cladophora; growing continuously from the
upper parts of the branches, which although with delayed septa-
tion become uniseriate, multicellular Cladophoropsis

DICTYOSPHAERIA Decaisne, 1892

Plants rounded, sometimes flattened, laterally lobed or growing
together, solid or hollow; multicellular, the cells macroscopic, along their
adjacent margins attached to each other by special microscopic tenacula;
the under side attached to rocks by short rhizoidal cells.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 49

KEY TO SPECIES

1. Thallus larger ; cells without intracellular spines . . D. australis
1. Thallus very small; cells with intracellular spines . D. Versluysi

Dictyosphaeria australis Setchell

Plants 1.0-4.5 cm or more in diameter, flattened or cushion shaped,
irregular or lobed, light green, iridescent; solid at all stages seen, attached
firmly by groups of rhizoidal cells, the surface cells veiy irregular in size,
reaching 1-2 mm, the outer face moderately curved ; intercellular hapteres
mostly along the angles of junction, seldom on the cell surfaces ; needle-
shaped projections (intracellular spines) apparently absent from the cell
walls.

Setchell 1926, p. 79, pi. 8, figs. 9, 10.

These specimens suggest D. intermedia Weber-van Bosse (1905, p.
143), but were not seen to become hollow and had rather larger cells.
Setchell describes D. australis from Tahiti as having very scattered and
very rare intracellular spines, but these were not seen in this material at
all, leaving the identity slightly in doubt. Plants of the intertidal zone
and in tide pools, generally in fairly exposed situations.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, drifted ashore at Sulphur Bay, I.
Clarion, no. 34-55, 5 Jan. 1934. Ibid., common in the upper intertidal
zone wedged between rocks and attached along rock crevices, no. 39-13,
16 Mar. 1939. Ibid., on rocks in tide pools along the shore, Braithwaite
Bay, I. Soccoro, no. 34-26, 3 Jan. 1934, and no. 39-54, 18 Mar. 1939.

Dictyosphaeria Versluysi Weber-van Bosse

Thallus small, solid, the cells 0.5-1.5 mm diam., with intracellular
spines evident.

Weber-van Bosse 1905, p. 114; Setchell & Gardner 1930, p. 115.

This plant, which Mme. Weber-van Bosse described from the Malay
reefs, appears here as a plant of intertidal and tide-pool rocks.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, occasional in tide pools, Braithwaite
Bay, I. Soccoro, no. 34-8, 2 Jan. 1934.

BOODLEA Murray & DeToni, 1889

Plants entangled, often to form a spongy mass; the main axes visible
below, less distinct above, branched, the patent branches opposite or
whorled, commonly adherent at the tips with tenacular attaching cells.

50 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

Boodlea composita (Harv. & Hooker f.) Brand

Plant green, spongy, matted, filamentous, the filaments rather stiff;
axes scattered, mainly erect, below to 210-315 fi diam., the long cells
somewhat clavate, branching irregular, above becoming indistinct; lesser
axes with shorter cells, percurrent, oppositely branched, the branching in
a plane or somewhat irregular; lesser divisions and branchlets entangled,
the free end cells blunt, to 70-140 ju, diam., 3-5 diameters long; the branch
systems commonly concrescent, attachment commonly being made by
tenacular cells 30-50 fi diam. and about as long, the appressed face slightly
discoid-expanded and with the membrane margin lobulate.

Brand 1904, p. 187, pi. 6, figs. 28-35.

These plants probably come within the variation of the species B. com-
posita as discussed in detail by Brand. Collins (1909, p. 367) at first
admitted this genus to the West coast flora and then later dismissed the
record as an error, in which he was followed by Setchell and Gardner
(1920, p. 232). There is no doubt about this Mexican record of the
genus, but it may be that with fuller knowledge a specific distinction may
be possible, though for the present in the light of the considerable vari-
ability of these plants it seems best to retain the name of the most probable
known Pacific species. Satisfactory criteria for distinguishing species in
this genus seem yet to be established.

Mexico : Nayarit, common on surf-beaten rocks of I. Maria Magda-
lena, Las Tres Marias, no. 39-636, 9 May 1939.

Boodlea composita, forma
Plate 1, Figs. 1, 2

Plants small, 1-2 cm tall, densely entangled, several axes arising from
a common base, with more or less distinct slightly tapering free basal
cells 130-150 fx diam., 0.9-1.4 mm long, branched at the first septum or
close above it, the main axes to 360 /x diam., forming veins, not remaining
very distinct, the branching chiefly opposite, commonly in more than one
plane, but locally bilateral, the divisions anastomosing into a plane or
tridimensional network, directly or by tenacular cells about 35-80 fx diam.
and nearly as long; areolae irregular, small, about 300-900 [x diam.; the
lesser veins with cells to about 140-180 /x diam., 180-270 /t long; ultimate
cells 90-180 ju, diam., 180-220 /a long, the free ends rounded acute at the
tips.

This plant was at first taken to be a Microdictyon of the section
Boodleoides, but the relatively small amount of flat network and the
approximation in size of the several parts to Boodlea composita eventually

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 51

convinced the writer that it was merely a variant of that species. It is
here described and recorded separately in order to call attention to its
peculiarities.

Ecuador: Guayas, closely tufted and entangled with other algae,
especially Centroceras, on the rocky southeast side of Pta. St. Elena,
Salinas, no. 34-466, 8 Feb. 1934.

GLADOPHOROPSIS B0rgesen, 1905
Cladophoropsis robusta Setchell & Gardner

Plants to 2.5 cm tall, the base sparingly branched and rhizoidal, the
erect axes simple or 1-2 times successively oppositely branched, the lateral
branches usually without crosswalls until after one has been formed
across the axis above the fork; filaments below to 685 ju, diam., the cells
of irregular length, in the lower portions quite long.

Setchell k Gardner 1924, p. 714, pi. 13, fig. 16.

This material, very scanty, was shorter and more slender than the
maxima described by Setchell and Gardner. It generally formed branches
of one degree, often opposite, but often only single. One specimen formed
three pairs of branches on the main axis and the lower two pairs each
bore a pair of opposite branchlets in turn. This looks rather unlike the
figures given in the above publication, but the simpler plants resemble
the illustration very closely.

Mexico: Nayarit, rare on the rocks of I. Isabel, no. 34-588A, 5
Mar. 1934.

Cladophoraceae

Plants filamentous, usually with distinct basal holdfasts, simple or
branched above, the branches rarely whorled, the filaments uniseriate;
cells with a commonly multinucleate protoplast; septation not notably
delayed ; reproduction by biflagellate zoospores or gametes from little-
differentiated cells.

KEY TO GENERA

1. Filaments unbranched, or with few short simple branchlets 2

1. Filaments progressively, often abundantly, branched ... 3

2. Filaments unbranched, symmetrical, often attached by a differ-
entiated basal cell Chaetomorpha

2. Filaments more slender and irregular of contour; unbranched or

with a few rhizoidal or lateral spur branches . . Rhizoclonium

52 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

3. Filaments free, or somewhat twisted together, but not united

into cords by special branchlets Cladophora

3. Filaments in the lower part of the plant united by rhizoidal,

hooked or spinelike branchlets Spongomorpha

GHAETOMORPHAKutzing, 1845

Plants filamentous, the filaments uniseriate, unbranched ; cells cylin-
drical or slightly inflated, with numerous peripherally placed nuclei and
a much-dissected chromatophore with many pyrenoids; plants attached
by a basal cell, which may be well marked in form, or unattached and
with no evidence of holdfasts.

KEY TO SPECIES

1. Plants definitely attached, and forming erect tufts ....
C. antennina

1. Plants entangled, without definite point of attachment . . 2

2. Plants with filaments commonly under 200 /* diam., the cells
generally shorter than their width . C. brachygona v. crassipellita

2. Plants with filaments reaching 300 /a, the cells 1.7-3.0 diameters

long, seldom shorter C. Linum

Ghaetomorpha antennina (Bory) Kiitzing

Plants attached, gregarious, the filaments rather firm and more or
less erect, to 16 cm tall; the hapteron consisting of branched rhizoidal
extensions arising at various levels on the lower part of the basal cell;
basal cell notably distinct, clavate, to 6-10 mm long (reported to 15 mm),
the lower part tapering and about 100-150 ju, diam. in the hapteral region,
commonly rugose above it and near the top of the cell 450-580 ju, diam. ;
cells slightly cask shaped, the lower cells of the axis about 530-560 fi
diam., 1.5 mm long, the upper cells 450-650 p, diam., about as long as
broad, more markedly cask shaped.

Howe 1914, p. 37; B0rgesen 1940, p. 37.

This species takes the place of C. media (C. Agardh) Kiitzing (Tay-
lor 1942, p. 22) found in the Caribbean in similar situations. The longer
basal cell seemingly has its rhizoidal extensions scattered rather than, as
in C. media, in a limited, almost discoid, group. This distinction, like
others which have been suggested, may not suffice to maintain these as
distinct species. Howe (1914, p. 37) states that the basal cell as figured
by Kiitzing (1853, p. 19, pi. 60, by mistake labeled on the plate as C.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 53

macropus) for the Javanese C. pacifica, which he considers a synonym of
the Panamanian C. antennina, is 24 mm long. On close inspection of the
plate it is evident that the two basal cells shown are 14 mm and 15 mm
long, respectively, and each is cut off from a suprabasal cell which is also
longer than the vegetative cells above it. In Kiitzing's figures these cells
are 7 mm and 6 mm long, respectively. In the Petatlan material of the
present collections, which was of smaller stature, the length of the supra-
basal cell was 1.9-2.6 mm, and that of the cell next above it 1.2-1.9 mm.
Here the difference was usually marked, averaging almost 50 per cent,
about as much as in Kiitzing's figures, but in other Pacific specimens from
several sources this character was found not to be altogether reliable.
B0rgesen, after taking a contraiy stand, decided (1940, p. 37) that C.
media was a synonym of C. antennina, for he found such variation that
he was not able to delimit the species to his satisfaction. The present
writer finds it more satisfactory for the present to retain the distinction.

Mexico: Nayarit, common on surf-beaten rocks of I. Maria Magda-
lena. Las Tres Marias, no. 39-635, 9 May 1939. Guerrero, in tufts on
rocks in the surf zone. White Friars Is., no. 39-626, 1939. Ibid., in the
surf of the lower littoral, Ba. Petatlan, no. 34-567, 2 Mar. 1934. Pan-
ama: scarce in the higher tide pools. Is. Secas near Puerto Nuevo, no.
39-124, 26 Mar. 1939. Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, on the rocks
at the south side of Banks Bay, I. Isabela, no. 34-134, 13 Jan. 1934.
Guayas, on the south side of Pta. St. Elena, Salinas, Schmitt no. 5A, 16
Sept. 1926. Ibid., on the rocky southeast side, no. 34-459, 8 Jan. 1934.

Chaetomorpha brachygona Harvey, v. crassipellita n. v.^^

Filaments in tangled masses, flexuous, the diameter 128-170 /x, rarely
to 205 )n, the cells 0.75-1.50 diameters long, generally equal or shorter,
not or but very slightly contracted at the septa, the wall rather thick ; not
adhering to the mounting paper.

This material is quite different in texture from the Caribbean speci-
mens of C. brachygona, although of about the same size. As it grew under
somewhat special environmental conditions, it seems best to associate it
with C. brachygona (Taylor 1942, p. 23) until more is known of its
variation.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, in a lagoon south of Banks Bay,
I. Isabela, no. 34-133 (TYPE), 13 Jan. 1934.

45 Chaetomorpha brachygona v. crassipellita n. v. — Filamenta 128-170 |li diam.,
cellulis 0.75-1.50 plo longioribus quam latis, cylindricis aut ad septa paululum
constrictis, membrana crassa. Planta typica in loco dicto Banks Bay, I. Isabela,
Ecuador, legit W. R. Taylor no. 34-138, 13 Jan. 1934.

54 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

Ghaetomorpha Linum (Miiller) Kiitzing

Filaments entangled, rather soft, to 300 /x diam., the cells 1.7-3.0
diameters long, with rather thin walls, slightly contracted at the septa;
not adhering well to the mounting paper.

Taylor 1928, p. 60, pi. 4, fig. 11 ; 1937, p. 80, pi. 1, figs. 1,2; 1942,
p. 23.

This material consists of a much softer plant than C. Linum as en-
countered in New England. However, it resembles very closely material
from Tunisia (collected by Schussnig 1924, determined by Schiifner as
f. mollis), and some of the West Indian material, in the writer's herba-
rium.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, scarce, entangled among Sargassa
as driftweed, I. Wenman, no. 34-82, 11 Jan. 1934.

RHIZOGLONIUM Kiitzing, 1843

Plants filamentous, the filaments uniseriate, the cells with few to
several nuclei and much-dissected chromatophores with small pyrenoids;
branching absent, or if present the branches short and rhizoidal, or rudi-
mentary few-celled spur branches.

KEY TO SPECIES

1. Rhizoids absent 4

1. Rhizoids present 2

2. Filaments not over 50 /x diameter 3

2. Filaments generally over 50 ju. diameter . . . . R. rhizophilum

3. Mass slippeiy ; filaments 35-40 jx diam. ; rhizoidal branches short,
rare R. lubricum

3. Mass soft; filaments 10-35 [i diam.; rhizoidal branches relatively

frequent R. riparium

3a. Branches few, short and continuous with the originating

cell, or apparently wanting v. implexum

4. Filaments 55-75 jii diam., walls 5-11 /x thick

R. crassipellitum v. robustum

4. Filaments 10-14 /* diam.; cells to 3-7 diameters long . R. Kerneri

Rhizocloniuin crassipellitum W. & G. S. West, v. robustum

G. S. West

Plants forming tangled masses; filaments of irregular contour, 55-75
fi diam., the cells 1-2, rarely to 3 diameters long; cell walls 5-11 /t thick;
rhizoids absent.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 55

West, G. S. 1904, p. 283.

Ecuador : Archipielago de Colon, in a damp hollow near the beach,
I. Bartolome, no. 34-339, 23 Jan. 1934.

Rhizocloniuni Kerneri Stockmayer

Collins 1909, p. 329.

Mexico : Is. Revilla Gigedo, from brackish water near Sulphur Bay,
I. Clarion, no. 39-20, 16 Mar. 1939.

Rhizoclonium rhizophilum n. sp.^^

Filaments entangled, irregular, 95-140 /x diam., the cells 1.0-2.5
diameters long, the cells sometimes cylindrical, sometimes cask shaped,
the wall firm ; showing sharp-angled bends in the filaments with a short
prolongation of the cell below the bend, and rarely the production of a
distinct 1-3-celled branch.

Howe (1920, p. 599) recognizes two large Rhizoclonia, R. Hookeri
Kiitzing and R. crassipellitum v. robustum G. S. West, as characteristic
of Rhizophora habitats, but this material seems larger than either,
although in his paper R. Hookeri is admitted as 110 /x diam., coarser than
ordinarily described. The latter species has cells 2-4 diameters long. This
is probably what Farlow (1902, p. 89) considered R. Hookeri.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, with other algae on Rhizophora
roots in a lagoon at Academy Bay, I. Santa Cruz, no. 34-301D (TYPE),
20 Jan. 1934.

Rhizoclonium riparium (Roth) Harvey

Setchell & Gardner 1920, p. 182; Taylor 1937, p. 83, pi. 1, fig. 3.
Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, on an old stump on the open beach
at Pta. Albemarle, I. Isabela, no. 34-113A, 12 Jan. 1934.

V. implexum (Dillwyn) Rosenvinge

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, on roots in a lagoon, Pta. Albe-
marle, I. Isabela, no. 34-94B, 12 Jan. 1934.

46 Rhizoclonium rhizophilum n. sp. — Filamenta 95-140 \i diam., cellulis 1.0-2.5
plo longioribus quam latis, cylindricis aut cupiformibus, membrana firma; fila-
mentis abrupte flexis, prolongationem brevem cellulae infra flexum habentibus,
quae interdum in 1-3-cellularum ramum producitur. Planta typica in loco dicto
Academy Bay, I. Santa Cruz, Ecuador, legit W. R. Taylor no. 34-301D, 20 Jan..
1934.

56 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

Rhizoclonium lubricum Setchell & Gardner

Setchell & Gardner 1920, p. 185, pi. 9, figs. 5a, 5b.

Costa Rica: Pto. Culebra, in tide pools, no. 34-534, 24 Feb. 1934.

CLADOPHORA Kiitzing, 1843

Plants bushy, at least at first basally attached, freely alternately or
oppositely branched, filamentous, uniseriate, the cells multinucleate, with
little difference between axial and branch cells ; growth apical.

KEY TO SPECIES

1. Plants matted, or loose in tide pools 3

1. Plants tufted 2

2. Plants small, densely tufted ; dark green, drying brownish ; axis
cells to 300 II diam C. prolifera

2. Plants larger, softly bushy; remaining green upon drying; the
axis cells not exceeding about 130 /a diam C. sp.

3. Plants lax, early detached, irregularly branched, the main axes

to about 150 ju, diam C. gracilis f. expansa

3. Plants forming spongy cushions or mats, the main axes to 77 /*

diam C. panamensis

Other specimens of Cladophora were collected on these expeditions,
but it is felt that the specimens are not in sufficiently well-developed con-
dition to make identification, or even description, possible. However, the
genus was not particularly common at the stations visited.

Cladophora panamensis n, sp.'*'^

Plants forming spongy dull-green cushions or mats 1-2 cm thick; fila-
ments intricately entangled without special distinction of creeping axes;
main axes indefinite, to 77 /x diam., the cells 2.5-4.0 diameters long,
branching di-trichotomously, or somewhat irregularly, the branches often
slightly connate at the base, often with small lateral branches which may
divide or be subsimple and often rhizoidal; upper branching very irregii-

47 Cladophora panamensis n. sp. — Planta spongiosa, obscure viridis, 1-2 cm
crassis; filamentis non repentibus, ad 77 \i diam.; cellulis 2.5-4.0 plo diam. longi-
tudine; infra ramificatione dichotoma ad trichotomam, supra dichotoma ad opposi-
tam; ramusculis ad circa 30 n diam., cellulis 3-5 plo diam. longitudine, cacumini-
bus obtusis. Planta typica in loco dicto Bahia Honda, Panamd, legit W. R. Taylor,
no. 39-131. 26 Mar. 1939.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 57

lar, subdichotomous to more commonly opposite or lateral, rarely secund,
the lesser branchlets to about 30 fx. diam., the cells 3-5 diameters long,
the tips blunt, sometimes rhizoidally modified.

Panama: loose mats in high, hot tide pools on an islet in the bay,
Bahia Honda, no. 39-131 (TYPE), 26 Mar. 1939.

Cladophora gracilis (Griffiths) Kiitzing, f. expansa Farlow

Farlow 1881, p. 55; Taylor 1937, p. 89.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, with Enteromorpha in high, warm
tide pools. Sulphur Bay, I. Clarion, no. 34-66, 5 Jan. 1934.

Cladophora sp.

Plants clustered, to 1 dm tall, with several main axes arising together;
sparingly irregularly branched below, where the axes reach 130 /x diam.,
the cells 7-10 diameters long; above more closely branched, often opposite,
the lesser branches excurrent, bearing somewhat fasciculate branchlets
25-35 /i, diam., the cells 3-5 diameters long, alternate, opposite or often
subpectinate, unilateral on the lower side.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, dredged from a rocky bottom at
37-55 meters, I. Espanola, no. 34-412, 31 Jan. 1934.

Cladophora prolifera (Roth) Kiitzing,/.

Plants very small, to 2-3 cm tall, coarse, densely tufted, dark green
drying brownish ; basal cell much tapered, often transversely i-ugose when
dry, the lower end rhizoidal, often supplemented by free rhizoidal exten-
sions of the segments above, 250-350 fx diam., 3-5 mm long exclusive of
the rhizoidal tip; lower vegetative branching trichotomous or opposite,
middle branching close, opposite, the cells 240-300 fx, diam., somewhat
tapering downward, 4-7 diameters long; upper branching opposite to
irregular, fastigiate, the branchlets 90-150 fx diam., with cells 1.5-2.5
diameters long, the tip cells a little tapered, obtuse.

Kiitzing 1853, p. 25, pi. 82, fig. 3 ; Vickers 1908, p. 18, pi. 12.

These little plants certainly come very close to small specimens of C.
prolifera from the Mediterranean, but the writer's Caribbean specimens
are all much larger. They probably represent a very poorly developed
phase of the species, rather than a new parallel type. The description is
based particularly on no. 34-461.

58 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

Costa Rica: In tufts of Galaxaura, Golfo Dulce, no. 39-108 (in
minor part) 26 Mar. 1939. Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, incon-
spicuous tufts in the littoral near Black Beach Anchorage, I. Santa Maria,
no. 34-229B, 18 Jan. 1934. Guayas, on the rocky southeastern side of
Pta. Santa Elena, no. 34-461, 8 Feb. 1934.

SPONGOMORPHAKiitzing, 1843

Spongomorpha conjuncta n. sp.^^
Plate 2, Figs. 7, 8

Plants 2-4 cm tall, tufted, dark green drying to a brownish green;
many primary filaments conjoined to a common base bound together by
slender descending filaments from the lower branches; lower primary
filament cells to about 5-6 mm long, somewhat tapering downward,
smooth, 330-440 ju, diam. at the top ; branching alternate below, the fila-
ments about 220-350 /* diam., the cells 5-6 diameters long, somewhat
tapering, intermediate branching alternate or opposite; upper branchlets
fasciculate, closely unilateral on the upper side of the branchlets, 150-220
fi diam., the cells 3-5 diameters long, the tip cells a little tapered, obtuse,
about 5-7 diameters long.

These little plants remind one of small Cladophora fultginosa in the
Caribbean. However, the bases are very definitely united by rhizoids into
short, tough axes. From C. graminea they diflFer in the coarser filaments
and fasciculate, unilateral upper branching. From C. prolifera the bases
again distinguish them, as well as the absence of opposite branching in
the upper portions.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, rare and inconspicuous in the
littoral, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-229 A (TYPE), 17 Jan. 1934.

Dasycladaceae

Plants with regular whorls of branches on the simple, generally uni-
cellular and unbranched axis, the uniseriate branches multicellular, coeno-
cytic, with limited growth or, in some genera, establishing secondary axes,
frequently tipped by deciduous hairs; ultimate divisions becoming spo-
rangial, or bearing specialized sporangia, in which aplanospores are pro-
duced.

4S Spongomorpha conjuncta n. sp. — Planta caespitosae, 2-4 cm altitudine, fila-
mentis prope basim per filamenta descendentia desuper junctis; filamentis primariis
330-4-4-0 |Li diam., cellulis 5-6 mm long., ramificatione infra alterna, media in parte
alterna aut opposita, supra fasciculata, ramulis unilateralibus 150-220 ]i diam.,
cellulis 3-5 plo longioribus quam latis. Planta typica in loco dicto I. Santa Maria,
Ecuador, legit W. R. Taylor no. 34-229A, 17 Jan. 1934.

NO. 1 TAYLOR : PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 59

KEY TO GENERA

1. Branches in many whorls covering the simple axis, at the tip with
a tuft of green branching filaments, below the ends of expanded
peripheral cells forming a regular surface which becomes calci-
fied, near the base denuded in old specimens .... Neomeris

1. Branches in one, rarely to 3 whorls near the top of the axis, the
branches undivided, laterally coherent in each whorl to form a
generally calcified disk, but each bearing projections above and
often below near the base Acetabularia

NEOMERIS D'Archiac, 1843
Neomeris Vanbosseae Howe

Plants subcylindrical, usually curved, the apex rounded ; to 25 mm
tall, 3.5 mm diam. ; peripheral branches capitate, the ends about 150 ju.
diam. ; the upper calcareous cortex showing regular facets each penetrated
by a pore, this crust cracking off below, exposing the persistent calcified
subspherical sporangia which are laterally free, 145-205 fi diam.; lower
part of older plants denuded of sporangia, exposing calcified but laterally
free primary branches 25-30 fi diam., 500-600 fi long.

Howe 1909, p. 80, pi. 1, figs. 4, 7, pi. 5, figs. 17-19.

Mexico : Is. Revilla Gigedo, frequent in smooth pothole pools in the
littoral zone, Braithwaite Bay, I. Soccoro, no. 34-3j 3 Jan. 1934, and no.
JP-55, 18 Mar. 1939.

ACETABULARIA Lamouroux, 1812

Acetabularia parvula Solms Laubach, v. americana n. v.^^

Plate 1, Figs. 17, 18

Plants small, 4-7 mm tall, the disks 2-4 mm diam., of 15-18 rays, the
rays moderately laterally adherent, broad, moderately thin walled, the
end rounded truncate, without evident apiculus; dorsal coronal projec-
tions radially slightly obovoid, 75-90 fx with generally 3, occasionally 4 or
5, hair bases.

Solms Laubach 1895, p. 29, pi. 2, figs. 3, 5.

■*9 Acetabularia parvula v. americana n. v. — Plantae 4-7 mm altitudine, discis
2-4 mm diam. constantibus, ex 15-18 radiis modice adhaerentibus partesque ex-
tremas rotundato-truncatas atque leves habentibus; projectionibus dorsalibus
coronariis obovatis, 75-90 n diam. radiali, 3-5 basibus pilorum munitis. Planta
typica in loco dicto Braithwaite Bay, I. Soccoro, Is. Revilla Gigedo, Mexico, legit
W. R. Taylor no. 34-16, 3 Jan. 1934.

60 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

These plants suggest A. parvula Solms Laubach, but the disks and
especially the dorsal projections were larger than designated for that
species. The calcification could not be carefully studied because after
storage for 8 years in formaldehyde it had largely been destroyed.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, very rare as dredged from 25-32 meters
at sta. 139 off Braithwaite Bay, I. Soccoro, no. 34-16 (TYPE), 3 Jan.
1934.

Bryopsidaceae

Plants tufted, coenocytic, the axial coenocytes bearing radial or pin-
nate lateral branchlets which are not entirely cut off from the axis, but
which in mature plants may act as gametangia.

BRYOPSIS Lamouroux, 1809

KEY TO SPECIES

1. Branching bilaterally pinnate at least in the distinctive plumose
ultimate divisions 2

1. Branching radial, the last orders not distinctive . . B. hypnoides

2. Erect axes pinnate on the upper half, the pinnules 130 ju, in
diameter or less B. galapagensis

2. Erect axes pinnate near the tips only, though with irregularly
placed pinnules below in some cases, the pinnules 150 /j, diam. or
more B. pennatula

Bryopsis hypnoides Lamouroux, prox.

Collins 1909, p. 403; Taylor 1937, p. 97; Smith 1944, p. 73.

This material formed rather involved soft tufts, relatively dark green
in color. The stronger axes were barely distinct, and their branches im-
perceptibly intergraded and were nearly as long. The branchlets were
never bilaterally arranged or plumose and reached 85 {x diam.

Panama : infrequent in rock crevices in the intertidal flats at San
Francisco, Panama City, no. 39-142, 31 Mar. 1939.

Bryopsis galapagensis n. sp.^*'
Plate 6, Fig. 1

Plants small, light green, soft and delicate, 1-3 cm tall, the erect axes
infrequently branched, bearing distichous pinnules in a flat linear to ob-

50 Bryopsis galapagensis n. sp. — Plantae subvirides, 1-3 cm altitudine, axibus
erectis sparse ramosis, pinnulas distichas in lamina a lineari ad lanceolatam vari-
ante, ad 15 mm long,, 3 mm lat., ferentibus; axe 130-370 \i diam., pinnulis 55-130
H diam. Planta typica in loco dicto I. Wenman, Ecuador, legit W. R. Taylor no.
34-83, 11 Jan. 1934.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 61

long-lanceolate blade reaching 15 mm in length, 3 mm in width, or not
infrequently irregular; axis 130-370 fx diam., pinnules 55-130 /u, diam.

From B. pennata these plants may be differentiated by their much
lighter green color, for B. pennata is dark green and the plants commonly
iridescent in the water. They are also, so far as these collections go, smaller
and with shorter pinnules, although the transverse dimensions of the axis
and pinnules are not distinctive; it is a parallel species but apparently
descends into deeper water than the Caribbean counterpart. The pinnules
average one third the diameter of the axis when fully developed, and vary
little from this ratio. The axis in B. pennata may be as much as three
times the diameter of the pinnules in the ramelliferous portions, but is
often hardly more than twice as wide. From B. pennatula J. Agardh
these differ in size, in the much greater portion of the axis which is
pinnate, the longer pinnules, and in the relative diameters of the axis and
pinnules.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, dredged at sta. 129 from 25-32 meters
at Braithwaite Bay, I. Soccoro, no. 34-17 ^ 3 Jan. 1934. Ibid., dredged
from 45 meters at sta. 135 off Sulphur Bay, I. Clarion, no. 34-46B, 5 Jan.
1934. Colombia: Valle, at I. Gorgona (axis to 450 /u, diam.), no. 34-
495 A, 12 Feb. 1934. Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, intertidal in
pools, I. Wenman, no. 34-83 (TYPE), 1 1 Jan. 1934. Ibid., moderately
frequent on sand near large rocks at about low tide line, Pta. Albemarle,
I. Isabela, no. 34-108, 12 Jan. 1934. Ibid., dredged from 14-18 meters
at sta. 193 of? Post Office Bay, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-367, 27 Jan. 1934.

Bryopsis pennatula J. Agardh

Kiitzing 1856, p. 27, pi. 76, fig. 2.

Plant to 5 cm tall, light green and soft, entangled below, the erect
axes sparingly branched, 220-370 ju, diam., bearing pinnules near the tip
where sometimes distichous for a distance of 3 mm, and in sparse inter-
rupted series below, where more often unilateral and irregular; pinnules
very short, 0.5-0.75 mm long, markedly contracted at the base and above
it thick, 150-185 fi diam.

These somewhat matted plants hardly appear to be ramelliferous
until closely examined, and indeed are very sparingly so. They are cer-
tainly the B. ramulosa of Farlow (1902, p. 89), for authentic material
from the Farlow Herbarium has been compared. However, B. pennatula
J. Ag. and B. ramulosa are not synonyms, and B. pennatula as figured by
Kiitzing (loc. cit.) is pinnate only near the tips, with the pinnules about
half as wide as the axis. Our plants are much taller than those Kiitzing
figures, but that may not be significant.

62 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

Mexico: tufts on rocks in the surf zone, White Friars Is., no. 39-
629, 7 May 1939. Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, intertidal on I.
Wenman, no. 34-86, 11 Jan. 1934.

Gaulerpaceae

Plants moderate to very large, branching in forms simulating the
rhizoids or roots, stems and leafy branches of higher plants; coenocytic
and nonseptate; reproduction involving local segmentation of the proto-
plast and discharge of swarmers through papillae on the plant surface.

GAULERPA Lamouroux, 1809
KEY TO SPECIES

1. Branchlets mucronate 2

1. Branchlets smooth on the rounded ends 3

2. Branchlets subcylindrical, short and divergent

C. cupressoides v. Lycopodium

2. Branches cylindrical, slender, 10 diameters long or more, regu-
larly distichous C. sertularioides

3. Branchlets typically with the ends spherical or a little compressed

C. racemosa

3a. Branchlets long-clavate to subcylindrical, erect spreading,

on a long axis ; plants of quiet tide pools ... v. laetevirens
3b. Branchlets short-clavate, at least near the top of the elongate
and often branched erect axis, closely set, the pedicels slen-
derer and often upcurved, the end of the branchlet rather
sharply expanded ; plants of quiet tide pools . v. occidentalis
3c. Branchlets short, broader, and somewhat flattened on the
exposed face, crowded on a short axis; plants of exposed

reef faces v. uvifera

3. Branchlets with the ends flat and peltate when fully developed
C. peltata

Gaulerpa cupressoides v. Lycopodium near f. elegans

Weber-van Bosse

Weber-van Bosse 1898, p. 335, pi. 27, figs. 8, 9.
Ecuador: Valle, one fragment at I. Gorgona, no. 34-494 A, 12 Feb.
1934.

NO. 1 TAYLOR : PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 63

Gaulerpa sertularioides (Gmelin) Howe

Taylor 1928, p. 103, pi. 12, figs. 2, 17; pi. 13, fig. 5.

Mexico: Oaxaca, slender plants near v. brevipes in mats on the
coarse sand of broken shell, Ba. Tangola-Tangola, no. 34-554, 28 Feb.
1934.

Gaulerpa racemosa (Forsskal) J. Agardh

Taylor 1928, p. 101, pi. 12, figs. 5, 6, 8; 1942, p. 33, pi. 7, fig. 1.

Farlow (1902, p. 89) records this species from Tagus Cove, I. Isa-
bela. The specimens in Stanford University Herbarium were ill preserved
and did not justify an attempt at varietal segregation.

Mexico : Is. Revilla Gigedo, very common, in mats between boulders
at Sulphur Bay, I. Clarion, no. 39-11, 16 Mar. 1939.

v. laetevlrens (Montagne) Weber-van Bosse

Weber-van Bosse 1898, p. 366, pi. 33, figs. 8, 16-22.
Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, common in deeper tide pools, Sulphur
Bay, I. Clarion, no. 39-45B, 17 Mar. 1939.

V. occidentalis (C. Agardh) B0rgesen

B0rgesen 1913, p. 147, fig. 124.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, luxuriant plants abundant at a depth
of about a meter below low tide, growing among corals. Sulphur Bay, I.
Clarion, no. 34-49, 15 Jan. 1934 and 39-45 A, 17 Mar. 1939. Ecuador:
Archipielago de Colon, an attenuate form growing in large beds at a
depth of 1.5 meters in an inland salt-water lagoon, I. Fernandina, no.
34-153, 14 Jan. 1934.

V. uvifera (Turner) Weber-van Bosse

Weber-van Bosse 1898, p. 362, pi. 33, figs. 6, 7, 23.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, dwarfed plants not infrequent in
the deeper tide pools at Black Beach Anchorage, I. Santa Maria, no.
34-244A1, 17 Jan. 1934.

Gaulerpa peltata (Turner) Lamouroux

Weber-van Bosse 1898, p. 373, pi. 31, fig. 9, pi. 32, fig. 9; Taylor
1928, p. 100, pi. 12, fig. 9, pi. 13, fig. 13.

64 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

Mexico: Oaxaca, near the low tide mark in Ba. Tangola-Tangola,
no. 34-552 J 28 Feb. 1934. Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, abundant
in the lower tide pools, I. Wenman, no. 34-84, 11 Jan. 1934. Ibid.,
intertidal on islet in Gardner Bay, I. Espanola, no. 34-427, 31 Jan. 1934.
Guayas, on the rocky southeastern side of Pta. Santa Elena, Salinas, no.
34-460B, 8 Feb. 1934. Ibid., La Libertad, Schmitt no. 12A-33, 19 Jan.
1933.

Codiaceae

Plants spongy or sometimes calcified, flabelliform or cylindrical,
simple or branched, sometimes with distal tufts of free filaments; struc-
turally composed of branched filaments, which are commonly twisted and
interwoven to produce a spong\'^ axis, at other times roughly parallel and
laterally conjoined, and occasionally in the distal parts of the plant free;
peripheral branches of the filaments often anticlinally arranged and
specialized in form to produce a cortex; sporangia (?) and gametangia
lateral near the ends of the filaments.

KEY TO GENERA

1. Plants completely uncalcified 2

1. Plants branched, segmented, the segments disciform and calci-
fied, connected by lime-free articulations Halimeda

2. Plants with an ill-developed and lightly twisted, sometimes
matted and sometimes stalklike base, but above the filaments free
Chlorodesmis

2. Plants branched, spongy, with no free filaments .... Codium

CHLORODESMIS Harvey & Bailey^i

Chlorodesmis mexicana n. sp.^^
Plate 7, Fig. 2

Plants forming an expanded turf or cushion, or tufted, to 8 cm tall,
developing from a closely matted base, the erect filaments dichotomous or
occasionally trichotomous, the branches at their bases articulated by a

51 In Harvey 1858, p. 29, the genus and the first species C. comosa are cited as
"Bail, and Harv.," but in the original publication each species is cited "H. et B.,"
while the responsibility for the genus is not particularly designated.

52 Chlorodesmis mexicana n. sp. — Plantae caespitideae aut pulviniformes, 8
cm alt., infra implectae, supra filamentis viridibus, dichotomis, super furcas con-
strictione et, postrerao, pseudosepto; filamentis 148-185 |x diam. Planta typica in
loco dicto Braithwaite Bav, I. Soccoro, Is. Revilla Gigedo, Mexico, legit W. R.
Taylor no. 34-24B, 2 Jan. 1934.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 65

marked constriction and ultimately developing a marked pseudoseptal
thickening, the supporting segment not bifurcate at the top; diameter of
filaments 148-185 /x, branching intervals 0.2 mm to 1.0 cm or more, the
apices obtuse.

Mexico: Oaxaca, intertidal rocks in Ba. Tangola-Tangola, no. 34-
558B, 28 Feb. 1934. Is. Revilla Gigedo, abundant in the littoral and in
tide pools about Braithwaite Bay, I. Soccoro, nos. 34-1, 34-24B (TYPE),
2 Jan. 1934. Ecuador: Guayas, south side of Pta. Santa Elena,
Salinas, Schmitt no. 5C, 16 Sept. 1926. Ibid., on the rocky southeast
side of Pta. Santa Elena, no. 34-458A, 8 Feb. 1934.

When best developed, this species was tufted, but it often grew in an
expanded turf. The branches in these plants are at first simply contracted
at the base to 0.5-0.66 their full diameter, but later at this point the wall
gradually becomes greatly thickened, so that the cavity is nearly divided.
It seems that in old filaments a true wall sometimes finally does complete
this septum, but it is hard to be sure.

This is probably the Clarion I. plant referred to C. comosa Harv. &
Bail. (1851, p. 373) by Setchell and Gardner (1930, p. 115). From C.
comosa as interpreted by Okamura (Algae Japonicae Exsiccatae no. 96;
1936, p. 107, fig. 55) this species differs in a less well-developed base, it
being not at all stalklike, and in that the filament segments at the forward
end were not at all bifurcate below the articulations, as his were. It is
also coarser, the filaments in his specimen hardly exceeding 130 \i. Mate-
rial from the earliest collection of C. comosa in the U.S. National Her-
barium consists of 9 individuals mounted on a piece of blue paper. The
label is the blue printed one of the U.S. North Pacific Exploring Expe-
dition under the command of Comm. Cadwallader Ringgold and Lt.
John Rogers, 1853-56, with Chas. Wright as collector. The place is indi-
cated faintly in pencil as "Feeji Ids." However, while it is from the
same part of the world, Harvey indicates that the type material was
brought back by Captain Wilkes from the U.S. Exploring Expedition,
1838-42, and by inference was collected by Dr. Chas. Pickering, after
whom a Caulerpa was named. This material the writer has not seen.
Information regarding these expeditions is given by Meisel (1924-29).

Of the Wright specimens, four show no stalklike part, though the
bases are compact and felted, but the others show a free filamentous
portion 3.0-4.5 cm long and a paler portion with the filaments held
together somewhat at the top and clearly felted below, the whole being
7-15 mm long. The upper part of the base may well be stalklike simply
because it had been squeezed between the fingers to drain it before mount-
ing, but below the filaments are clearly intertwined. The free filaments
are 65-115 /a diam., and in most cases there was a little, or even consider-

66 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

able, bifurcation of tbe filament below the articulation of the branches.
The arms were generally unequal on the two sides. In one case the fila-
ments were several times contracted above the articulation, giving a
slightly beaded appearance. The amount of study of this material which
was possible was, of course, very limited. In addition to a copy of the
Alg. Jap, Exsic. no. 96 in the writer's herbarium, he has one from Subur-
atsu, Hinga, Japan, coll. Higashi, July 1924; neither of these shows a
stalk, and they do show segments forked below the branch articulations,
with the opposite arms of unequal length.

The most complete account of the genus Chlorodesmis known to the
author is that of A. & E. S. Gepp (1911, pp. 13-19). They recognize
three species, C. comosa Harvey Si. Bailey with filaments 60-140 ju, diam.
and the tops of the branch supporting cells unequally bifurcate, C.
Hildebrandii A. & E. S. Gepp with filaments 80-130 /a diam. and the tops
of the supporting cells not bifurcate, but rather transverse with the
branches articulated on the angles at an equal level, and the little-known
C. major Zanardini, with filaments "more than twice as thick as C.
comosa."

In the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden there is mate-
rial from Papete and Arue Reef, Tahiti (coll. A. G. Mayor), Aunuu I.
and Aua, Samoa (coll. W. A. Setchell), Upolu, Samoa (Krypt. Exsic.
Mus. Palat. Vindob, no. 1349), Taypay, Palawan, Philippine Is. (coll.
E. D. Merrill no. 9161), Friendly Is. (coll. Harvey no. 90), New Heb-
rides (coll. E. E. Gore), Baie du Sud, New Caledonia (coll. Jouan),
which all agree with C. comosa Harv. & Bail, as interpreted by the
Gepps. The specimen in the same collection from Pomoni, Jonanna I.,
Comoro Is. (coll. Hildebrand), appears to be from the type collection of
C. Hildebrandii A. & E. S. Gepp, and agrees with the description of that
species except that the writer finds the filaments to measure as high as 150
fi diam., where they cite but 130 /t, while the lower limit is confirmed.
Finally, in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden there is
one specimen in the F. S. Collins collection simply marked in pencil
"Torres Str.," and two from the Murray Islands, Torres Str. collected
by H. L. Clark. They represent a species which is about 15 cm tall, and
quite coarse. The ill-known C. major Zanard. came from Lord Howe I.,
east of Australia, and 20° more southerly in latitude. It is possible that
it is the same plant as that in the Clark collection, but the inadequate
data do not justify associating the Clark plant with that species name, nor
is it like the other described species, and it may be designated C. torresi-

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 67

ensis n. sp.^" — Plant tufted, to 15 cm tall, filaments divaricately branched
and entangled below, slightly moniliform, above erect and dichotomously
branched, the branches erect and articulated on the truncated end of the
supporting segment below; filament diameter 138-416 /x. Murray Is.,
Torres Straits, collected by H. L. Clark, Oct. 1913, in the herbarium of
the New York Botanical Garden, TYPE. This is a plant still coarser
than the proposed C. mexicana, and hardly to be confused with it.

CODIUM Stackhouse, 1797

Plant thickly encrusting, lobed, or branched and decumbent, or most
commonly erect and bushy from a small cushionlike holdfast, of moderate
to large size, dark green, tough and somewhat spongy; coenocytic, com-
posed of branching filaments which intertwine to form the massive plant,
the filament tips oriented at right angles to the surface and inflated to
form peripheral utricles, which are sometimes partly cut off by thicken-
ing of the cell membrane at the base, and which commonly bear hyaline
branched hairs, and in season, gametangia.

KEY TO SPECIES

1. Plants cushionlike or encrusting C. Setchellii

1. Plants decumbent or erect, with relatively narrow branches 2

2. Peripheral utricles smooth on the ends 3

2. Peripheral utricles foveolate; surface of the plant when dried

distinctly spongy C. foveolatum

2. Peripheral utricles mucronate; surface of the plant when dried
appearing smooth C. fragile

3. Erect axes simple, or generally sparingly branched quite near

the base C. longiramosum

3. Branching distributed, generally abundant 4

4. Utricles when fully developed over 300 /x diam. C. fernandezianum

4. Utricles smaller 5

5. End wall of the peripheral utricles generally thin, commonly less
than 6 IX 6

5. End wall of the peripheral utricles generally thick, commonly
more than lO/x 7

S'^ Chlorodesmis torresiensis n. sp. — Plantae caespitosae, ad 15 cm altitudine,
filamentis infra divaricate ramosis implexisque, submoniliformibus, supra erectis
atque dichotome ramosis, ramis erectis, parte in extrema truncata segrnenti susti-
nentis articulatis; filamento 138-416 n diara. Planta typica in loco dicto Murray
Is., Torres Straits, legit H. L. Clark, Oct. 1913, in herb. New York Botanical
Garden,

68

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

6. Peripheral utricles short, two diameters long or less, mostly 90-

120/idiam C. santamariae

6. Peripheral utricles longer, three diameters long or more, mostly
over 120 fx diam C. dichotomum

7. Branch segments somewhat cuneate, a little compressed at the
forks; gametangia 65 /i diam. or less C. cervicorne

7. Branch segments cylindrical, without any compression; game-
tangia 5 ft diam. or more when mature C. isabelae

Godium Setchellii Gardner, prox.

Plants forming quite thin, to moderately thick strata, the peripheral

utricles with rounded ends, 60-90 /x diam., the membrane about 5 ju, thick.

Gardner 1919, p. 489, pi. 42, figs. 10, 11; Smith 1944, p. 75, pi. 9,

fig. 4.

These plants formed much thinner layers than those described by
Gardner, except no. 34-379, which reached his lower limit, and the ves-
icles ranged more widely in size, the maximum being greater than he
described, and the end walls thinner. The Jicarita material was little more
than a thin weft of filaments supporting a layer of vertical utricles. No
fertile material was available, but no other allocation of the material
appears more suitable.

Panama: rare, spreading in thin crusts over rocks, I. Jicarita, no.
34-508, 21 Feb. 1934. Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, on corals at
5.4 meters, I. Pinta, Schmitt no. 46A-33, 2 Feb. 1933. Ibid., adhering
to rocks about Black Beach Anchorage, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-242, 19
Jan. 1934. Ibid., rare as dredged off Post Office Bay from 12-18 meters,
no. 39-361, 27 Jan. 1934. Ibid., dredged attached to shells from 60
meters' depth, no. 39-379 C, 29 Jan. 1934.

Godium dichotomum (Hudson) S.F.Gray

Papenfuss 1944, p. 338; Setchell 1931, p. 361 ; Taylor 1942, p. 37.

This is the plant which has gone under the name C. tomentosum in
the past.

Mexico: Baja California, intertidal at Point Hughes near Cabo
San Lazaro, no. 34-594, 7 Mar. 1934. Ecuador: Archipielago de
Colon, dredged from 27 meters off Post Office Bay, I. Santa Maria, no.
34-273, 19 Jan. 1934.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 69

Codium santamariae n. sp.^^
Plate 1, Figs. 14-16

Plants slender and relatively small, the axes to 3-5 cm long, irregu-
larly dichotomously branched, the branches 1.0-3.0 mm diam., cylindrical
throughout; peripheral utricles clavate, the outer end slightly flattened,
diam. 90-190 jx, mostly 90-120 fi, about 1.5-2.0 diameters long; hair scars
absent or occasional near the upper end, the end membrane smooth, firm,
3-6 fi, rarely to 17 /* thick; gametangia fusiform to oval, single and
attached to the middle of the fertile utricle, 65-80 fi diam., 150-180 /*
long.

These plants resemble C. isabelae except for the thin-walled vesicle
tips and somewhat smaller gametangia. The dredged specimens (no. 34-
362) may have been spreading rather than erect, since places on the
branches seem to show groups of hapteral rhizoids. One is tempted to
consider them small forms of C. unilaterale Setch. & Gard. (1924a, p.
710) but the plants are smaller, tend to be entangled, and seem to have
smaller gametangia attached lower on the fertile utricles.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, rare along the shore at Black
Beach Anchorage, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-226 (TYPE), 17 Jan. 1934.
Ibid., dredged at 13-18 meters off Post Office Bay, no. 34-362 J (fertile),
27 Jan. 1934. Guayas, on the rocky southeastern side of Pta. Santa
Elena, Salinas, no. 34-462, 8 Feb. 1934.

Codium cervicome Setchell & Gardner, prox.

Plants bushy, to 10 cm tall, irregularly dichotomously branched at
close intervals of 0.5-1.5 cm, the segments slightly cuneate throughout,
and a little compressed at the forkings, the angles rounded and wide,
diverging 90°-120°, the upper segments considerably more slender (1-2
mm) than the lower (2-4 mm), and more closely branched, the apices
blunt; peripheral utricles clavate, 140-260 fx diam., 2-3 diameters long,
with occasional hair scars near the rounded distal end, which has a
distinctly thickened smooth end wall reaching 12-20 fx thick; gametangia
spindle shaped, 38-65 fj. diam., 140-220 ju, long, attached near the middle
of the fertile utricles.

Setchell & Gardner 1924, p. 712, pi. 32, fig. B.

54 Codium santamariae n. sp. — Plantae ad 5 cm altitudine, graciles, irregu-
lariter dichotome ramosae, cylindricae; utriculis peripheralibus clavatis, 90-190 n
diam., 1.5-2.0 plo longioribus quam latis, membrana extrema levi, plerumque 3-6
\i crassitudine; gametangiis singulis, a fusiformibus ad ovata variantibus, 65-80
\i diam., 150-180 |ii long. Planta typica in loco dicto Black Beach Anchorage, I.
Santa Maria, Ecuador, legit W. R. Taylor no. 34-226, 17 Jan. 1934.

70 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

These plants suggest C. cervicome Setch. & Gard., but are more
slender and more branched I'n habit, with rather more thin-tipped utricles.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, dredged in 36-55 meters near an
islet in Gardner Bay, I. Espafiola, no. 34-424 (fertile), 31 Jan. 1934.

Godium isabelae n. sp.^^
Plate 1, Figs. 10-13 ; Plate 7, Fig. 1

Plant slender, bushy, 6-8 cm tall; dichotomously to irregularly
branched, the branches 1.5-3.0 mm diam., slightly tapered above, not
compressed, smooth when dry; peripheral utricles to 95-260 /* diam.,
generally 100-150 /t, about 2-3 diameters long, subcylindrical to broadly
clavate, the end rounded, the wall notably thick and lamellate, 15-35 ^,
smooth ; hair scars not distinct; gametangia one or two on a fertile utricle,
attached about two thirds below the top, rounded or truncate-spindle
shaped, 75-107 /x diam., 150-220 fi long.

Of the specimens available, those from I. Espafiola differ in having
gametangia near the minimum size and perhaps in being of spreadmg
rather than erect habit. While this last feature would relate the plants
to C. repens, the thick end walls of the utricles relate them rather to the
I. Isabela and I. Santa Maria plants.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, dredged from 45 meters' depth at sta.
919 near I. Clarion, no. 39-31, 17 Mar. 1939. Ibid., dredged from 56-
102 meters' depth at sta. 921, no. 39-42, 17 Mar. 1939. Ecuador:
Archipielago de Colon, very small plants on the littoral rocks at the head
of Tagus Cove, I. Isabela, no. 34-152 (fertile, TYPE), 14 Jan. 1934.
Ibid., littoral pools at Black Beach Anchorage, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-
253 (scantily fertile), 17 Jan. 1934. Ibid., dredged from a rocky bot-
tom at 36-55 meters' depth off an islet in Gardner Bay, I. Espanola,
no. 34-420A (fertile), 31 Jan. 1934.

Godium longiramosum Setchell & Gardner

Plants to over 68 cm tall, occasionally simple, generally branched 1-4
times successively within 1 dm of the base, but not in the upper portion ;
at the axils slightly dilated, otherwise cylindrical and reaching 1 cm diam.,

55 Codium isabelae n. sp. — Plantae ad 6-8 cm altitudine, graciles, dichotome
aut irregulariter ramosae, ramis 1.5-3.0 mm diam., cylindricis; utriculis peripher-
alibus 95-260 \i diam., 2-3 plo longioribus quam latis, a subcylindricis ad late
clavatos variantibus, membrana extrema 15-35 \x. crassa; gametangiis 1-2 utriculo
insedentibus, rotundatis aut truncato-fusiformibus, 75-107 n diam., 150-220 \i long.
Planta typica in loco dicto Tagus Cove, I. Isabela, Ecuador, legit W. R. Taylor
no. 34-152, 14 Jan. 1934.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 71

the ultimate segments to 15-58 cm long; peripheral vesicles short clavate,
the ends broad and low-arched, the greatest diameter of 380-510 [x near
the end; the end wall smooth, 19-32 /x thick, with a zone of numerous
hair scars just below the widest part; gametangia attached well below the
hair zone, one or perhaps to three on a single vesicle, short fusiform,
widest near the base, with a blunt tip and thickened end wall, the diameter
96-128 /x, length 220-288 fi.

Setchell & Gardner 1924a, p. 710, pi. 15, f^g. 27, pi. 37.

This plant was available in some quantity, but mostly broken. A com-
plete specimen with tips was 41 cm tall after drying; its longest branch
above the upper fork was 35 cm, but in a specimen collected by Schmitt
with 8 major tips one terminal segment was 58 cm long and quite possibly
had been broken off at the end. The above description based on the present
material differs a little from the original, but certainly represents plants
of the same species, and adds the characters of the fertile utricles.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, young fragmentary plant dredged at
sta. 129 from 25-32 meters off Braithwaite Bay, I. Soccoro, no. 34-18,
3 Jan. 1934. Ibid., dredged from 51-79 meters' depth at sta. 917 near
I. Clarion, no. 39-21, 16 Mar. 1939. Ibid., dredged in some quantity at
sta. 919 from 36-38 meters off a bottom of sand and coralline algae off
Sulphur Bay, I. Clarion, no. 39-30, 17 Mar, 1939. Guerrero, shore
collecting inside Morro de Petatlan and toward the lagoon, Ba. Petatlan,
Schmitt no. 120A-33, 17 Mar. 1933.

Godium fernandezianum Setchell

Plants veiy dark green, to 15 cm tall from a small holdfast, with a
very short basal stalk or without evident stalk, branching 1-3 times, the
branches 3-7 mm diam., at the forks cuneate flattened, to 2.5 cm across,
but otherwise cylindrical; peripheral utricles large, subcylindrical, gen-
erally 360-500 IX diam., not uncommonly 740-1050 /x and sometimes more,
2-3 diameters long, the ends rounded to rounded conical, the end mem-
brane smooth, 6-35 IX thick, generally about 20 /x, on the smaller utricles
and 10 /i, on the larger ones, with hair scars not frequent or conspicuous;
gametangia elongate ovoid to rounded conical, 222-320 ju, long, 75-90 ^
diam., 1-3 attached about the middle of each fertile utricle.

Setchell 1937, p. 592, pi. 36, f^g. 10.

This record gives a notable range to this species, otherwise known
only from the Is. Juan Fernandez. The plants were young and small ; the
writer has material from Juan Fernandez collected by the Hassler Expe-
dition and determined by Setchell, where the plant size must have been

72 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

far greater and the great triangular plates at the forks were 8 cm on a
side, though in other instances hardly so distinct. The specimen no. 509
is a small, densely branched thing, but probably only a young growth
stage. From Setchell's paper it is evident that the species is exceedingly
variable in general shape, although quite distinctive microscopically.

Mexico: Baja California, shore collections in Ba. Santa Maria,
Schmitt no. 127A-33 (fertile, but poorly developed), 21 Mar. 1933.
Ecuador: Guayas, tide pools at Pta. Santa Elena, Salinas, Schmitt nos.
5B, 504,509 (?),510 (fertile), 12-17 Sept. 1926.

Codium fragile (Suringar) Hariot

Setchell & Gardner 1920, p. 171, pis. 28, 29; Smith 1944, p. 75, pi. 9,

fig. 5.

Mexico: Baja California, Pto. San Bartolome, Ba. Thurloe, no.

34-620, 9 Mar. 1934.

Codium foveolatum Howe, prox.

Plant coarse but relatively small, the axes to 4-6 cm long, mostly
decumbent with secondary attachments to the substratum and other
branches, irregularly branched, the branches 3-8 mm diam., cylindrical
throughout, when dried distinctly lacunose spongy; peripheral utricles
rather truncate rounded, 300-600 /x diam., about 2-4 diameters long, the
end wall 5-20 fi thick, the outer surface foveolate-roughened ; hair scars
not recognizable; gametangia apparently single on the fertile utricles,
somewhat tapering ovoid, 150-190 fi diam., 250-420 fi long.

Howe 1914, p. 45, pi. 10, text-figs. 15-19.

These plants are to be compared with C. repens (Crouan) Vickers
and C. Geppii Schmidt, but are in general coarser in habit than either of
them and the vesicles have notably thicker end walls, with an irregular
pattern of sinuous pits. Specimen no. 362A-35 differed from the rest in
being slender throughout, barely 3-4 mm, but had the same cell wall
structure.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, dredged from 27-54 meters off
Tagus Cove, I. Isabela, no. 34-140, 13 Jan. 1934. Ibid., in the deeper
tide pools at Black Beach Anchorage, I. Santa Man'a, no. 34-244C
(fertile), 17 Jan. 1934. Ibid., dredged from 27 meters off Post Office
Bay, no. 34-276B, 19 Jan. 1934.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 73

HALIMEDA Lamouroux, 1812

Plants moderately large, solitary, gregarious or forming spreading
colonies, with a massive rhizoidal base, a short stipe, and branched upper
portion or in colonial masses losing any distinctive base and attaching at
various places; branches segmented, the segments cylindrical or flattened,
circular or somewhat lobed, slightly to considerably calcified, except the
nodal joints between the segments.

KEY TO SPECIES

1. Branching characteristically in a plane; base remaining single
and distinct 2

1. Branching in more than one plane, at least below; segments con-
siderably calcified ; base becoming obsolete . . . . H. Opuntia

2. Segments lightly calcified ; viewed in transverse section the per-
ipheral utricles attached for a fourth of their depth or even more,
the subperipheral utricles several times larger ; the large segments
round to obovate H. discoidea

2. Segments moderately calcified ; viewed in transverse section the
peripheral utricles barely attached at the surface, the subper-
ipheral utricles little larger H. Tuna

Halimeda Opuntia (Linnaeus) Lamouroux

Taylor 1942, p. 42.

These plants, probably because of the depth at which they grew, were
somewhat more loosely branched than usual in the v. typica, but they had
the shape of the segments of that variety and not that of v. tripartita.
They show a little trace of ribbing and considerable tendency for the
branching to lie in a plane. A plant 18 cm tall and 25 cm in diameter was
secured.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, abundant as dredged from 50 meters'
depth off a bottom of gray sand at sta. 977 near I. Clarion, no. 39-24A,
16 Mar. 1939. Ibid., dredged from 45 meters, no. 39-32, 17 Mar. 1939.

Halimeda discoidea Decaisne

Taylor 1928, p. 82, pi. 10, fig. 17.

Mexico : Is. Revilla Gigedo, occasional in tide pools at Sulphur Bay,
I. Clarion, no. 34-54, 5 Jan. 1934. Ibid., very abundant in tide pools on

74 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

the rocky point, no. 39-47, 17 Mar. 1939. Nayarft, dredged from 22
meters' depth at sta. 970 near I. Maria Magdalena, Las Tres Marias,
no. 39-657, 9 May 1939.

Halimeda discoidea, forma

The segments deltoid with the forward margin rounded.
Costa Rica: scarce, in rock crevices and lower tide pools, Golfo
Dulce, no. 39-96. 26 Mar. 1939.

Halimeda Tuna (Ellis & Solander) Lamouroux

Barton 1901, p. 11, pi. 1, figs. 1, 4, 6; Collins 1909, p. 400; Taylor
1928, p. 85, pi. 10, fig. 8.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, rather scarce, mixed with but extending
lower than the Caulerpa beds. Sulphur Bay, I. Clarion, no. 39-12, 16
May 1939.

Derbesiaceae

Plants matted or tufted, with a creeping rhizomatous portion bearing
attaching holdfasts and generally erect simple or branched assimilative
filaments ; sporangia lateral on the erect or upper free filaments, develop-
ing several zoospores, each with an anterior circle of fiagella.

DERBESIASolier, 1847
KEY TO SPECIES

1. Forming mats without particularly distinct erect filaments; fila-
ments 75 n diam. or less ; sporangia less than 100 ju, diam . . .
D. longifructa

1. At least part of the plant erect and tufted; filaments generally
100 IX diam. or more ; mature sporangia exceeding 100 /x diam. 2

2. Zoosporangia numerous, seriate, subspherical . . . D. prolifica
2. Zoosporangia few on an axis, turbinate . . . . D. Hollenbergii

Derbesia longifructa n. sp.^^
Plate 1, Figs. 3-6

Plant matted, without particularly distinct erect filaments, near the
free tips often curved, dichotomously and laterally branched, 38-75 /*
diam., with crosswalls at the divisions infrequent; zoosporangia scattered

f>6 Derbesia longifructa n. sp.— Planta implecta, filamentis erectis subdistinctis,
prope cacumina saepe curvatis, dichotome lateraliterque ramosis, 38-75 ii diam.;
zoosporangiis dispersis aut ad 4 simul, in stipitibus obliquiter positis, 14-17 \i
diarn ; sporangiis cylindrico-ovatis, 58-90 n diam., 121-180 ]i long. Planta typica in
loco dicto Pta. Santa Elena, Salinas, Guayas, Ecuador, legit W. R. Taylor no.
34-464, 8 Feb. 1934.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 75

or 2-4 fairly close together, obliquely placed on very short stalks 14-17 ju,
diam., the stalk cell perhaps at first formed by two walls but at maturity
represented by a refractive disk 4-8 /x thick; sporangia cylindric-oval, 58-
90 /A diam., 121-180 /x long.

This plant is of about the same size as D. marina (Lyngb.) Kjellm.,
(Setchell & Gardner 1920, p. 165), but the sporangia are clearly cylin-
drical in midsection, with slightly decreased and rounded ends, and so
quite distinctive.

Ecuador: Guayas, in mats in shallow water on the rocky south-
eastern side of Pta. Santa Elena, Salinas, no. 34-464 (TYPE), 8 Feb.
1934.

Derbesia prolifica n. sp.^'^
Plate 2, Figs. 1-6

Plants matted below, tufted above, to 1.5 cm tall, the erect filaments
frequently and chiefly laterally branched, flexuous or a little arcuate,
reaching 120-250 ju, diam., the zoosporangia very numerous, seriate and
often unilateral on the erect branches, borne at right angles or a little
ascending, stalked, the stalks 32-42 fi diam., generally short but some-
times one or two diameters long, the sporangia subspherical, to 160-210 fi
diam.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, in intertidal pools on an islet in
Gardner Bay, I. Espanola, no. 34-425 (TYPE), 31 Jan. 1934.

Derbesia Hollenbergii n. sp.^^
Plate 1. Figs. 7-9

Plants tufted, epiphytic, 1.0-1.5 cm tall, the filaments from 60-142 fi.
diam., generally 100-120 /t, the erect axes occasionally branched, cross-
walls infrequent, near the top flexuous or arcuate ; zoosporangia solitary
or 2-3 on an axis, or perhaps formed, discharged, and dropped in rapid

5'?^ Derbesia prolifica n. sp. — Planta infra implecta, supra caespitosa, ad 1.5 cm
altitudine, filamentis erectis saepe lateraliter ramosis, 120-250 jx diam.; zoospo-
rangiis plurimis, seriatis et saepe unilateralibus, patentibus aut ascentibus, in
stipitibus brevibus positis, 32-42 |idiam. ; sporangiis subsphaericis, 160-210 \i diam.
Planta typica in loco dicto Gardner Bay, I. Espafiola, Ecuador, legit W. R. Taylor
no. 34-425, 31 Jan. 1934.

58 Derbesia Hollenbergii n. sp. — Planta epiphytica, caespitosa, 1.0-1.5 cm alti-
tudine, filamentis 60-142 ^ diam., axibus erectis interdum ramosis, supra flexuosis;
zoosporangiis singulis aut 2-3 simul, stipitibus circa 25 [.i diam., 1-2 plo longiori-
bus quam latis; sporangiis late turbinatis, 185-210 n diam., 150-165 \i long. Planta
typica in loco dicto Black Beach Anchorage, I. Santa Maria, Ecuador, legit W. R.
Taylor no. 34-264, 18 Jan. 1934.

76

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

succession, stalked, the stalks about 25 t^ diam., 1-2 times as long as
broad, the sporangia broadly turbinate, to 185-210 fi diam., 150-165 ft

long- , ^

These plants in some details, but not in growth habit, suggest D.

turbinata Howe & Hoyt (1916, p. 106, pi. 11, figs. 10-16). The spo-
rangia are relatively broader and the filaments coarser.

Ecuador : Archipielago de Colon, abundant at Black Beach Anchor-
age, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-264 (TYPE), 18 Jan. 1934.

Phyllosiphoniaceae

Plants endophytic or endozooic, of large oval cells or branched fila-
ments without crosswalk, coenocytic, with many nuclei and many disklike
chromatophores lacking pyrenoids ; reproduction by aplanospores produced
in great numbers.

OSTREOBIUM Bornet & Flahault, 1889

Plants filamentous, of much-branched and apparently anastomosing
coenocytic filaments of veiy irregular form and variable diameter; aplano-
spores formed in the swollen ends of branches, and capable of germination
to new plants.

Ostreobium Reineckii Bornet

Filaments intricately spreading, the ends of the branchlets consistently
free.

Bornet in Reinecke 1896, p. 269.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, as a boring alga in old corals, drifted
onto the beach, Sulphur Bay, I. Clarion, no. 34-63, 5 Jan. 1934. Ibid.,
in old shell fragments dredged at sta. 917 from 50-75 meters' depth. Sul-
phur Bay, no. 39-28B, 16 Mar. 1939. Ibid., boring in the test of a key-
hole urchin, from 51-79 meters' depth, no. 39-24 p.p., 16 Mar. 1939 (all
det. by F. Thivy).

Vaucheriaceae
VAUGHERIA De Candolle, 1805

Plants forming considerable mats, particularly in shallow water, of
branched coenocytic filaments, the filaments without normal vegetative
crosswalls or constrictions; containing oil as the stored food reserve;
sexual organs sessile or stalked, single or grouped, segregated by cross-

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 77

walls, the antheridia cylindrical, the oogonia oval to subspherical ; zoo-
sporangia teiTninal on the branches, segregated by crosswalls, the zoo-
spores single, large, with flagella all over the surface.

If studies of brackish habitats had been more assiduously prosecuted,
this genus would have been more abundantly represented and probably
by fertile material, in the absence of which identification to species is
impossible.

Mexico: Baja California, intertldal on rocks at Point Hughes, Cabo
San Lazaro, no. 34-592, 7 Mar. 1934. Ecuador: Archipielago de
Colon, on Rhizophora roots along the open beach, Pta. Albemarle, I.
Isabela, no. 34-115, 12 Jan. 1934. Guayas, on the rocky southeast side
of Pta. Santa Elena, Salinas, no. 34-467, 8 Feb. 1934.

78

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

Phaeophyceae

Brown or olive-colored plants, filamentous or parenchymatous, of
very varied fomis; accessory pigments partially masking the chlorophyll,
in definite chloroplasts ; sexual and asexual plants similar or different m
habit, one stage sometimes nearly or quite suppressed; asexual reproduc-
tion chiefly by biflagellate zoospores, in some groups by aplanospores ;
sexual reproduction by biflagellate isogametes or with various degrees of
sexual specialization and differentiation.

Ectocarpaceae

Plants filamentous, branched, basally attached, generally free above;
reproduction in intercalary or lateral organs partly or completely replac-
ing branchlets, ordinarily asexually by zoospores produced in unilocular
sporangia, and sexually by motile iso- or anisogametes produced in pluri-
locular gametangia ; the alternating generations of separate plants.

KEY TO GENERA

1. Gametangia and sporangia terminating branches or taking their
places in the plant system Ectocarpus

1 . Gametangial cells small, in clusters lateral to the axis ; unilocular
sporangia intercalarj', solitaiy Zosterocarpus

Members of this family, and more specifically of the genus Ectocarpus,
were not common at the places visited on the expeditions included in this
study. A few more collections were secured than are here recorded, and
in some the material was fruiting, but, for various reasons, it is not
thought suitable for either identification or description at the present
time. Minute creeping and endophytic types in the collections have not
yet been investigated.

ECTOCARPUS Lyngbye, 1819

Plants sometimes microscopic, sometimes large and forming extensive
soft tufts; filaments uniseriate, attaching by a disklike holdfast or by
rhizoidal extensions of the basal cells, creeping or erect, sparingly to
freely, generally alternately, branched, the branches similar to the axis,
sometimes terminating in hairlike tips; sporangia lateral, gametangia
lateral or terminal, sometimes hair tipped.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 79

KEY TO SPECIES

1. Habit involved, the axes somewhat cordlike, being twisted to-
gether and united by curved branchlets; branch tips commonly-
recurved E. tomentosus

1. Habit erect, the branch tips not recurved . . E. Duchassaignianus

Ectocarpus tomentosus (Hudson) Lyngbye

Setchell and Gardner 1925, p. 426; Taylor 1938, p. 113, pi. 8, figs.
6-8; Smith 1944, p. 83.

Ecuador : Archipielago de Colon, epiphytic on various algae at Black
Beach Anchorage, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-398 (gametangial), 30 Jan.
1934.

Ectocarpus Duchassaignianus Grunow

Taylor 1928, p. 107, pi. 14, fig. 11 ; 1942, p. 48; Setchell & Gardner
1930c, p. 140.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, in tide pools near high water mark,
Braithwaite Bay, I. Soccoro, no. 34-23, 3 Jan. 1934. Nayarit, on
Chnoospora on surfbeaten rocks of I. Maria Magdalena, Las Tres
Marias, no. 39-638, 9 May 1939.

ZOSTEROCARPUS Bornet, 1890

Zosterocarpus abyssicolus n. sp.^^
Plate 2, Figs. 9-11

Plant diffuse, about 1-2 cm tall, light greenish brown, without per-
sisting main axes, branching irregularly alternate, spreading, primary
growth from the branch apices, secondary growth by evident intercalary
zones in the younger branches; main axes to 32 /x diam., the cells nearly
cylindrical, 58-65 /a long, the walls thin and chromatophores small, disci-
form; branches progressively more slender, the ultimate divisions to 16 jm
diam., with cask-shaped cells 11-16 /i long; tips of actively growing
branchlets moderately tapering and the end cell obtuse, but on matured
branches gently tapering with the end cell acute; "sporangia" brown,
solitary, intercalary, scattered through the upper part of the plant, oval,
29-32 ju, diam., 58-70 /* long, containing oval bodies; gametangia lateral,
in small groups of 4-6 cells, about 6-8 /t diam.

59 Zosterocarpus abyssicolus n. sp. — Planta filamentosa, implexa, alterne ramosa,
ad 32 \x diam. in axibus primariis atque ad 16 |x diam. in ramis; "sporangiis"
brunneis, intercalaribus, 29-32 \i diam., 58-70 \i long.; gametangiis lateralibus
atque botryoideis, 6-8 \i diam. Planta typica in loco dicto Post Office Bay, I. Santa
Maria, Ecuador, legit W, R. Taylor no. 34-380, 29 Jan. 1934.

80 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

The brown oval cells characteristic of this genus have been interpreted
as "sporangia" and as "propagulae." Their walls are said to be thick.
However, when restored with KOH and studied, the outer wall in the
present material was not found to be particularly heavy. The contents
are figured by Bornet as alveolate, but older ones gave the appearance of
containing oval bodies 6.0-8.5 /* in greatest diameter. When the old
"sporangia" are crushed the contents appear to consist of a number of
separate, refractive brownish bodies, slightly angular-compressed by con-
tact. These Bornet (1890, p. 146) interprets as tannin masses. The
Galapagos Zosterocarpus plants differ from Z. Oedogonium Menegh. in
being more slender and having the brown "sporangia" considerably wider
than the diameter of the filaments which bear them, instead of being about
the same diameter. The contents of the vegetative cells in this material
shrank very much in drying, giving to the lesser branches a falsely beaded
appearance.

Ecuador: Archpielago de Colon, an epiphyte dredged from 55
meters' depth o?i Post Office Bay, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-380 (TYPE),
29 Jan. 1934.

Ralfsiaceae*'^

RALFSIA Berkeley, 1831

Plants crustose, perennial, often one to several centimeters in diameter,
composed of radial filament systems laterally united to form a horizontal
layer, from which arise parallel series of cells to form a thick pseudoparen-
chymatous crust; unilocular sporangia and plurilocular gametangia in
sori on separate plants, the former lateral on free paraphyses, the lateral
terminal on the erect filaments.

KEY TO SPECIES

1. Thallus 2-4 cm diam., 280-350 ix thick; paraphyses cylindrical to
slightly clavate, 9-11 /x diam. at the end, 180-220 [l long; zoo-
sporangia clavate, 16-22 p., occasionally to 32 fi diam., 80-95,
occasionally to 140 /. long R. calif ornica

1. Thallus to 4 cm diam., 450-750 fi thick; paraphyses 100-250 ii
long, the tip slightly swollen to 8-10 /x diam.; zoosporangia 40-
70 /x long, 18-30 II diam., gametangia 40-60 /x long, 6.0-8.0 /x
diam., each terminated by a single isodiametric cell R. occidentalis

60 Identifications of Ralfsiaceae, and the accompanying notes, are supplied by
the kindness of Prof. G. J. Hollenberg. ^ j e> , <= u^pwcu uy

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 81

Ralfsia califomica Setchell & Gardner, prox.

Setchell & Gardner 1925, p. 497, pi. 36, fig. 22.
Mexico : Jalisco, on hard intertidal rocks at Ba. Tenacatita, no. 34-
565, 2 Mar. 1934.

Ralfsia occidentalis G. J. Hollenberg, n. sp.^^^

Plants forming dark brown crusts on rocks, 450-750 /a thick and to 4
cm or more in diameter, seemingly without evident radial or circumfer-
ential growth ridges, firmly attached to the substrate; hypothallus com-
posed of rows of horizontally elongate cells 15-19 /a diam., and mostly
1.5-2.0 diameters long, some of the cell rows curving toward the sub-
strate, but mostly curving upward and merging abruptly with the erect
photosynthetic filaments of the perithallus ; perithallus 70-90 /n thick,
composed of filaments whose cells are 4.0-6.0 p. diam., 1.0-1.5 diameters
long and mostly not arranged in distinct periclinal layers; plurangia
('plurilocular gametangia') 40-60 /a long and 6.0-8.0 /t diam., each
terminated by a single isodiametric sterile cell ; unilocular sporangia 40-
70 /A long, 18-30 jjL diam., among paraphyses 100-250 ix long and 8-10
jjL diam. at the slightly swollen tip, composed of about 15 cells mostly
longer than wide; hair pits infrequent.

In many respects Ralfsia occidentalis is similar to R. verrucosa
(Aresch.) J. Agardh common in the north Atlantic, but differs from the
latter chiefly in the lack of horizontal stratification so common to the
Atlantic plant. If one may judge by the somewhat fragmentary material
available, R. occidentalis seems to be more firmly attached to the sub-
strate. A species of Ralfsia common along the coast of southern California,
which has passed for R. verrucosa, is likewise similar to R. occidentalis,
but the Californian plant has a hypothallus composed almost exclusively

61 Ralfsia occidentalis G. J. Hollenberg n. sp. — Plantae in saxis crustas atro-
bruneas formantes, 450-750 \i. crass., ad 4 cm. aut plus diam., sine perspicuis
incrementi rugis radialibus aut circumferentialibus, ad substratum firme affixas;
hypothallo coraposito ex ordinibus cellularum horizontaliter elongatarum, 15-19 \i
diam., maxima ex parte 1.5-2.0 plo diam. longitudine, quibusdam ex ordinibus
cellularum ad substratum curvatis, plurimis, autem, sursura curvatis et cum fila-
mentis perithalli erectis photosyntheticis abrupte commixtis; perithallo 70-90 n
crass., coraposito e filamentis quorum cellulae diametron 4.0-6.0 \i, longitudinera
1.0-1.5 plo diam. habent et maxima ex parte in stratis periclinalibus distinctis non
ordinatae sunt; plurangiis (gametangiis plurilocularibus) 40-60 \i long., 6.0-8.0
\i diam., omnibus per singulam cellulam isodiametricam, sterilem terminatis; spor-
angiis unilocularibus 40-70 |.i long., 18-30 ^.diam., inter paraphyses 100-250 \i long,
et, ad apicem subinflatum, 8-10 \i diam., corapositas e circa 15 cellulis maxima ex
parte longioribus quam latis ; lacunis pilorum raris.

Planta typica in loco dicto Braithwaite Bay, I. Soccoro, Mexico, legit W. R.
Taylor no. 34-31, 2 Jan. 1934.

82 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

of assurgent cell rows which merge much more gradually into the erect
filaments of the perithallus, and the cells of the perithallus are commonly
in distinct periclinal layers. Furthermore, the cells of the photosynthetic
filaments are somewhat smaller in R. occidentalis. Examination of mate-
rial collected by Miss Josephine Tilden, no. 434, in Hawaii, seems to
show that it has structural details identical with these Mexican specimens.
Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, common on the rocks in Braithwaite
Bay, I. Soccoro, no. 34-31 (plurangial, TYPE), no. 34-42 (sporangial),
2 Jan. 1934. Ibid., dredged from 37 meters' depth at sta. 132 near
Braithwaite Bay, no. 34-42A (sporangial), 2 Jan. 1934.

Asperococcaceae

Plants of moderate size, simple or fairly stoutly branched, flat,
elongate cylindrical, or of simple rounded outlines; structurally appear-
ing parenchymatous, the inner cells being very large and without many
chromatophores, the outer being much smaller, and in the assimilatory
layers crowded with chromatophores; sporangia and gametangia com-
monly developed directly from the surface cells.

KEY TO GENERA

1. Plant widely branched 2

1. Plant rounded or irregularly lobed, when branched, the branches
close, short, generally blunt Colpomenia

2. Plants relatively tough, the branches compressed, little tapering
except near the tips Chnoospora

2. Plants of relatively delicate texture, becoming hollow, easily
torn, the branches tapering, terete Rosenvingea

CHNOOSPORA J. Agardh, 1847
Chnoospora pacifica J. Agardh

Taylorl942,p.51,pl.9, figs. 1,2.

These were small plants, none being secured as large as those collected
in the Caribbean and recorded in 1942.

Mexico: Nayarit, common on rocks in heavy surf on I. Maria Mag-
dalena, Las Tres Marias, no. 39-631, 9 May 1939. Guerrero, on rocks
at Ba. Petatlan, 7ios. 34-579, 34-582, 2 Mar. 1934.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 83

ROSENVINGEA B0rgesen, 1914
Rosenvingea intricata (J. Agardh) B0rgesen, ^ro;c.

Plants to 3-4 cm tall, crisp, irregularly branched, spreading, en-
tangled, the branches tapering to acute tips; medullary cells to 75-115 fi
diam., the surface cells 9-13 fx wide, somewhat longer than broad; game-
tangia unaccompanied by paraphyses or hairs, 3.8-7.5 fi diam., 28-47 /x
long, the segments sometimes undivided, but generally biseriate.

The description is drawn from no. 34-34. These are, on the whole,
firmer plants than those assigned to this species from the Caribbean, less
regular in branching, with more adventitious short lateral branches. They
do not greatly resemble their Caribbean counterpart. Comparison with a
photograph of the type material from Mexico in the herbarium of J. G.
Agardh at Lund, no. 47006/7 , showed good agreement, although the
plants were rather more slender. B0rgesen's (1930, p. 167) description
of Indian material portrays rather shorter (16 \i) gametangia, but he
recognizes that they may not have been fully matured.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, rare on rocks in the littoral zone, I.
Soccoro, no. 34-34, 3 Jan. 1934. Ibid., on rocks near low tide line, I.
Clarion, no. 34-50, 5 Jan. 1934. Ecuador: Guayas, rocky southeast
side of Pta. Santa Elena, Salinas, no. 34-463 (?), 8 Feb. 1934.

GOLPOMENIA Derbes & Solier, 1856

Plants sessile, commonly ultimately with multiple attachments, spher-
ical or irregularly lobed or branched, firmly crisp in texture, hollow;
structurally showing one to several inner layers of large colorless cells
and one to few outer assimilatory layers with small chromatophores ;
colorless hairs present, generally in clusters; plurilocular gametangia in
sori, cylindrical.

KEY TO SPECIES

1. At least the basal part of the plant subspherical to bullose C. sinuosa

1. Branching throughout 2

2. Texture crisply membranous; the surface cells 8.5 ju, diam. or
smaller C. ramosa

2. Extremely delicate ; the surface cells 8.5 /a diam. or larger C. mollis

Colpomenia sinuosa (Roth) Derbes & Solier

Taylor 1942, p. 51 ; Smith 1944, p. 128, pi. 20, fig. 1.
Mexico: Baja California, at South Bay on I. Cerros, no. 39-649, 10
Mar. 1934. Ibid., intertidal at Point Hughes on Cabo San Lazaro, no.

84

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

34-606, 7 Mar. 1934. Costa Rica: drifted ashore at Port Parker, no.
39-78, 25 Mar. 1939. Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, I. Santa
Cruz.HassIer no. 1005, June 1872. Ibid., infrequent on rocks at Black
Beach Anchorage, I. Santa Maria, but individuals large, no. 34-239, 17
Jan. 1934.

Colpomenia sinuosa f. deformans Setchell & Gardner

Setchell & Gardner 1924, p. 726, pi. 19, figs. 61, 62.

Mexico: Baja California, in tide pools, with very small bullose bases
and numerous large erect sacs reaching 10-15 cm in height, Ba. Thurloe,
Pto. San Bartolome, no. 34-611, 9 Mar. 1934. Ecuador: Archipielago
de Colon, abundant in the drift and forming vv^indrows on shore; also on
intertidal rocks at the head of Tagus Cove, I. Isabela, nos. 34-142, 34-
151, 13 Jan. 1934.

Colpomenia ramosa n. sp.^^
Plate 6, Fig. 2

Plants to 3 cm tall, the clumps 6 cm broad, crisp, from multiple
attachments, irregularly subdichotomously to polychotomously branched,
spreading, sometimes the branches becoming adherent, the branches cylin-
drical or compressed, belovi^ 2-7 mm diam., but veiy irregular, the fork-
ing at irregular intervals, but the chief divisions about 4-8 mm apart;
terminal divisions very small, cylindrical, 1-2 mm diam., 2-3 mm long,
the ends rounded ; becoming hollow^, the vi^all of 6-8 cell layers and about
400-500 fi thick, the innermost (disorganizing) cells about 180 ju, diam.,
these grading through successively smaller-celled layers to the cortex,
vi'hich is of one layer of slightly swollen cells 8.5-10.0 ^ in radial diam.;
in surface view showing rounded-angular cells about 4.5-8.4 jn diam.,
containing 1-2 chromatophores and arranged in somewhat vague longi-
tudinal rows; plurilocular gametangia in sori, cylindrical, uniseriate and
of about 6-10 cells, 3-7 /i, diam., 17-28 /x long.

This plant shows some similarity to C. stellata (B0rg.) B0rgesen
(1928, p. 1; 1930, p. 168) described from Dwarka, Baroda, India. It
appears to be more branched, more tapering from base to summit, and in
more intricate clumps. The thallus wall is thinner and the plant in cense-
r's Colpomenia ramosa n. sp. — Planta ad 3 cm altitudine, irregulariter sub-
dichotome ramosa, ramis infra 2-7 n diam., paulum compressis, furcatis intervallis
4-8 mm; ramulis terminalibus brevissimis, cylindricis aut teretibus, 1-2 mm diam.,
2-3 mm long. Planta typica in loco dicto South Bay, I. Cerros, Mexico, legit W. R.
Taylor no. 34-651, 10 Mar. 1934.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 85

quence less tough ; the gametangia seem to be much shorter. The illustra-
tion is made from a very small specimen held in fluid, for the larger
clumps after pressing gave a poor idea of their habit.

Mexico: Baja California, in littoral pools at South Bay, I. Cerros,
no. 34-651 (TYPE), 10 Mar. 1934. Costa Rica: Ba. Salinas, from
shallow water along shore, Schmitt no. 474A-35, 10 Feb. 1935. Ibid.,
occasional tufts on rocks in crevices near low tide line. Port Parker, no,
39-76, 25 Mar. 1939.

Colpomenia mollis n. sp.^^

Plant to 1.0-1.5 cm tall, soft, and delicate, a little compressed, hollow,
sparingly irregularly divided to short branches 2-3 mm diam., a little
shorter or longer than broad, their ends rounded truncate and in some
bearing short spinelike projections; structurally showing a wall of about
two cells in thickness, the cortical cells in surface view 8.5-15.0 /u, diam.,
subquadrangular, rather irregularly arranged; colorless medullary cells
probably only in one layer, the cells angular, 40-85 ft diam., the walls
very thin.

This small and delicate species was secured only in very small
quantity, and it did not revive enough when sectioned to enable measure-
ments of the wall thickness to be secured. It is probably much thinner
than ordinary in this genus.

Colombia: Valle, scarce on rocks in littoral pools on I. Gorgona,
no. 34-491A (TYPE), 12 Feb. 1934.

Sphacelariaceae

Plants erect from a holdfast, or the basal branches rhizomatous;
usually polysiphonous, growing by segmentation of a large apical cell;
sometimes corticated by rhizoids ; branches similar to the axis, or in other
cases the axis and its main divisions clothed with short branchlets; uni-
locular sporangia and plurilocular gametangia on branchlets derived from
the vegetative axis or from the cortex, the sexual and asexual plants
similar in appearance.

63 Colpomenia mollis n. sp. — Planta ad 1.5 cm altitudine, mollissima, paulum
compressa, sparse irregulariterque divisa in ramos 2-3 mm diam., partibus termin-
alibus rotundato-truncatis ; membrana tenuissima, fortasse e solis duobus cellu-
larum stratis constante. Planta typica in loco dicto I. Gorgona, Colombia, legit W.
R. Taylor no. 34-491A, 12 Feb. 1934.

85 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

SPHACELARIA Lyngbye, 1819

Sphacelaria mexicana n. sp.®^
Plate 3, Figs. 1-8

Plants forming considerable mats, 2.5-4.0 mm high, the erect filaments
arising from a disciform base, sparingly alternately branched, the branches
erect, to 25-48 /a diam., rather less in the branches ; hairs arising near the
tips of the axes, short and soon lost, about 15 fi diam.; gametangia and
sporangia unknown ; propagula on short pedicels, bicornute, with convex
sides and short obtuse slightly produced arms, to 86-120 /t broad, 72 /*
long excluding the stalk.

This species seems related to S. tribuloides Menegh. (Taylor 1928, p.
106, pi. 14, figs. 7-10), but the base is different. It resembles S. brevicorne
Setchell & Gardner (1924, p. 725, pi. 19, figs. 59, 60), except that it is
bicornute and has a disciform base, is lithophilous instead of epiphytic,
branches more freely and has propagulae with shorter body and more
contracted arms. Sauvageau's (1900-1914, p. 132, fig. 31) S. cornuta has
much longer arms.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, on rocks in the littoral zone, Braith-
waite Bay, I. Soccoro, no. 34-7 (TYPE), 2 Jan. 1934.

Dictyotaceae

Plants of moderate size, one to several axes arising from a cushionlike
holdfast, or rarely decumbent; usually stupose at the base but without a
specialized stalk, though often eventually with the old, denuded portion
appearing subterete and stalklike; above dividing into a flat bladelike part,
which may be filiform or expanded, strap shaped or cuneate, fan shaped
or reniform; growing from a single apical cell or from a marginal row of
growth initials, forming a parenchymatous blade ; reproductive structures
scattered or in sori on the surface, developed outwardly from the surface
cells; asexual reproduction by tetraspore; sexual reproduction by an-
therozoids and eggs.

KEY TO GENERA

1. Thallus without a midrib, or at most the midrib short and rudi-
mentary 2

^'^ Sphacelaria mexicana n. sp. — Planta implexa, ad 2.5-4.0 mm altitudine,
filamentis erectis e basibus disciformibus natis, polysiphonis, ramificatione alterna,
ad 25-48 j.1 diam.; propagulis in pediculis brevibus sitis, bicornuatis, lateribus con-
vexis, brachiis brevibus obtusisque, paululum productis, 86-120 \i lat., 72 n long.
Planta typica in loco dicto Braithwaite Bay, I. Soccoro, Mexico, legit W. R.
Taylor no. 24-7, 2 Jan, 1934.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 87

1. Thallus with a distinct, if delicate, percurrent midrib Dictyopteris

2. Thallus not composed of fan-shaped segments 3

2. Thallus broad, divided into fan-shaped segments .... 5

3. Segments of the thallus strap shaped; growth from one distinct
apical cell 4

3. Segments broad and somewhat foliose; growth from a group of
initial cells Spatoglossum

4. Thallus generally smooth Dictyota

4. Thallus in the older and darker parts constantly beset with small
appendages Glossophora

5. Growing margin plane; blade never calcified 6

5. Growing margin of the blade inrolled ; blade sometimes lightly
calcified Padina

6. Plant thin and with the reproductive structures slightly im-
mersed Taonia

6. Plant thicker and with the reproductive structures eventually
superficial 7

7. Tetrasporangial sori with paraphyses ; median cell layer in trans-
verse section not distinctive Zonaria

7. Tetrasporangial sori lacking paraphyses ; cells of the median layer
larger than those contiguous to it Pocockiella

DICTYOTA Lamouroux, 1809

Plant bushy, not markedly stalked, the base generally naked ; dichot-
omously or alternately branching, the segments flat, narrow or mod-
erately broad, with entire to dentate edges; growth of each branch from
a large, broad apical cell; structurally showing a single-layered cortex on
each face and a generally single medullary layer of much larger cuboidal
cells with few chromatophores ; tetrasporangia scattered; gametangia in
scattered sori.

KEY TO SPECIES

1. Margin of the blade closely toothed D. crenulata

1. Margin of the blade entire 2

2. Plants large, when vegetatively mature exceeding 1.5 dm in

height ^

2. Plants small, less than 1.5 dm tall when mature .... 5

3. Sparingly branched, light in color D. major

3. More closely branched 4

88 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

4. Plants dark brown, firm D. Binghamiae

4. Plants more delicate and lighter in color, appearing alternately
branched above D- flabellata

5. Plants entangled, the lower segments moderately broad but the
upper nearly filiform, the angles very wide, commonly over 90°
D. divaricata

5. Plants without extraordinary reduction in branch width or par-
ticularly divergent branching 6

6. Branching closely dichotomous, at narrow angles, the segments
oblong to cuneate D. Vivesii

6. Branching often subpalmate, especially above, the segments short
and broad ; the branches often becoming attached to each other
D. concrescens

Dictyota Binghamiae J. Agardh

Setchell & Gardner 1925, p. 652, pi. 34, figs. 1, 2.

Mexico: Baja California, intertidal at Point Hughes on Cabo San
Lazaro, no. 34-599, 7 Mar. 1934. Ibid., Ba. Thurloe, Pto. San Bartol-
ome, no. 34-613, 9 Mar. 1934. Panama: dredged from 21 meters'
depth off Is. Secas, Schmitt no. 456C-35, 6 Feb. 1935.

Dictyota flabellata (Collins) Setchell & Gardner
Collins in Phyc. Bor.-Amer. no. 834; Setchell & Gardner 1925, p.
652, pi. 34, fig. 3; Smith 1944, p. 101, pi. 15, fig. 6.

These specimens seem rather thin for this species, but are interpreted
as deep-water forms, juvenile and still mostly in the dichotomous growth
phase. The species was originally placed in the genus Dilophus, but it
appears more difficult to distinguish Dilophus from Dictyota in the Pacific
flora than in the Caribbean. The writer follows Setchell and Gardner
in this instance.

Costa Rica: Dredged off Pto. Culebra, no. 34-258 (sexual plants)
24 Feb. 1934. Panama: Dredged from 21 meters' depth off Is. Secas,
Schmitt no. 456B-35, 6 Feb. 1935.

Dictyota major n. sp.®^
Plates 8, 9

Plants to 40 cm tall, light brown, and delicate except near the base,
sparingly branched ; stalklike base narrow, gradually expanding to about

65 Dictyota major n. sp.— Plantae ad 40 cm altitudine, delicatae, sparse dicho-
tomeque ramosae, ad 1 cm latitudine, furcatae intervallis 3-11 cm angulisque
angustatis, smu subcurvato; marginibus integris, paulum sinuoso-curvatis. Planta
typica in loco dicto Post Office Bay, I. Santa Maria, Ecuador, legit W. R. Taylor
no. 34-357, 27 Jan. 1934.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 89

1 cm in width below the first forking; branching dichotomous, often
unequal, at intervals of 3-11 cm, segments slightly tapered downward to
each forking, to about 8-10 mm broad in the lower part of the plant but
to 18 mm at a fork, 2-4 mm in the ultimate segments, in taller specimens
noticeably sinuous curved; angles below narrow, acute or slightly
rounded, in the upper portions 45°-60° and a little rounded, the branch
tips rounded; antheridial sori very abundant, readily visible with the
unaided eye; oogonial sori small, dark, also visible without a lens.

This very large Dictyota is not so broad as D. dichotoma v. menstru-
alts Hoyt, and is taller and more erectly branched. However, there is a
good deal of similarity. It is somewhat similar to the New Zealand D.
ocellata J. Agardh, but is a lighter, less bushy thing with longer, less
tapering segments, as shown by comparison with material in the Agardh-
ian Herbarium at Lund. The curious sinuous deflexions in the plane of
the blade of older plants may be distinctive.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, rare as dredged from 13-18 meters
off Post OfHce Bay, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-357 (TYPE), 27 Jan. 1934.
Ibid. J dredged off a rocky bottom at 36-55 meters near an islet in Gardner
Bay, I. Espafiola, no. 34-423, 31 Jan. 1934. Ibid., dredged from 37
meters' depth off a rocky bottom, Schmitt no. 362C-35, 19 Dec. 1934.

Dictyota Vivesii Howe

Howe 1911, p. 497, pi. 27; Dawson 1944, p. 229.

Mexico: Baja California, intertidal on Point Hughes, Cabo San
Lazaro, nos. 34-596, 34-597, 7 Mar. 1934. Is. Revilla Gigedo, dredged
from 22 meters' depth at sta. 970 off I. Maria Magdalena, no. 39-664, 9
May 1939.

Dictyota concrescens n. sp.^^
Plate 10, Fig. 2

Plants small, crowded, light brown, delicate, to 3-4 cm tall, the blades
commonly becoming attached to each other, very irregularly dichoto-
mously branched, the segments short and relatively broad, tapering

66 Dictyota concrescens n. sp. — Plantae frequentes, ad 3-4 cm altitudine,
plerumque inter se adhaerescentes ; irregularissime dichotome ramosae, segmentis
brevibus latisque, attingentibus ad 15 mm in fastigio segmentorum, longioribus,
autem, infra quam supra ubi rami confertissimi enascuntur atque subpalmati
videntur, segmentis terrainalibus 2-3 mm latitudine. Planta typica in loco dicto
Point Hughes, Cabo San Lazaro, Mexico, legit W. R. Taylor no. 24-598, 7 Mar.
1934.

90 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

downward, lower segments commonly to 2-3 cm long, narrow below and
to 15 mm wide at the top, where they branch so closely as to appear sub-
palmate, the upper segments 2-3 mm broad, rounded truncate.

This densely growing little Dictyota has somewhat the aspect of D.
Bartayresiana of the Caribbean, but branches more irregularly. As the
individuals are sterile, it is probable that fuller growth would modify its
appearance somewhat.

Mexico: Baja California, intertidal on Point Hughes, Cabo San
Lazaro, no. 34-598 (TYPE), 7 Mar. 1934.

Dictyota divaricata Lamouroux, prox.

Taylor 1928, p. 120, pi. 16, f^gs. 6-9.

These fragmentary specimens leave much to be desired for records of
this species, but have in common wide-angled branching and considerable
change from wide segments below to narrow ones above.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, dredged at sta. 129 in 25-32 meters at
Braithwaite Bay, I. Soccoro, no. 34-15, 3 Jan. 1934. Ibid., rare as
dredged at sta. 135 from 45 meters, no. 34-45, 5 Jan. 1934. Ibid.,
dredged at sta. 922 from 18-37 meters, no. 39-69, 18 Mar. 1939. Ba.
Tenacatita, dredged from 18 meters' depth, Schmitt no. 486A-35, 15
Feb. 1935. Ecuador: dredged from 18 meters off I. LaPlata, no. 34-
478, 10 Feb. 1934.

Dictyota crenulata J. Agardh
Plate 10, Fig. 1

Setchell & Gardner 1924, p. 730, pi. 18, figs. 50, 51 ; 1925, p. 655;
Dawson 1944, p. 228.

The figures of Setchell & Gardner are of little assistance in recogniz-
ing this plant. The writer was able to confirm the identification by com-
parison with authentic material in the Agardhian Herbarium, at Lund.

Mexico: Is. Revivlla Gigedo, infrequent in lower tide pools and the
surf, Braithwaite Bay, I. Soccoro, nos. 34-5, 34-25, 2, 3 Jan. 1934.
Costa Rica: among the driftweed, Pto. Culebra, no. 34-530, 24 Feb.
1934.

GLOSSOPHORA J. Agardh, 1880

Plant erect, bushy, dichotomously branched, the branches strap
shaped ; growth from a single apical cell, developing a distinct medulla
and more than one cortical layer ; lower segments densely beset with small
ligulate appendages.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 91

Glossophora galapagensis Farlow
Plate 11, Figs. 1,2

Plants tufted, to 35 cm tall, blackish brown below, yellowish brown
near the tips; the base a little stupose and the stems of the older plants
near the base with many slender entangled decurrent proliferations which
supplement the holdfast ; irregularly dichotomous at intervals of 2-5 cm,
the segments linear, slightly widened at the forks, the sinuses narrowly
rounded, the Branches erect, with little narrowing between the base of
the plant and the upper segments, the greatest width above a fork being
3-5 mm, the terminal segments (except for small proliferations) 2-3 mm
diam., the margins regularly but sparsely beset with small spinose teeth
0.3-1.0 mm long at intervals of 2-7 mm, but these obsolete on the oldest
segments ; apices obtuse to emarginate, showing growth from a prominent
apical cell; structurally showing in the midportion of the plant a single
cortical, a single subcortical and one or two medullary layers in section ;
oogonial sori of a very few cells scattered over the surface ; minute leaflets
abundant over the surface of the older plants.

These handsome plants are much larger than the species as defined
by Farlow. His statement at the end that the spines (spinose teeth) are
24-32 mm long is certainly a misprint. Whatever may be their taxonomic
value, it surely looks as if the little leaflets on the face of the thallus devel-
oped, in this species, from sorus rudiments, replacing the eggs; they
quickly assumed a growth based on the typical apical cell. Somewhat
similar proliferations are not rare in Dictyota and Padina. Were it not
for the structural differentiation, producing a distinct subcortical layer
which is intermediate in cell size between the surface cortical layer and
the medulla, it would be hard to separate this genus from Dictyota. The
specimens underlying Farlow's record (1902, p. 90) from Turtle Ft., I.
Isabela, which the writer has seen, are small and slender individuals not
typical of what this plant may develop into.

Ecuador : Archipielago de Colon, intertidal on the reef to the north
of Tagus Cove, I. Isabela, no. 34-165, 13 Jan. 1934. Ibid., dredged
from 5.4-7.2 meters' depth at Academy Bay, I. Santa Cruz, Schmitt tio.
51B-33, 4 Feb. 1933. Ibid., occasional in the lower littoral near Black
Beach Anchorage, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-211, 17 Jan. 1934.

SPATOGLOSSUM Kutzing, 1843

Plant foliaceous, the segments pinnate to palmate, the margin entire
or sparingly dentate; midrib lacking, or rudimentary near the base of the
main segments; growth from a small group of initial cells at the apex;
reproductive cells scattered.

92 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

KEY TO SPECIES

1. Plants small, reaching 1.5 dm, the segments without any costa
and with strongly crisped margins S. ecuadoreanum

1. Plants exceeding 2 dm in height 2

2. Blades without a costa, the segments 1.5-3.0 cm broad, the plane
margin coarsely and sparingly sinuate dentate . . . S. veleroae

2. Blades showing a rudimentary costa near the base, the segments
4-6 cm wide, with entire to sinuate, sometimes slightly crisped
margins S. Schmittii

Spatoglossum ecuadoreanum n. sp.^'^
Plate 14, Fig. 2

Plants exceeding 15 cm in height, light brown and bushy, the base
slightly expanded, the lower axis smooth, irregularly forked, above flat,
the branching irregular, in the upper divisions foliaceous, firm, irregularly
dichotomously divided, broadly spatulate with rounded ends, the margins
coarsely sinuate and very much crisped.

These plants resemble S. veleroae j but the blades reach their greatest
width veiy near the end, are not definitely serrate, and are extremely
crisped. They may be compared with S. crispata Howe (1914, p. 68, pi.
26), but the lower divisions are more stalklike, the terminal segments
shorter, do not taper distally, and are much more crisped than his plants.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, fragments dredged from 5.4-7.2
meters at Academy Bay, I. Santa Cruz, Schmitt no. 510-33, 4 Feb. 1933.
Ibid., dredged at sta. 169 off Academy Bay, no. 34-321 (TYPE), 20 Jan.
1934.

Spatoglossum veleroae n. sp.^^
Plate 12

Plants bushy, light brown, to 5 dm tall or more, at the base stupose
from a slightly expanded holdfast forming an irregular primary stem 2-5

6T Spatoglossum ecuadoreanum n. sp. — Planta altitudine maior 15 cm, fruti-
cosa, infra stipitata, stipite diviso, divisionibus superioribus foliaceis, firmis, ir-
regulariter dichotome furcatis, late spatulatis, partes extremas rotundatas habenti-
bus, marginibus sinuatis maximeque crispatis. Planta typica in loco dicto Academy
Bay, I. Santa Cruz, Ecuador, legit W. R. Taylor no. 34-221, 20 Jan. 1934.

•58 Spatoglossum veleroae n. sp. — Planta altitudine ad 5 dm vel plus, infra
stipitata, stipite diviso, ramis gradatim expansis in laminas firmas, anguste cune-
atas, obtusas praeditasque marginibus sinuosis et, interdum, crasse obtuseque
dentatis. Planta typica in loco dicto Black Beach Anchorage, I. Santa Maria,
Ecuador, legit W. R. Taylor no. 34-212, 17 Jan. 1934.

NO. 1 TAYLOR : PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 93

cm long, above branching freely, the lower divisions principally dicho-
tomous, with many secondary branches and so appearing alternate, the
upper subdichotomous ; lower branches thickened, 2-5 mm broad, gradu-
ally expanding upwardly to near the summit, reaching 1.5-3.0 cm in
width, foliaceous, firm, the divisions narrowly cuneate to oblanceolate,
often somewhat sinuose, the margin very coarsely obtusely sinuate dentate
at intervals of 2-5 cm, the ends broadly rounded ; structurally showing in
the expanded blades 4-6 layers of colorless medullary cells and one cortical
layer, in the upper branching stipe portions 6-8 medullary layers, 1-2
subcortical layers and one cortical layer; apex showing a marginal zone
of initial cells ; reproduction not seen.

These plants somewhat resemble S. Solieri, but are broader ; they also
show similarities to plants in the Kew Herbarium considered by Murray
to be near S. asperum, but are broader and less forked laterally. The
proliferations near the base are not unlike those on S. Howellii Setchell &
Gardner (1937, p. 74) kindly loaned by the California Academy of
Sciences, but the type material is so badly preserved that it seems impos-
sible to get a good idea of the habit and the margins of the blades without
soaking it up and remounting, a procedure not lightly to be undertaken.
It is not impossible that S. veleroae is a more developed and broader form
of S. Howellii. One should also consider the note by Howe ( 1914, p. 69)
regarding Piccone's (1889, p. 17) S. Schroedert record in relation to this
form; they reported material from I. Santa Maria.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, from the reef north of Tagus
Cove, I. Isabela, no. 34-162, 13 Jan. 1934. Ibid., frequent in the lower
littoral near Black Beach Anchorage, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-212
(TYPE), 17 Jan. 1934.

Spatoglossum Schmittii n. sp.^^
Plate 13

Plant exceeding 45 cm in height, broadly foliaceous, light brown and
thin, the holdfast cushion shaped and like the lower stem stupose, the
stem subcylindrical below, flattened above, irregularly branched, 2-6 cm
long, the blades dividing irregularly below, the lower segments character-
istically deltoid at the base, to 4-6 cm broad, above the branching di- to
trichotomous, with the rounded sinuses, the ultimate segments ligulate,

69 Spatoglossum Schmittii n. sp.— Plantae altitudine ad 45 cm vel plus, stipite
irregulariter ramoso, laminis tenuibus infra irregulariter divisis, costam vestigi-
alem habentibus, deltoideis, ad 4-6 cm latitudine, supra 2-3-chotomis, sinibus
rotundatis, segmentis ultimis Hgulatis, obtusis. Planta typica in loco dicto Post
Office Bav, I. Santa Maria, Ecuador, legit W. R. Taylor no. 34-295, 19 Jan. 1934.

94 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

smooth to somewhat crispate, obtuse, to about 3-4 cm broad, 6-10 cm
long, the margin entire to slightly sinuate with occasional broad, some-
what pointed, lobes; reproductive cells usually solitary, sometimes 3-4
together, spherical or mutually compressed in surface view, 57-70 fx. diam.

Especially in no. 34-155 the blades show traces of a slight midrib for
1-3 cm, above which it disappears; Spatoglossiim is customarily defined as
lacking a midrib, but Howe (1914, p. 68) describes one in S. crispata.
The reproductive cells observed look like immature tetrasporangia, which
in this family commonly divide just before dispersal. Scattered oogonia
are described for the genus. Some individuals are much more minutely
divided than others, with segments 1-2 cm broad, while in one instance
an ultimate segment (except for two small proliferations) was 6 cm
broad, 23 cm long, and no. 34-386 showed one undivided fragment over
9 cm broad, 50 cm long, lacking both base and tip of the segment, indicat-
ing that this species reaches noble proportions in deep water. This was
presumably a tetrasporangial specimen, many sporangia having germinated
in situ, so that small folioles were scattered abundantly over the surface.
The sporangia became 60-90 /x diam. before dividing; they seldom if ever
became normal tetrads, but produced small leaflets directly. These quickly
developed a row of growth initials at the forward margin. The plants
were commonly perforate, and near the base almost netlike, but this may
not be a natural state. Structurally, the blade developed four layers of
cells in the medulla, but the sections did not swell well enough to afford
a measurement of thickness. The cortex, of one layer, did, however, expand
perfectly; its cells were square to brick-shaped, and about 30-45 /i in
surface view, 30 p. in thickness.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, dredged at sta. 155 off Tagus
Cove, I. Isabela, no. 34-181 (?), 15 Jan. 1934. Ibid., infrequent as
dredged from 27 meters off Post Office Bay, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-294
(TYPE), 19 Jan. 1934. Ibid., occasional at 55 meters' depth, no. 34-
386B, 29 Jan. 1934. Ibid., fragments dredged from 37 meters' depth
off a rocky bottom, I. Espanola, Schmitt no. 362D-35, 19 Dec. 1934.

DIGTYOPTERIS Lamouroux, 1809

Plants small to large and coarse, sometimes entangled, generally erect
and bushy, the segments flat, strap shaped to membranous, costate, dichot-
omously to alternately branched ; growing from a small group of apical
initial cells ; forming the reproductive cells in linear or rounded sori.

NO. 1 TAYLOR : PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 95

KEY TO SPECIES
1. Plants small, thin and transparent, the dichotomous to irregu-
larly branched thallus with strap-shaped segments less than 5 mm
wide D. delicatula

1. Plants larger, the segments foliaceous 2

2. Main segments of the blade broadly strap shaped, reaching 4.5-
5.5 cm in width above the forkings, the thickness to 125 fi, the
veins forming just below the branching of the blade . . D. Cokeri

2. Main segments of the blade deltoid below, but the end segments
tapering at the tips; the veins generally forking a second time
before the blade divides for the first forking of the midrib ; the
thickness to 85 /* D. diaphana

Dictyopteris delicatula Lamouroux

Vickers 1908, p. 35, II pi. 3; Setchell & Gardner 1930, p. 149; Tay-
lor 1942, p. 62.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, very rare among other algae at Braith-
waite Bay, I. Soccoro, no. 34-6, 2 Jan. 1934.

Dictyopteris Cokeri (Howe) n. comb.
Plate 14, Fig. 1

Howe 1914, p. 70, pi. 13, figs. 5-9, pi. 27 (as Neurocarpus Cokeri).

The fragments of this plant showing stalk and blades relatively com-
plete were within Howe's size limits, but one piece of blade with several
forks was itself 45 cm long and 5.5 cm broad at the lower end ; as base
and tips were lacking, it must have belonged to a plant exceeding 60 cm
in height. The broadest blade was 9 cm across just below a fork. Faint
but distinct midribs could be traced in even the largest blades, but lateral
veins were definitely absent.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, dredged from 27 meters' depth
off Post Office Bay, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-279, 19 Jan. 1934. Ibid.,
occasional as dredged from 12-18 meters, «o. 34-353, 27 Jan. 1934.

Dictyopteris diaphana n. sp.''^^
Plate 15
Plants to 4.5-5.0 dm tall, foliaceous, of extreme delicacy, pale brown
in color; holdfast about 1 cm broad, cushion shaped, the lower stalk

■J^O Dictyopteris diaphana n. sp. — Planta ad 5 dm altitudine, foliacea, tenuis-
sima, stipitata, stipite ramosa, supra, autem, habente laminam latam et lobatam
quae segmentis extremis teretibus praedita; segmentis costas praecociter divisas
habentibus; membrana supra crassitudine duarum cellularum, infra, autem,
stratum corticeum atque unum vel duo strata medullaria habente. Planta typica in
loco dicto Post Office Bay, I. Santa Maria, Ecuador, legit W. R. Taylor no. 34-
386 A. 29 Jan. 1934.

96 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

slender, about 1 cm long, like the base stupose ; the stalk dividing dichot-
omously 1-3 times, subcylindrical with remnants of the marginal mem-
branes attached; blades ample, several times irregularly dichotomously
divided, the segments deltoid toward the base of the plant, the upper
divisions tapering to the tips, the sinuses a little rounded, in width to 4-6
cm above a forking; stalks continued into the blade and its divisions as
definite though inconspicuous midribs which divide notably far down in
advance of the division of the blade, so that two forkings of the midrib
occur before the first corresponding division of the margin; above the
membrane generally two cells thick, together measuring 17-28 /x, but
below consisting of a cortical layer and 1-2 medullary layers, the cells
similar in size, the total thickness reaching 85 /x,; reproduction unknown.

This large, broad Dictyopteris is very distinct. The segments are not
strap shaped as in most of the genus, but rather tapering; the midribs
divide precociously ; the membrane is, for its size, extremely thin.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, infrequent as dredged from 55
meters of? Post Office Bay, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-386A (TYPE), 29
Jan. 1934.

TAONIAJ.Agardh, 1848

Plant erect, bushy, flabellate, the blade divided into cuneate segments
which may be narrow or wider, rather thin and delicate ; apical margin of
the blade plane, growing from a marginal row of initial cells, producing
medullarj' and cortical layers ; not calcified ; sori slightly immersed in the
blade at maturity.

Taonia Lennebackerae Farlow

Setchell & Gardner 1925, p. 657, pi. 96.

Mexico: Baja California, in the lower tide pools, Ba. Thurloe, Pto.
San Bartolome, no. 34-614, 9 Mar. 1934.

ZONARIA C. Agardh, 1817

Plants of small to large size, decumbent or erect and tufted, flabellate,
originally rounded, becoming split and forming spatulate to cuneate lobes
with more or less evident concentric hair bands; texture generally firm;
attached by rhizoids developed from the lower face of the blade when
decumbent, or when erect attached by an irregular holdfast; apical
margin of the blades plane, growing from a marginal row of initial cells,
producing medullar}' and cortical layers; not calcified; sori at maturity
superficial, with paraphyses in the tetrasporangial sori.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 97

Zonaria Farlowii Setchell & Gardner

Setchell & Gardner 1924b, p. 11 ; 1925, p. 660, pi. 97.

Mexico : Baja California, on rocks at South Bay, I. Cerros, no. 34-
650, 10 Mar. 1934. Ibid., drifted ashore at Point Hughes, Cabo San
Lazaro, no. 34-595, 7 Mar. 1934.

Zonaria lobata C. Agardh

Piccone 1886, p. 89, 1889, p. 40; Farlow 1902, p. 93.

Recorded from I. San Cristobal and I. Santa Maria, Archipielago de
Colon. Whatever this is, it is probably not Z. zonalis (Lamouroux)
Howe of the Caribbean.

POCOCKIELLA Papenfuss, 1943

Thallus flat, decumbent or erect, simple or becoming lobed or lacinate ;
growth by a marginal series of initial cells; structurally showing a small-
celled cortex and a thick medulla of several layers, of which the median
layer is of larger cells ; reproductive organs in indefinite superficial sori,
the tetrasporangial sori lacking paraphj'ses.

Pocockiella variegata (Lamouroux) Papenfuss, /orwfl

Plant crustaceous, attached by moniliform rhizoids on the under
surface; total thickness 120 jx or somewhat more; upper cortex of one
layer of small cells 9-13 (j. long, 12 /* broad in surface view; subcortical
layer of somewhat larger cells ; upper submedullary layer of thin cells of
the same lateral dimensions as the cuboidal cells of the central medulla;
lower submedullary cells like the upper; lower subcortical laj'er absent;
lower cortex of cells about 4 times as large as those of the upper cortex ;
marginal growing cells very large, to 40-45/a wide, the lower segments
dividing less than the upper.

Papenfuss 1943, p. 467, figs. 1-14; B0rgesen 1926, p. 77 (as Agla-
ozonia canariensis) ; Taylor 1928, p. 124, pi. 15, figs. 20-22, pi. 17, fig. 4
(as Zonaria variegata) , probably also p. 116, pi. 15, figs. 23-25, pi. 37,
fig. 4 (as y^. canariensis) ; 1942, p. 55 (as Z. variegata) ; Setchell & Gard-
ner 1930, p. 147 (as A. canariensis) .

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, from shore rocks. Sulphur Bay, I.
Clarion, no. 39-17, 16 Mar. 1939. Ibid., on rocks in tide pools at Braith-
waite Bay, I. Soccoro, no. 34-33 A, 3 Jan. 1934. Ecuador: Archipi-

98

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

elago de Colon, rare as dredged at sta. 145 off I. Isabela, no. 34-98, 12
Jan. 1934. Guayas, obtained by diving near the cable station, Salinas,
Schmitt no. 18A-33, 21 Jan. 1933.

PADINA Adanson, 1763^1
Plants in erect clumps, rarely prostrate, several blades ultimately
arising from the same stupose base ; blades flat or somewhat plicate, fan
shaped to reniform, frequently becoming split into narrow segments which
are sessile or the lower part somewhat attenuate; blades generally thm
and pale brown or straw colored, sometimes darker brown, concentrically
zonate, in some cases lightly calcified on one or both surfaces; growing
margin inrolled, the growth from a marginal row of initial cells, pro-
ducing two or more cell layers, when of two layers the lower, and when
of three or more layers the inner ones with longer cells than the upper
or cortical layers; blades showing concentric rows of hairs, at least on the
morphologically upper surface, sometimes on both, and the reproductive
organs usually formed in bands with a prescribed arrangement with
respect to the hair zones.

KEY TO SPECIES
1. Thin-bladed species; cortical cells predominantly 20 ju, and more
in width, intermittently equal to or half as long as the subcortical
cells ; apical rolled margin two layered in the outer part . . 2

1. Thick-bladed species; cortical cells predominantly 12-20 /t wide,
half to a seventh as long as the subcortical cells; apical margin
3-6 layered in the outer part 3

2. Plants about 16 cm tall, 14 cm broad, membranous above, cori-
aceous below, the frond split into cuneate, flabellate segments, the
lower surface lightly or not at all calcified ; stipe branched, about
6 cm tall, 1.5 mm thick at the base, 0.5 mm at the top; cortical
cells 20-25 /x, wide, lower cortical cells at first 30-100 ju, long;
region adjoining rolled margin two layered, about 50 ju, thick;
basal region of the blade 9-12 layered, 200-250 /x thick P. caulescens

2. Plants 2-4 cm tall, 2-6 cm broad, membranous, with the frond
split into rounded, flabellate, crispate lobes, the lower surface con-
spicuously calcified ; stipe simple or branched, to 1 cm long, 0.5-
1.0 mm thick; cortical cells 25-40 /x wide; lower cortical cells at
first 45-75 ju, long, later 25-50 /x; region adjoining the margin
two cell layers and 30-40 /x thick ; basal region of the blade 6-8
layered and 130-200 /x thick P. crispata

'1 The identifications in the genus Padina, and the key used to distinguish the
species, have been revised by Dr. F. Thivy.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 99

3. Plants with decumbent to assurgent fronds, 5-10 cm long, usually
coherent, usually uncalcified; apical margin rolled upwardly, 6
layered in the outer part, with primary hair lines on the lower
face ; upper cortical cells 20-30 ju, deep, lower cortical cells 30-40
fi deep; basal region of the blades 12-20-stratose and 400-500 /*
thick; sori in each interpilary zone forming 2-3 bands, or scat-
tered or fusing over 2-3 zones P, concrescens

3. Plants with erect free fronds 5-40 cm tall, usually lightly calci-
fied, chiefly on the lower surface; apical margin rolled down-
wardly, 3-6-layered in the outer part, with primary hair rows
on the upper face; upper and lower cortical cells usually 20-30
fi deep; basal region of the blade 10-18-stratose, 250-500 /a thick;
sori in each interpilary zone forming a number of bands or scat-
tered, but not fusing over several zones .... P. Durvillaei

Padina caulescens Thivy n. sp."-^

Plant to 16 cm tall, 14 cm broad, repeatedly split, with flabellate seg-
ments 0.5-1.5 cm wide; stipe conspicuous, to 1.5 mm thick for 1-2 cm above
the base, above subdivided, 6-8 cm long, flat and stupose; blades lightly
or not calcified, with piliferous zones 1 mm apart, the hair lines of the
lower surface when present opposed to those of the upper surface; thick-
ness at the involute apex of two cell layers and about 45 /t, in the lower
central portion of the blades to 220-250 /x and 9-12 cell layers; upper

72a Padina caulescens Thivy n. sp. (ex manuscripto inedit.) — Plantae dioeciae
altitudine usque ad 16 cm, flabellatim divisae, latitudine 14 cm, segmentis flabelli-
formibus, inferioribus deorsum in ramos stipitis flabelliformibus, inferioribus deor-
sum in ramos stipitis tenues attenuatis; stipite primario valido, 1.5 mm crasso, 1-2
cm alto, subcylindrico, ramos 0.5 mm crassos stuposos emittiente; parte frondis a
rhizoideis inclusa laminiformi, i. e., typice frondosa; lineis piliferis inter se ca.
1 mm distantibus in frondis parte juvenili sed ca. 3 mm in parte vetustiore, pro
parte amphigenis, oppositis, pro parte solum visis in aspectu superiore; fronde in
media parte et stipite 9-12-stratosis, 200-250 \i crassis, utrinque absque cake, vel
in pagina inferiore continue sed tenuiter et in pagina superiore discontinue et dis-
perse calciferis; cellulis superioribus corticis 20-25 |.t diam., isodiametientibus vel
dupio vel triplo longioribus quam crassioribus, duplo brevioribus quam cellulis
subcorticalibus vel eas aequantibus; cellulis corticalibus inferioribus diametro
superiores aequantibus, 2- vel 4-plo longioribus, longitudine subcorticales in regione
1 cm infra partem involutam aequantibus, in regione inferiore, transverse divisis,
duplo vel triplo longioribus et duplo brevioribus quam subcorticalibus, vel eas
aequantibus; in sectione transversali cellulis stratorum adjacentium oppositis; soris
zonatis, zonis antheridialibus in planta mascula et oogonialibus in planta feminea
consecutivis in pagina inferiore; soris antheridialibus plus minusve dispersis cum
cellulis basalibus 12-25 \x longis, 12-18 |.i altis, duplo vel quadruple brevioribus
quam cellulis corticalibus; soris oogonialibus 0.25 mm latis, medianis, zonam unam
vel duas imperfectas formantibus. Planta typica in loco dicto. I. Maria Magda-
lena, Las Tres Marias, Mexico, legit W. R. Taylor no. 39-669, 9 May 1939.

100 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

cortical cells 20-25 fi wide, 1-3 times as long as broad, half as long or
equal to the subcortical cells ; lower cortical cells of the same width as the
upper; sexual phase dioecious, the antheridial sori more or less scattered;
oogonial ( ?) sori 0.25 mm wide, in a single or paired continuous or
broken band between the hair lines.

Mexico: Nayarit, dredged from 5.5-9.0 meters' depth at sta. 971 off
I. Maria Magdalena, Las Tres Marias, no. 39-669 (TYPE), 9 May
1939.

Padina crispata Thivy n. sp."-''

Plants 2-4 cm tall, 2-6 cm broad, flabelliform, with a distinct stipe
and holdfast, the basal third bifacially stupose, the blades above split to
lobes 1-4 cm wide, calcified on the lower surface, with piliferous lines
0.75-3.00 mm apart opposed or only on the upper surface; thickness of 2
cell layers above, increasing to 6-8 layers in the lower part and 130-200 p.]
cells of all layers 20-40 /x wide ; in upper part the upper cortical cells 25-
65 /i, long and the lower 45-75 /a long, but in the lower part of the blade
the length on both surfaces 25-50 /a ; tetrasporangial sori on either surface
or both, in consecutive interpilary zones and forming one or two rows or
scattered, with a delicate indusium, the sporangia 75-100 /* diam. ;
oogonial sori linear or round, 0.25 mm diam., indusiate, the oogonia 35-
50 jn diam.

'''2b Padina crispata Thivy n. sp.(ex manuscripto inedit.) — Plantae 2-4 cm altae,
2-6 cm latae, flabelliformes, distincte stipitatae et bysso praeditae; lobis valde cris-
patis, 1-4 cm latis, inferne calce incrustatis, utrinque in tertia parte inferiore stu-
posis; zpnis concentricis 0.75-3.00 mm latis, interdum indistinctis vel delineatis a
lineis piliferis oppositis vel a lineis solis superioribus; fronde in apicali parte
(usque ad regionem 5 mm infra marginera revolutam) 2-stratosa, 30-40 \i crassa, in
regione media 4-6-stratosa, 65-130 (x crassa, et supra stipitem 6-8-stratosa, 130-200 \i
crassa; cellulis stratorum omnium 20-40 [i. diam., in sectione transversali oppositis,
solis exceptis eis superioribus corticalibus in regione basali radialiter divisis; cellu-
lis corticalibus in regione basali radialiter divisis; cellulis corticalibus inferioribus
eo modo non septantibus sed latitudine paululo compressis; cellulis corticis superi-
oris exacte infra partem revolutam 25-65 \x. longis, iis corticis inferioris 45-75 [i
longis, ambabus in regione frondis basali 25-50 pi longis; in sectione radiali cellu-
lis corticis superioris cellulas subcorticales aequantibus vel dupio brevioribus;
cellulis inferioris corticis eis superioris consimilibus in regione basali sed sursum
subcorticales aequantibus; soris tetrasporangialibus zonas consecutivas superne vel
subtus vel utrinque occupantibus, 1- vel 2-seriatis vel plus minusve dispersis, 0.5
mm lads, indusio tenuissimo praeditis; tetrasporangiis maturis 75-100 \i diam.,
altitudine diametrum aequantibus vel sesquipliciter altioribus quara diametro;
cellulis basalibus ca. 12 \i diam., ca. 40-60 ]i longis; soris oogonialibus linearibus
vel circularibus vel forma intermediis, 0.25 mm diam., indusiatis; oogoniis 35-50 \l

oA^i^-^^'^"*^ *>'P^^^ ^" ^°^° '^icto Golfo Dulce, Costa Rica, legit W. R. Taylor no.
39-100. 26 Mar. 1939.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 101

Mexico: Nayarit, on Isla Maria Madre, legit A. L. Herrera no.
246, Man-May 1927 (Herb. N.Y. Bot. Gard.). Costa Rica: infre-
quent on rocks near the entrance to the bay, Golfo Dulce, no. 39-100
(TYPE), 26 Mar. 1939. Panama: Bahia Honda, scarce and stunted
in the lower tide pools, no. 39-1 34 A, 26 Mar. 1939.

Padina Durvillaei Bory

Bor>^ de St. Vincent 1829, p. 147, Atlas 1826, pi. 21, fig. 1 ; Farlow
1902, p. 91 ; Howe 1911, p. 497; Dawson 1944, p. 230.

Padinas are nearly as common in the littoral flora on the tropical
Pacific American coast as they are in the Caribbean. On the higher rocks
they form close dense growths a couple of centimeters high, especially
along cracks. In tide pools they reach a better size, and in deep water may
become relatively huge. Here we may get dredged specimens 4 dm tall,
and they may be divided by wave action into many narrow segments or,
if the water is quiet as at deeper stations, we may get individuals with
blades to 2 dm broad. Again, in considering texture, we find great vari-
ation. Some specimens of P. Durvillaei are firm, indeed almost leathery,
while at the other extreme some are quite as delicate as West Indian P.
Vickcrsiae of the same size. There seems no division of these thin and
thick forms into separate species, or even sharply marked varieties. The
histological features of thickness, size and shape of cells in the different
layers and in the spore band characters appear to fall into unbroken ranges.

Mexico: Baja California, south shore of I. Cerros, Schmitt no
number, 29 Aug. 1932. Ibid., at Pt. Hughes on Cabo San Lazaro, no.
34-662, 7 Mar. 1934. Is. Revilla Gigedo, in tide pools at Braithwaite
Bay. I. Soccoro, no. 34-32, 3 Jan. 1934. Nayarit, on surf-beaten rocks
of I. Maria Magdalena, Las Tres Marias, no. 39-633, 9 May 1939.
Ibid., dredged from sta. 970 at 22 meters' depth, no. 39-658, 9 May 1939.
Ibid., dredged from sta. 971 at 5.5-9.0 meters' depth, no. 39-668, 9 May
1939. Guerrero, at Ba. Petatlan, no. 34-571, 2 Mar. 1934. Oaxaca,
at Ba. Tangola-Tangola, nos. 34-550, 34-551, 28 Feb. 1934. Ibid.,
district of Juquila, Conzatti no. 4481, 17 Dec. 1921 (Herb. N. Y. Bot.
Gard.). Costa Rica: Puerto Culebra, intertidal, no. 34-531, 24 Feb.
1934. Golfo Dulce, infrequent in rock crevices near the entrance to the
bay, no. 39-101, 26 Mar. 1939. Panama: Bahia Honda, on rocks near
low tide line, rare, no. 39-134B, 26 Mar. 1939. Colombia : Valle, on I.
Gorgona, no. 34-491 B, 12 Feb. 1934. Ecuador : Archipielago de Colon,
I, Isabela, Hassler Exped. no. 1016, June 1872. Ibid., on rocks at low

102 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

tide, Pta. Albemarle, nos. 34-101 34-102, 12 Jan. 1934. Ibid., south
shore of Banks Bay, nos. 34-127, 34-128, 13 Jan. 1934. Ibid., dredged
from 4-6 meters' depth off Black Bight, Schmitt no. 63 A -33, 8 Feb. 1933.
Ibid., intertidal on reef north of Tagus Cove, no. 34-170, 13 Jan. 1934.
Ibid., brought up on anchor from 5,4 meters' depth in Tagus Cove, no.
34-150, 13 Jan. 1934. Ibid., intertidal in Cartago Bay, no. 34-352B, 25
Jan. 1934. Ibid., I. San Salvador, Hassler Exped. no. 1015, June 1872.
Ibid., Albatross Exped. no. 11, no date. Ibid., growling near low tide line
on I. Bartolome, no. 34-341, 23 Jan. 1934. Ibid., dredged at 4-7 meters'
depth at Velero Bay, I. Baltra, Schmitt no. 87A-33, 19 Feb. 1933. Ibid.,
dredged from 9 meters' depth, no. 34-336, and dredged on anchor, no.
34-338, 22 Jan. 1934. Ibid., I. Santa Cruz, Hassler Exped. no. 1006,
June 1872. Ibid., dredged from 9-18 meters' depth near Eden I., Con-
way Bay, Schmitt no. 81A-33, 16 Feb. 1933. Ibid., dredged from 5-7
meters' depth at Academy Bay, Schmitt no. 51 A -33, 4 Feb. 1933. Ibid.,
on rocks in the littoral in front of the settlement, no. 34-303, 20 Jan.
1934. Ibid., dredged at sta. 169 off Academy Bay, no. 34-304, 20 Jan.
1934. Ibid., on the shore east of Wreck Bay, I. San Cristobal, Schmitt
no. 41C-33, 30 Jan. 1933. Ibid., dredged in 4-6 meters' depth in the
bay, I. Santa Fe, Schmitt no. 46B-33, 2 Feb. 1933. Ibid., frequent in
the lower littoral at Black Beach Anchorage, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-210,
17 Jan. 1934. Guayas, dredged from 2-4 meters' depth along the village
beach. La Libertad, Schmitt no. 12B-33, 19 Jan. 1933. Ibid., dredged
off La Playa from 4 meters' depth, Schmitt no. 14B-33, 20 Jan. 1933.
Ibid., scraped from a mooring buoy, Schmitt no. 12aA-33, 19 Jan. 1933.
Ibid., from the northwestern beach near Salinas, nos. 34-455B, 34-456, 8
Feb. 1934. Ibid., in tide pools at Pta. Santa Elena, Salinas, Schmitt nos.
502, 513, 12, IT ^^V^t. 1926.

Padina concrescens Thivy n. sp.

73

Plants gregarious, 5-10 cm in length, commonly procumbent, when
imbricate, orbicular flabellate, estipitate, with no defined holdfast, attach-
ing by ventral rhizoidal cushions; when assurgent with more definite
holdfast and the basal portion stipelike and stupose, the upper portions

'i'3 Padina concrescens Thivy n. sp.(ex manuscripto inedit.) — Plantae gregariae,
5-11 cm longae, partim procumbentes, crustiformes, imbricatae, orbiculari-flabelli-
formes, basi truncatae, estipitatae, absque bysso sed subtus pulvinis rhizoidalibus
dispersis adfixae, partim assurgentes vel erectae et prope basin per 2 cm stipiti-
formes et byssiformes; partibus erectis inter se a pulvinis adhaerentibus etiamque
paucas planras erectas autoephiphyticas sustinentibus; margine apicali sui
involuta: zonis piliferis primariis solum in pagina inferiore sitis: zonis pili

rsum
feris

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 103

adherent to each other by ventral rhizoidal attachments; apical margin
upwardly inrolled, with piliferous bands on the ventral surface, and sec-
ondary bands sometimes present on the upper side as well as the lower
and opposed to the latter; thickness to 6 cell layers above an3 to 10-20
layers below and 400-500 /t thick; cells of the cortex 12-25 /a wide,
occasionally to 30 [i, 1-2 times as long, those of the upper layer one third
to one seventh as long as the subcortical cells, and those of the lower layer
one half to one fifth as long; sori in consecutive interpilary zones, scat-
tered or fusing in large patches, on both surfaces or chiefly on the upper ;
indusium present, delicate, deciduous; tetrasporangia to 100-120 ix diam.

This plant appears to be closely related to P. Durvillaei, except for
the direction of inrolling of the margin, and in so far as it is modified in
adaptation to its procumbent habit.

Ecuador : Archipielago de Colon, growing closely appressed to rocks,
the blades overlapping, often adherent to each other, on a reef to the north
of Tagus Cove, I. Isabela, no. 34-166, 13 Jan. 1934. Ibid., partly de-
cumbent and concrescent, on rocks at Black Beach Anchorage, I. Santa
Maria, no. 34-245 (TYPE), 17 Jan. 1934. Ibid., from about 3.6
meters' depth in Gardner Bay, I. Espaiiola, Schmitt no. 28A-33, 25 Jan.
1933.

Sporochnaceae

Thallus bushy, the branches filiform, or compressed and narrow, the
divisions terminating in tufts of brown filaments from which trichothallic
growth occurs ; unilocular sporangia in dense swollen sori covering special-
ized portions of determinate lateral branchlets or the ends of branches in
the main system, associated with cylindrical to clavate paraphyses.

secondariis plerumque nullis, raro ut primariis positis (soHs inferioribus) vel
partim oppositis ; fronde in parte involuta 6-stratosa, 200 \i crassa, deorsum saepe
lO-stratosa, 300 (i, crassa, basi et in stipite 12-20-stratosa, 400-500 ]i crassa; cellulis
corticalibus inferioribus superioribusque 12-30 plerumque 20 n diam., 15-45 y.
longis; in sectione transversali plerumque dimidio angustioribus quam cellulis
medulariis vel paucis indivisis cellulas medulares aequantibus; cellulis corticis
superioris 20-30 \i altis 3-7-plo brevioribus, quam cellulis subcorticalibus, eis corti-
cis inferioris 30-40 ^i altis, 2-5-plo brevioribus quam cellulis subcorticalibus; soris
vel in 2 vel 3 seriebus 0.5 mm latis in quaque zona, zonas consecutivas glabras
occupantibus inter lineas piliferas, vel dispersis, vel dense _aggregatis_ per zonas
2-3 adjacentes, amphigenis sed plerisque in superficie supenore; indusio plerum-
que evanescenti, tenui, interdum circum soros apertos visibili ; sporangiis 100-120 n
diam. plerumque sesquiplo altioribus quam diamentientibus sed minus quam 130 fx
altis; cellulis basalibus corticales latitudine et longitudine aequantibus sed paulu-
lum brevioribus. Planta typica in loco dicto I. Santa Maria, Archipielago de Colon,
Ecuador, legit W. R. Taylor no. 34-245, Jan. 1934.

104 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

KEY TO GENERA

1. Branching alternate or irregular, progressive, without the forma-
tion of determinate branchlets Carpomitra

1. Branching alternate in one degree along the single main axis, the
primary branches bearing numerous small determinate fertile
branchlets Sporochnus

CARPOMITRA Kiitzing, 1842

Carpomitra luxurians n. sp.^*
Plate 3, Figs. 9-16 ; Plate 16 ; Plate 17, Fig. 2

Plants to over 47 cm tall, bushy; the holdfast to 1.3 cm diam., sub-
conical, stupose, giving rise to a very slender main stem which is also
stupose near the base; stem subcylindrical below, flattened above, about
0.5 mm diam. throughout except at the forks, where it is a little larger,
and in the ultimate branches where it is generally about 0.3 mm diam.,
and rarely in any part reaches 1.3 mm diam.; to 380 fx thick; the branch-
ing alternate or, near the tips, pseudodichotomous, and where subtending
a fertile receptacle becoming opposite or verticillate, rebranching freely
at intervals of 0.5-5.0 cm, with little decrease in size between the succes-
sive divisions, the main axes deliquescent above and hardly distinguish-
able ; costa not externally distinguishable, represented in section by an ill-
defined axial cell row; growing tips of the branches terminated by lux-
uriant hair tufts, the hairs 5-7 mm long, to about 42 yu, diam.; fertile
receptacles terminating axes, conical, resting on disklike expansions of the
end of the axes, commonly becoming subtended by 1-3, most commonly
two branches, or these not developed and the receptacle then appearing
long pedicellate; paraphyses slender, 5.5 [x diam., with subspherical or
truncate terminal cells 18-28 {jl broad, 15-18 [jl long; sporangia 35-45 /x
long, 13-15 fi diam.

These plants seem larger and much more slender than European C.
Cabrerae (Clem.) Kiitz., and most extra-European material attributed
to that species, although a specimen from "Port Philip Heads, J. Brace-
bridge Wilson 10. 1. 90," in Kew Herbarium was very similar. Material
from the Galapagos has been attributed to C. Cabrerae by Piccone (1886,
p. 40).

_ '^•1 Carpomitra luxurians n. sp. — Planta altitudine maior 47 cm, fruticosa,
axibus subcylindricis et infra ad 0.5 mm diam., supra, autem, ramis planis, 0.3,
raro ad 1.3 mm latitudine; costa inconspicua; sporangiis 35-45 M' long., 13-15 n
diam. ; paraphysibus tenuibus, 5.5 \x diam., cellulis terminalibus sphaeroideis aut
truncatis, 18-28 M- diam., 15-19 n long. Planta typica in loco dicto Black Beach
Anchorage, I. Santa Maria, Ecuador, legit W. R. Taylor no. 24-285, 19 Jan. 1934.

NO. 1 TAYLOR : PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 105

Ecuador: Archi'pielago de Colon, a fragment dredged from 183-270
meters at sta. 143, 1. Wenman, no. 34-88B, 1 1 Jan. 1934. Ibid., dredged
from 9-37 meters near North Bay and anchorage, I. Marchena, Schmitt
nos. 310 A -35, 311A-35, 3 Dec. 1934. Ibid., dredged off Academy Bay
at sta. 169, 1. Santa Cruz, no. 34-322, 20 Jan. 1934. Ibid., dredged from
25 meters' depth off the anchorage, I. San Cristobal, Schmitt no. 43A-33,
31 Jan. 1933, Ibid., dredged off Black Beach Anchorage, I. Santa
Maria, no. 34-249, 19 Jan. 1934. Ibid., dredged in abundance from 27
meters' depth at sta. 167, no. 34-285 (TYPE), 19 Jan. 1934. Ibid.,
dredged from a rocky bottom at 36-55 meters' depth at sta. 203 off I.
Espanola, no. 34-416, 31 Jan. 1934

SPOROGHNUS C. Agardh, 1817

Plants with a single erect main axis bearing alternate spreading
branches, which in turn bear many short determinate branchlets terminat-
ing in tufts of brown filaments, which branchlets eventually near their
ends are each swollen by the sorus of sporangia and paraphyses which sur-
rounds them.

KEY TO SPECIES

1. Fertile branchlets relatively long stalked, the fertile portion sub-
cylindrical, terminated by a hair tuft directly . . . S. Bolleanus

1. Fertile branchlets short stalked, the fertile portion subcylindrical,
terminating in a slender style equally long, which in turn bears
the hair tuft S. rostratus

Sporochnus Bolleanus Montagne

Plants to 57 cm tall, profusely alternately branched, the branches
bearing many stalked branchlets which are small when young and tipped
with clusters of brown filaments 5-8 mm long, but later become swollen
with cylindrical tips 2-5 mm long, on stalks about as long, the sori con-
taining slender paraphyses with pyriform to subglobose end cells, and
sporangia 25-30 /a long.

Taylor 1928, p. 114, pi. 14, fig. 14.

The swollen fertile branchlet tips are not so long as is common on
Atlantic specimens. Kiitzing (1859, pi. 81, fig. 2) figures the paraphyses
as somewhat clavate. However, examination of material from Florida,
which certainly seems typical of what passes under this name from the
western Atlantic and Caribbean, shows them much as in the Ecuadorean
specimens, though perhaps a trifle narrower.

106 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, dredged from 27 meters' depth
at sta. 167 off I. Santa Maria, nos. 34-284, 34-287B, 19 Jan. 1934.

Sporochnus rostratus n. sp."^^
Plate 2, Figs. 12-17; Plate 17, Fig. 1

Plants to over 2 dm tall, delicate, the axis once alternately branched,
like the branches filiform, below about 0.5 mm diam. ; fertile branchlets
short stalked, the slender stalk about 0.3-0.8 mm long, bearing a thicker
subcylindrical fertile portion 1.0-2.5 mm long, which in turn is tipped by
a very delicate styliform tip 1-3 mm in length, generally a little longer
than the fertile portion, and which in turn bears a cluster of brown fila-
ments 3-5 mm long; paraphyses with stalks expanding somewhat to the
end, where the end cell is turbinate, 13-20 /x diam., 13-14 /u, long; game-
tangia subcylindrical to oval or slightly obovoid, 28-31 /t long, 8.5-10.5
ft diam.

This interesting species is most satisfactorily compared with S. stylosa
Harvey from New Zealand, a plant with similar style-tipped fertile
branchlets. In the absence of New Zealand material and lack of measure-
ments in the original description there may be doubt of its distinctness,
but there is so little in common between the Ecuadorean and the New
Zealand floras that it is most safely assumed to be distinct.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, dredged from 37 meters' depth at
North Bay, I. Marchena, Schmitt no. 311B-35, 3 Dec. 1934. Ibid.,
dredged at sta. 167 from 27 meters' depth off Post Office Bay, I. Santa
Maria, no. 34-287A (TYPE), 19 Jan. 1934. Ibid., rare as dredged
from 12.5-18.0 meters' depth at sta. 193, no. 34-365, 27 Jan. 1934. Ibid.,
dredged from 37 meters' depth off a rocky bottom, I. Espafiola, Schmitt
no. 362B-35, 19 Dec. 1934.

Desmarestiaceae

DESMARESTIA Lamouroux, 1813
Plants arising from a basal disk, filiform, compressed or foliaceous,
and when flat often with a midrib, oppositely or alternately branched;
growth trichothallic at least at first, in structure showing an axial cell
row and a parenchymatous cortex; sporangia formed by the conversion
of superficial cells of the thallus; gametophyte microscopic, filamentous,
oogamous.

£,.7^ Sporochnus rostratus n. sp. — Plantae altitudine maiores 2 dm, tenues, alterne
fihformiterque semel divisae; ramusculis fertilibus stipitem brevem atque partem
fertilem subcylindricam 1.0-2.5 mm long, habentibus, parte fertili cacumen styli-
forme 1-3 mm long, habente, quod penicillum terminalem sustinet; paraphysibus
clavatis, cellula terminali expansa turbinataque; 13-20 \x, diam., 13-14 \i long.;
sporangiis ovatis, 28-31 n long., 8.5-10.5 n diam. Planta typica in loco dicto Post
Office Bay, I. Santa Maria, Ecuador, legit W. R. Taylor no. 34-287 A, 19 Jan. 1934.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 107

KEY TO SPECIES

1. Thallus ligulate to foliaceous 2

1. Thallus not foliaceous, but bushy with flat branches . D. tropica

2. Plant freely branched, ligulate, narrow throughout, the margins
entire D. herbacea

2. Plant larger, sparingly branched, the branches 2 cm broad or
wider, the margins with slender teeth D. munda

Desmarestia tropica n, sp.'''®
Plates 18, 19

Plants of moderate size, in excess of 4 dm tall, bushy, light brown,
soft; holdfast very small, little differentiated; stipe compressed, short,
about 3 mm broad, firm and fleshy, continuing as the rachis of the plant,
the first branches within 1-2 cm of the base; rachis to 5-8 mm broad, flat,
above hardly recognizable; main branches wide-angled, opposite, at inter-
vals of 1-3 cm, similar to the primary axis, and sometimes as large, re-
branching to more and more slender divisions in several degrees; midrib
represented by a faint line in the branches of intermediate age, but other-
wise generally not visible in surface view; branches of all degrees tapering
somewhat to base and apex, regularly beset with broad short teeth at
intei^vals of from 7-15 mm on the lower main axis, but of only 1-2 mm
on the lesser branches, these tipped with brown filaments in the youngest
parts, naked behind, and continued out to opposite spinose prolongations
or branches in the older parts ; brown filaments distichously closely oppo-
sitely branched, the primary filament a continuation of the tooth bearing
it, sharply tapered to the base, gradually to the apex, the cells 36-65 /x.
diam., almost moniliform, being strongly contracted at the septa.

These plants represent a species of the greatest interest. They are rela-
tively coarse and fleshy below; above they become progressively more
slender and softer, but can scarcely be called membranous. They are
more bushily branched and with more gradation from base to apex than
in D. latifrons, and the branches are more expanded than in that section
of the genus. They are best included in the section Herbaceae, but are
clearly less membranous than the other North American representatives.
Among less well-known Desmarestias, D. anceps Mont. (Kiitzing 1859,
p. 41, pi. 98, figs, c, d) and D. distans (C. Ag.) J. Ag. (Kutzing 1859, p.

7^6 Desmarestia tropica n. sp. — Planta altitudine maior 4 dm, fruticosa, succu-
lenta, stipite firma brevi compressaque, ramincatione opposita, stipite ad 5-8 mm
latitudine, supra vix agnoscibili; ramis patentibus versus basim apicemque paulu-
lum attenuatis, dentibus brevibus latisque, regulariter crebreque ornatis, qui, novi,
penicillis brunneis praefiguntur; costa obsoleta. Planta typica in loco dicto Post
Office Bay, I. Santa Maria, Ecuador, legit W. R. Taylor no. 34-388, 29 Jan. 1934.

108 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

41, pi. 99, figs. la, lb) ; in the figures given by Kiitzing rather suggest
fragments of the present species, particularly his figure of D. anceps.
However, the present writer sees little similarity between the figures given
by Gain (1912, p. 39, pi. 5, figs. 2-6) for D. anceps and those given by
Kiitzing (loc. cit.), though they are supposed to represent the same species
and Gain reports having seen the typical material, which was in the Kiitz-
ing herbarium. J. G. Agardh (1848, p. 168) gives the width of D. anceps
as a line, which De Toni converts as 2 mm, but D. tropica in the lower
and older portions is much wider.

Ecuador : Archipielago de Colon, dredged at sta. 167 from 27 meters
off Post Office Bay, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-277, 19 Jan. 1934. Ibid..
dredged at sta. 192 from 14-18 meters, no. 34-354, 27 Jan. 1934. Ibid.,
dredged at 60 meters' depth, no. 34-388 (TYPE), 29 Jan. 1934.

Desmarestia herbacea (Turner) Lamouroux

Setchell & Gardner 1925, p. 566, pi. 87; Smith 1944, p. 121, pi. 17,
fig. 2.

Mexico: Baja California, rare near low tide line in South Bay, I.
Cerros, no. 34-627, 10 Mar. 1934.

Desmarestia munda Setchell & Gardner

Setchell & Gardner 1925, p. 567, pi. 89; Smith 1944, p. 121, pi. 17,

fig. 1.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, dredged in some quantity at sta.
169 off Academy Bay, I. Santa Cruz, no. 34-311, 20 Jan. 1934.

Lammariaceae

Plants usually large at maturity, generally with a branching fibrous
holdfast, distinct slender stalk and broad blades of various forms bearing
sporangia and paraphyses in more or less widely expanded sori ; gameto-
phyte microscopic, filamentous, oogamous.

KEY TO GENERA

1. Very large, slenderly and repeatedly branched, the branches bear-
ing lanceolate leaves with aculeate-serrate margins and a petiolar
vesicle at the base of each leaf ; growth from the terminal blade,
the lateral leaves being developed from the meristem at its base,
and splitting off laterally from it Macrocystis

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 109

1. Large, with a short trunk bifurcate at the top, and eventually
several strap-shaped leaves with serrate or pinnate margins;
growth from the transition zone at the end of the stem portion of
the plant Eisenia

MACROGYSTIS C. Agardh, 1820
Macrocystis pyrifera (Linnaeus) C. Agardh

Setchell & Gardner 1925, p. 627, pi. 64, 65; Smith 1944, p. 144, pi.
31, figs. 3, 4.

Mexico: Baja California, abundant at South Bay, L Cerros, no. 34-
652, 10 Mar. 1934. Ibid., abundant in deep water off Ba. Thurloe,
Pto. San Bartolome, no. 34-618, 9 Mar. 1934. Is. Revilla Gigedo, a
few specimens cast ashore and lying at extreme high stonn tide line, Sul-
phur Bay, L Clarion, no. 34-56, 5 Jan. 1934.

EISENIA Areschoug, 1876
KEY TO SPECIES

1. Stalk becoming as much as a meter in length, stout, flattened
above ; leaves becoming numerous, several decimeters long, simply
serrate, longitudinally rugose, functioning as sporophylls . .
E. arborea

1. Stalk short, much less than 1 dm in length, slender; leaves rather
few, approaching a meter in length, serrate to once pinnate . .
E. galapagensis

Eisenia arborea Areschoug

Setchell & Gardner 1925, p. 646.

Mexico: Baja California, in early stages of development at South
Bay, I. Cerros, no. 34-642, 10 Mar. 1934. Ibid., mature plants numer-
ous at Point Hughes, Cabo San Lazaro, no. 34-663, 7 Mar. 1934.

Eisenia galapagensis n. sp.''"^
Plates 20-22

Plant with a fibrous holdfast and at first a thin, simple blade ; eventu-
ally the simple blade replaced by two diverticula supporting a succession

■^■^ Eisenia galapagensis n. sp. — Planta magnitudine mediocris, stipite brevi,
bifurcate, utroque latere 5-7 (aut pluribus?) sporophyllis membranaceis, e siraplici-
bus ad pinnatifida variantibus, marginibus crasse dentatis, ad 15 cm lat. atque
aliquot dm long., lobis lateribus vestigialibus aut ad 7 cm aut plus longitudine.
Planta typica in loco dicto Academy Bay, I. Santa Cruz, Ecuador, legit W. R.
Taylor, no. 34-305, 20 Jan. 1934.

110 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.12

of serrate sporophylls which in young plants tend to be deeply lobed or
even pinnate, but in older plants are smooth, strap shaped, and show very
small lobes only; sori on the sporophylls, appearing as large irregular
fertile areas on the face of the blades.

These are very curious plants to be found in deep water. The small
number of species hitherto known from the genus makes them of particu-
lar interest on that score also. They have a spreading fibrous holdfast,
from which arises in the young plant a very short, rather slender stalk
1-2 cm tall, terminated by a thin primary blade. This blade is broadly
lanceolate with a subcordate base, the margin being irregularly coarsely
dentate. Later, when about 2 dm tall, the blade begins to be eroded from
the tip and the lateral margins develop a few large divergent triangular
or ligulate lobes 2-5 cm long, the margins compound dentate, the first
coarse teeth irregular and erose, 3-10 mm long, the secondary aculeate
with a flattened base, about 1-2 mm long. Eventually the primary blade
tip disintegrates and the lateral margins of the base develop as a pair of
divergent incrassate flat bands 1-3 cm long from the apex of the stalk,
giving rise to a succession of secondary blades from the margin. First
formed secondary blades are commonly 1-3 dm long, linear lanceolate,
3-5 cm wide, erose dentate on the margins or distantly pinnately lobed,
the dentate lobes 5-15 mm long. Large plants at this developmental stage
may have blades much longer, with a midportion to 5 cm broad and lobes
in great excess of 7 cm long, but the specimens of this t>'pe secured were
all fragmentary. Mature plants appear to have 5-7 secondary blades on
each side and simplified blades succeed the pinnately divided blade type
of the 3"ounger stages. These ultimate type blades appear to be 85 cm long
or more, and 4-6 cm broad, the margin above irregularly aculeate serrate,
but below compound serrate, the lobular teeth rarely over 1 cm long. The
sori form large patches 3-4 cm broad and to 1 dm long or more on the face
of the sporophylls. The blades are thin, and adhere to paper as well as
most Laminariaceae of the same size. At first the subsimple sporophyll-
bearing specimens were thought to belong to a different species from the
ones with pinnately divided sporophylls. but transitions are so complete
as to make this conclusion unwarranted.

The genus Eisenia was formerly composed of E. arborea of the west-
ern American coast, a long-stalked coarser littoral form, and E. bicyclis
(Kjellman) Setchell, of Japan. Later, E. Masonii Setchell & Gardner
(1930, p. 145, pi. 14) and E. desmarestioides Setchell & Gardner (1930,
p. 146, pi. 15) were added from L Guadeloupe, Baja California, Mexico.
In E. arborea the juvenile blades are at fii-st hardly serrate, and the mature
plant is larger with a heavy stalk and more numerous sporophylls. In E.

NO. 1 TAYLOR : PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 111

bicyclis the sporophylls are often pinnately divided, but they are numerous
and relatively short. In both E. arborea and E. bicyclis the lobes on the
lower sides of the primary blade have narrowed, upcurved, rather than
divergent bases. In both the mature sporophylls are conspicuously
wrinkled. From E. Masonii this species may be differentiated by its serrate
to somewhat pinnate, rather than bipinnately compound, sporophylls, for
in that species the blades are compound and the divisions in turn pinnately
divided or bipinnate, with the margins coarsely irregularly serrate. In
E. desmarestioides the blades are twice pinnately compound and the
leaflets coarsely, rather regularly serrate. In both the leaflets are con-
tracted to a very slender base, while in E. gdapagensis they are less con-
tracted, the base usually being about half as wide as the blade, but not less
than one third. The rachis in each of the Guadeloupe species is thick, but
there is no particular thickening in that from the Galapagos. Finally, one
must consider the resemblances which the specimens of the present collec-
tions show, in the younger examples, to forms of Ecklonia rndiata (Turn.)
J. Ag., especially f. exasperata (Turn.) De Toni (1895, p. 354) as
exemplified, in particular, by "Laminaria biruncinata" Bory (1926, pi.
10) from Chile. There is quite a bit of resemblance between his figure
and the youngest stages of the Galapagos plant, but in the latter the
surface does not bear spinose projections. In Ecklonia the primary blade
persists and the secondary blades are borne pinnately along its margins
until eventually the lower-formed ones may dominate it, while in Eisenia
the primary blade, while lobed, soon decays and the secondary blades are
produced from its lower lateral margins now become stalklike in the
meristematic area. Our specimens certainly belong in Eisenia, and one
cannot be sure that the single plant which Bory had might not likewise
have been an Eisenia rather than related to Ecklonia radiata. The writer
finds no resemblance between his plants and African, Australian, New
Zealand, or Japanese specimens, or to other Ecklonias.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, dredged from 27 meters at North
Bay, I. Marchena, Schmitt no. 310B-35, 3 Dec. 1934. Ibid., frequent
as dredged oflF Academy Bay, I. Santa Cruz, no. 34-305 (TYPE), 20
Jan. 1934. Ibid., dredged from 46-55 meters opposite Gordon Rocks,
Schmitt no. 317C-35, 8 Dec. 1934. Ibid., rare as dredged from 27
meters oflF Post Office Bay, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-293, 19 Jan. 1934.
Ibid., infrequent as dredged from 55 meters, no. 34-387, 29 Jan. 1934.
Ibid., dredged from 55 meters off Black Beach Anchorage, no. 34-391 J.
30 Jan. 1934.

112 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

Fucaceae

Plants moderate to very large, often massive, forming cushion-shaped
or fibrous holdfasts from which arise cylindrical to flattened axes, sub-
simple or branched, often with a broad membranous margin, dichotomous
or in some genera pinnate, or divided into axis and lateral foliar organs;
inflated vesicles often present in the branchlets, or lateral ; reproduction
by the formation of fertile crypts distributed generally over the plant
body, or in special receptacular branchlets ; heterosporous, eventually pro-
ducing gametes by continuing the division in the sporogenous organs.

KEY TO GENERA

1. Special foliar organs absent, the minor divisions of the vegetative
portions fiUform ; vesicles absent Blossevillea

1. Lateral organs foliaceous or, if filiform, clearly flat ... 2

2. Vesicles seriate, somewhat moniliform, in regular branchlets .
Cystoseira

2. Vesicles solitary, in regular branchlets, several chambered . .

Halidrys

2. Vesicles generally present, always solitary, lateral, unilocular .

Sargassum

BLOSSEVILLEA Setchell & Gardner, 1913

Blossevillea galapagensis (Piccone&Grunow) n. comb.

Plate 23

Plants gregarious, olivaceous, firm in texture, black and brittle when
dried, exceeding 4 dm in height, the basal holdfasts small, irregularly
lobed ; branching close to the base into several main axes which are about
1.0-1.5 mm diam., and which branch irregularly into smaller divisions,
especially above bearing scattered lateral determinate aculeate to filiform
branchlets 1-3 cm long; above irregularly dichotomously branched, the
sterile divisions slender, near the top somewhat fastigiate ; fertile branches
dichotomously or sometimes laterally branched, the divisions nodulose, to
2.5 mm diam., tapering, the conceptacles hermaphrodite, the oval spo-
rangia 133-200 fj, long, 46-80 [x diam., each producing one egg.

Piccone & Grunow in Piccone 1886, p. 40, pi. 1, fig. 1, pi. 2, fig. 3
(as Fucodium galapagense) ; De Toni 1895, p. 215 (as Pelvetia ? gala-
pagensis) ; Farlow 1902, p. 90 (as F. galapagense).

Preserved material was available for study and enabled a close exami-
nation of the conceptacles to be made. They are clearly hermaphrodite,

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 113

but even in the largest "sporangia" only one egg appeared. In the spo-
rangia of intermediate age tTiere were a lighter spot in the middle and
darker ones toward the ends, but at no stage was any cleavage present.
In young stages of growth of the plant there was a slight bilaterality of
the branching from the axis not evident in older plants. One notes that
Blossevillea Brandegeei Setch. & Gard. (1913, p. 325, pi. 46), though
with a very different mature main axis, looks a little like these plants in
its fractiferous parts and has but one egg in each sporangium. The writer
is inclined to consider this plant more nearly related to B. Brandegeei
than to B if ur carta Stackhouse {Fucodium J. Agardh) with single eggs,
or to Pelvetia Decaisne & Thuret with two, where it was put by De Toni.
Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, I. Isabela, Hassler Exped. no.
1019, June 1872. Ibid., I. Rabida, Hassler Exped. no. 1013, June 1876.
Ibid., dredged from 37 meters opposite Gordon Rocks, I. Santa Cruz,
Schmitt no. 316A-35, 8 Dec. 1934. Ibid., on rocks in the littoral in
front of the settlement at Academy Bay, no. 34-302, 20 Jan. 1934. Ibid.,
dredged east of Wreck Bay in 3.6-5.4 meters, I. San Cristobal, Schmitt
no. 41 A -33, 30 Jan. 1933. Ibid., from the shore rocks southeast of
Cormorant Rock, I. Santa Maria, Schmitt no. 38A-33, 29 Jan. 1933.
Ibid., abundant on the higher littoral rocks at Black Beach Anchorage,
no. 34-208, 17 Jan. 1934.

CYSTOSEIRA C. Agardh, 1820

Plants erect and bushy from a fibrous holdfast, the main stalks angu-
lar with a few main branches which become flattened and pinnately
divided, filicoid, and in their upper segments bearing in the ends of the
branches receptacles and in branchlets of lower orders, seriate vesicles.

Gystoseira osmundacea (Menzies) C. Agardh

Setchell & Gardner 1925, p. 709; Smith 1944, p. 156, pi. 34.

Mexico : Baja California, on littoral rocks at Ba. Thurloe, Pta. San
Bartolome, no. 34-619, 9 Mar. 1934. Ibid., dredged from 14-18 meters
off Ba. Thurloe, Schmitt no. 283C-34, 9 Mar. 1934.

HALIDRYS Lyngbye, 1819

Plant bushy, arising from a holdfast, the erect stipe cylindrical or a
little flattened, branching alternately, the branches subsimple to pinnate,
below bearing alternate, linear to spatulate, simple to sparingly pinnate
foliar divisions, near the tips filiform divisions developing flattened,
chambered vesicles, and at the ends developing filiform receptacles.

114 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.12

Halidrys dioica Gardner

Setchell & Gardner 1925, p. 707.

Mexico: Baja California, on littoral rocks at South Bay, I. Cerros,

no. 34-632, 10 Mar. 1934.

SARGASSUM C. Agardh, 1821

Plants of moderate to large size, with distinct often massive lobed
holdfasts and well-diflferentiated branches with broad to filiform, occasion-
ally forked, entire or serrate leaf organs ; lateral stalked vesicles usually
present; receptacles axillary or paniculate, more or less forked, cylindrical,
nodulose, sometimes flattened or serrate; eventually bearing eggs singly
in the megasporangia.

KEY TO SPECIES

1. Leaves or their divisions narrowly linear, in general 10 times as
long as broad, or more 2

1. Leaves in general less than 10 times as long as broad ... 5

2. Leaves without evident costa, linear to generally filiform, forked,
without cryptostomata ^

2. Leaves with generally evident costa, more or less linear . . 4

3, Plant generally loose in habit; the inflorescences moderately to
markedly loose S. setifolium

3. Plant pyramidal, of close habit ; inflorescences congested . . .
S. galapagense

4. Leaves generally forked, more slender, less dentate ; inflorescences
moderately loose S. Templetonil

4. Leaves simple or in the upper parts of the plant somewhat forked,
dentate ; inflorescence compact S. zacae

5. Leaves entire or slightly erose, cryptostomata absent; vesicle
stalks often alate S. albemarlense

5. Leaves subentire to strongly serrate 6

6. Vesicles absent ; leaves oblong lanceolate, subentire or moderately
serrate with small teeth, particularly the basal leaves . S. Howellii

6. Vesicles generally present; leaves conspicuously, often coarsely
serrate 7

7. Leaves of small to moderate size 8

7. Leaves conspicuously large and thin, coarsely serrate ... 12

8. Receptacles dentate S. Liebmannii

8. Receptacles smooth to rough, but not dentate 9

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 115

9. Leaves subsessile, more narrow, teeth of moderate size . . .
S, Skottsbergii

9. Leaves petiolate, broadly lanceolate or ovate 10

10. Leaves small, deeply aculeate dentate, the teeth often bifid .
S. Brandegeei

10. Leaves larger, or less deeply dentate 11

11. Leaves of moderate size, the lower teeth sometimes ciliate . .
S. pacificum p.p.

11. Leaves very large 12

12. Leaves with rounded asymmetric base, aculeate dentate; stalks

as long as the vesicles S. pacificum f. megaphyllum

12. Leaves with tapering base, shallowly and coarsely dentate;

stalks one half as long as the vesicles . . . . S. ecuadoreanum
The genus Sargassum is a difficult one, in this area as in many others.
To date so few collections have been made that the limits of variation for
the several species on these coasts are as yet quite undefined. From the
collections made by the writer there remain a number as yet unidentified
which neither fit the descriptions already published nor are sufficiently
complete or clear in their differences to describe as new. As will be noted,
some of the specimens are only cautiously associated with names accepted
by Setchell for plants from this area, and differ a little from his descrip-
tions. It is believed that they simply represent variations of these species.
Further collections, particularly in quiet shallow water, will substantially
add to this list.

Sargassum setifolium (Grunow) Setchell
Plate 24

Plants to over 8 dm tall, somewhat pyramidal to quite loosely
branched, the stem smooth, sparingly to moderately closely leafy above,
defoliate below and with branches 8-17 cm long; leaves 2.5-7.5 cm long,
simple or more commonly once, less often 2-3 times subdichotomously
branched, the narrowly linear segments 0.3-1.2 mm broad, tapering to
base and apex, entire, the midrib inconspicuous in the broader leaves and
not distinguishable in the more slender ones; cryptostomata absent;
vesicles absent or to moderately numerous, broadly to narrowly oval, to
3-4 mm diam., the slender stalk 3-10 mm long, the muticous tip generally
conspicuous, filiform and often compressed, commonly 5 mm, rarely to
more than 15 mm long; receptacles moderately closely clustered but not
congested, to commonly loose, simple to 2-3 times unevenly forked, the
divisions often spindle shaped, sometimes with vesicles or small leaves
intermixed.

116 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.12

Setchell 1937b, p. 143, pi. 28, figs. 11, 12, pi. 32, figs. 58, 59.

The denser specimens of this plant are with difficulty separated from
S. galapagense. and the writer is not altogether convinced that Setchell
was correct in giving this name full species rank. However, in most cases
a fairly clear disposal could be made, with the relative congestion of the
receptacles the most reliable, though variable, character. Both dense and
loose-branched plants were collected attached near low tide level, but
both S. galapagense and loose forms of S. setifolium were drifted ashore
and may have come from deeper water. These specimens covered even a
wider range of variation than those in the Howell collections kindly
loaned by the California Academy of Sciences.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, I. Isabela, Hassler Exped. nos,
1007, 1017, June 1872. Ibid., dredged from 5.4-7.2 meters off Black
Bight, Schmitt no. 63B-33, 8 Feb. 1933. Ibid., drifted ashore at Tagus
Cove, no. 34-149 D, 13 Jan. 1934. Ibid., on rocks near low tide level,
no. 34-144, 13 Jan. 1934. Ibid., reef north of the cove, nos. 34-172,
34-173A, 13 Jan. 1934. Ibid., drifting ashore on I. Bartolome, I. San
Salvador, no. 34-350 A, 23 Jan. 1934. Ibid., I. San Cristobal, Albatross
Exped. no. 10, Apr. 1888.

Sargassum galapagense Grunow
Plate 25

Plants to over 7 dm tall, narrowly pyramidal, the stem smooth, leafy
above, defoliate below and with branches 10-15 cm long; leaves 2.5-5.0
cm long, simple or once or twice forked, narrowly linear to rarely 4 mm
wide, entire to vaguely erose or infrequently on the widest leaves near
the tip sparingly serrate, the apices and bases acutely tapered, the midrib
in narrower leaves not distinguishable, and even in the broader leaves
inconspicuous, disappearing in the upper part of the leaf; cryptostomata
apparently absent; vesicles numerous, oval, smooth to muticous or the
tip occasionally somewhat foliose, stipitate, the stalk 1-2 times as long as
the vesicle; receptacles congested in clusters less than 1 cm long, alter-
nately to subdichotomously branched, the ultimate segments relatively
long and tapered.

Grunow in Piccone 1886, p. 48, pi. 1, figs. 2, 3; Grunow 1916, p.
167; Setchell 1937b, p. 141, pi. 29, figs. 20-27, pi. 30, figs. 28-30, pi. 32,
figs. 54-57.

The bulk of the material in the Howell collections was small, and of
basal shoots with relatively broad, simple leaves, and it hardly exemplifies
the full development of this species. Farlow's (1902, p. 92) records of

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 117

S. galapagense v. setifolium from I. Isabela probably belong in part to that
variety, but the specimen from Turtle Point is S. galapagense Grun.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, I. Isabela, Hassler Exped. no.
101 Sj June 1872. Ibid., drifted ashore south of Banks Bay, no. 34-126,
13 Jan. 1934. Ibid., drifted ashore at Tagus Cove, nos. 34-149 A. -149 E,
-149G, 13 Jan. 1934.

Sargassum Templetonii Setchell
Plate 26

Setchell 1937b, p. 140, pi. 29, figs. 15-19, pi. 31, figs. 51-53.

These plants seem undoubtedly to be Setchell's S. Tempeltonii, but
certain modifications in his description seem appropriate. They are prob-
ably quite large plants, for the portions mounted, obviously incomplete,
exceed 4 dm in height. The vesicles were always unarmed, on stalks not
exceeding their diameter. In no. 34-104 the leaves, 0.7-1.5 mm wide an3
to 4-5 cm long and branched, are entire. In no. 34-107, though quite ir-
regular, they are often clearly broader, to 3 mm, and serrate, the teeth
relatively large and very widely separated, at intervals commonly of 3-10
mm, the teeth 0.3-1.0 mm long. In no. 34-195 the lower leaves are again
quite broad, to 3 mm or a little more, subsimple and entire below with a
few strong teeth near the base but otherwise entire. While no teeth were
seen on the fragmentary type kindly loaned by the California Academy of
Sciences, a few were seen on leaves of no. 149 mounted on the same sheet,
though the tangled and overgrown condition of the specimen did not per-
mit obtaining a very good idea of their distribution.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, in the shore drift at Pta. Albe-
marle, I. Isabela, nos. 34-104, 34-107, 12 Jan. 1934. Ibid., driftweed
floating off Pt. Christopher, no. 34-195, 16 Jan. 1934.

Sargassum zacae Setchell

Plants with a simple subconical holdfast, with several axes arising to
a height of 60 cm or more from near the base, their lower portions rough
with the scars of old leaf and branchlet bases, but quite smooth above;
conceptacles moderately compact ; otherwise in general corresponding to

the type description.

Setchell 1937b, p. 138, pi. 29, figs. 13, 14, pi. 31, fig. 50.

These plants show, as might be expected, a good deal of variation in
the leaves, but except on no. 34-350B very little forking. In general on
the more developed shoots the lower leaves were a little dentate and the

113 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.12

upper more markedly dentate and more forked. The teeth were on the
whole rather coarser on most specimens than those on the type. The ves-
icle stalks were cylindrical at the base but above were more or less flat, or
even subfoliaceous and dentate, as occasionally happened in no. 34-254.
The few vesicles on the type material kindly loaned by the California
Academy of Sciences showed a range of form, some with a flattened stalk
but more, apparently, without any flattening, and only two showed small
apiculi. Since the type consisted of fragments much worn and supporting
many attached organisms, the present collections probably more justly
express the natural variation of the species. The duplicate material loaned
with the type showed generally simple leaves rather finely serrate near
their bases, and generally loose receptacles.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, attached to rocks at Black Beach
Anchorage, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-254, 17 Jan. 1934. Ibid., drifted
onto I. Bartolome, I. San Salvador, no. 34-350B, 23 Jan. 1934.

Sargassum albemarlense n. sp.'^^
Plate 27

Plants 4 dm tall or more, bushy, the main axes smooth, early defoliate,
bearing numerous lateral branches 10-15 cm long; leaves not crowded,
moderately thin, glaucus, 25-45 mm long, 4-7 mm wide, oblong to linear-
oblong, acute and a little asymmetrical at the base, the margins entire to
slightly erose sinuate, slightly tapered to the broadly obtuse apex ; midrib
evident in the lower half of the leaf, becoming indefinite and ending well
below the apex ; cryptostomata none or rare, inconspicuous ; vesicles mod-
erately numerous, spherical, smooth, 3-4 mm diam., pedicellate, the stalks
4-6 mm long, compressed and alate above, the wings sometimes extending
as ridges onto the lower sides of the vesicles ; receptacles at first subtended
by ordinary foliage leaves, later these drop, but 1-4 quite small leaves may
develop among the branches of the receptacles, which are moderately
compact, 5-8 mm long and nearly as wide, dichotomous to alternately
branched, the divisions erect or moderately divergent, smooth, the final
divisions short and close, with acute apices.

These plants are distinguished from S. zacae Setchell & Gardner
(1937, p. 138, pi. 29, figs. 13, 14, pi. 31, fig. 50) by the lack of any

78 Sargassum albemarlense n. sp. — Plantae ad 4 dm altitudine, fruticosae,
stipitibus levibus, foliis paululum sparsis, tenuibus, glaucis, lineari-oblongis, basi
acuta atque asymmetrica, marginibus paululum eroso-sinuatis, cacumine late ob-
tuso; costa non ad apicem folii attingente; cryptostomatibus nullis aut raris, in-
conspicuis; vesiculis spbaeroideis, 3-4 mm diam., in stipitibus compressis saepeque
alatis, longioribus dimidio; receptaculis compactis, divisionibus brevibus levibus-
que. Planta typica in loco dicto Pta. Albemarle, I. Isabela, Ecuador, legit W. R.
Taylor no. 34-105, 12 Jan. 1934.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 119

tendency for acute serration of the leaves, even above, and by the blunt
leaf tips. The leaves resemble considerably those of the Caribbean S.
cymosum, but are in general larger and the receptacles are more congested.
In common with many other Sargassa a compact form seems also to exist
(no. 34-350C).

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, drifted ashore on Pta. Albemarle,
I. Isabela, no. 34-105 (TYPE), 12 Jan. 1934. Ibid., drifted ashore in
Tagus Cove, no. 34-149 F, 13 Jan. 1934. Ibid., on reef north of the
cove, no. 34-173B, 13 Jan. 1934. Ibid., on rocks near low tide line, no.
34-145, 13 Jan. 1934. Ibid., rare as drifted onto the shore of I. Bartol-
ome, I. San Salvador, no. 34-350C, 23 Jan. 1934.

Sargassum Howellil Setchell
Plate 28

Setchell 1937b, p. 132, pi. 28, figs. 7-10, pi. 31, fig. 49.

These plants in most respects fit the type description. However, the
leaves are rather more definitely and closely serrate in most instances and
particularly in the leaves of the basal tuft, and the cryptostomata are
more distinct, and, though scattered more, tending to be concentrated in
a row along each side of the midrib. Examination of the type material
kindly loaned by the California Academy of Sciences revealed that upper
and younger leaves were distinctly and moderately serrate. The large
leaves became oblong lanceolate and reached 65 mm in length, 8 mm in
width, though the smaller ones were more truly lanceolate. Setchell's fig.
10 on pi. 28 is characteristic of the old and worn leaves, but entirely
unlike the upper undamaged ones. The serrations occur at intervals of
about 0.75-2.0 mm, are acute and about 0.3-1.0 mm long. The type speci-
mens appear to be old and considerably condensed, perhaps by growing
in an exposed place, and rather waterworn. This last feature tends to
obscure the cryptostomata. It is curious that no Sargassa were found on
either trip at Clarion I., the type locality for this species, though the 1939
visit was in March, the same month in which the type had been collected
7 years before.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, frequent in the littoral, as in the surf,
on rocks in gullies near low tide line, Braithwaite Bay, I. Soccoro, nos.
34-11, 34-24A, 2, 3 Jan. 1934, and no. 39-50, 18 Mar. 1939.

Sargassum Liebtnannii J. Agardh
Plate 29

Agardh, J. G. 1847, p. 8; 1889, p. 91, pi. 5, figs. 1-3; Kiitzing 1861,
pi. 41 (as Carpacanthus Liebmannii) ; Setchell 1937b, p. 130, pi. 28, figs.
1-3.

120

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

The leaves of these plants are less consistently coarsely dentate than
figured by Agardh, the lower especially, but on the whole they agree with
his description and figures. They agree more closely with type material
which the writer was allowed to compare at the Agardhian Herbarium
in Lund, and cotype material in the Field Museum of Natural History.

Mexico: Nayarit, on surf-beaten rocks of I. Maria Magdalena, Las
Tres Marias, no. 39-632, 9 Mar. 1939. Guerrero, littoral rocks at Ba.
Petatlan, no. 34-566, 2 Mar. 1934. Oaxaca, rare in the drift at Ba.
Tangola-Tangola, no. 34-559, 28 Feb. 1934. Panama: From rocks
near low water mark, Bahia Honda, no. 39-129 A, 26 Mar. 1929.

Sargassum Skottsbergii Sjostedt, prox.

Sjostedt 1924, p. 311, text-figs. 1-5.

Farlow's record of S. graminifolium J. Ag.f (1902, p. 92) from
Wenman L is based on a specimen in the Stanford University herbarium
which is annotated by Setchell as S. Skottsbergii Sjost. ( ?) forma. This
has longer and narrower leaves than the plants I have tentatively assigned
to the same species.

Ecuador: Salinas, Schmitt no. 500 A, 12 Sept. 1926.

Sargassum Brandegeei Setchell & Gardner?

Setchell & Gardner 1924, p. 736, pi. 21, fig. 79.

These specimens were few and the determination somewhat uncertain.
At Wenman L basal parts were not available, and only the fruiting tops
were secured. The leaves, which occasionally forked once, are very deeply
serrate, the teeth often bifid. Cryptostomata are few and obscure. The
vesicles occasionally show a ridge near the stalk and, while they are gen-
erally smooth on the end, do in rare cases show a minute subfoliose tip.

Costa Rica: rare as floated ashore at Golfo Dulce, no. 39-102, 26
Mar. 1939. Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, drifted ashore on L
Wenman, no. 34-81, 11 Jan. 1934.

Sargassum pacificum Bory

Setchell 1937b, p. 145; probably Grunow in Piccone 1886, pp. 49,
50 under S. lendigerum v. foliosa i. subdelicatula, f. rigidiuscula and v.
furcifolia.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 121

Setchell indicates that the "type" of S. pacificum Bory belongs to his
f. subdelicatulum (Grunow) Setchell (1937, p. 147), which appears to
the writer to create a nomenclatorial anomaly covered by Art. 29, rec. 18
of the 1935 International Rules of Botanical Nomenclature, so the form
name is not adopted here. The leaves in some of these, such as no. 34-
194B, are larger than described by him for S. pacificum. Farlow's record
( 1902, p. 92) of S. cymosum Ag. from I. Wenman is based on a specimen
in the Stanford University herbarium annotated by Setchell as 5. pacifi-
cum f. subdelicatulum (Grun.) Setch. ; that from Tagus Cove, Isabela I.
he annotated in part as f. subdelicatulum and in part f. rigidiusculum
(Grun.) Setch.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, dredged at sta. 157 from 18-32
meters off Tagus Cove, I. Isabela, no. 34-194B, 13 Jan. 1934. Ibid.,
dredged in 5.4-7.2 meters of water east of Wreck Bay, I. Cristobal,
Schmitt no. 41B-33, 30 Jan. 1933.

f. congestum Setchell, prox.

Setchell 1937b, p. 149, pi. 30, figs. 35-40, pi. 33, figs. 63, 64.

These plants approached the type specimen, Howell no. 149, kindly
loaned by the California Academy of Sciences, but were looser in habit.
Examination of the several other sheets of material in the Howell collec-
tion determined by Setchell showed a wide variation in habit, as in density,
leaf size, and vesicle stalk characters.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, on rocks near low tide line, Pta.
Albemarle, I. Isabela, no. 34-103, 12 Jan. 1934. Ibid., south shore of
Banks Bay, no. 34-124, 13 Jan. 1934.

f. rigidiusculum (Grunow) Setchell, ^ro^.

Setchell 1937b, p. 148, pi. 30, fig. 34, pi. 33, fig. 62.

The collections reported by Setchell are all of dense forms growing in
exposed situations. The writer finds the same characters of detail, that is,
firmer and smaller leaves more crowded, rarely with cilia, more dentate,
and vesicles with smooth pedicels, on plants to over 40 cm tall, with pan-
iculate habit.

Ecuador : Archipielago de Colon, on rocks near tide level and float-
ing, Tagus Cove, I. Isabela, nos. 34-143, 34-149C, 13 Jan. 1934. Ibid.,
I. San Salvador, Albatross Exped. no. 13?, Apr. 1888.

122

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

f. megaphyllum n. f."^^
Plate 30

Plants to over 45 cm tall, virgate to paniculate, stems smooth, leaves
thin, light brown, not crowded, 2-5 cm long, 6-15 mm wide, obtuse lance-
olate to oblong lanceolate with broadly rounded ends, undulate, the
margins slightly to strongly irregularly and acutely serrate, occasionally
slightly ciliate at the base, the midrib evident to near the tip, the cryp-
tostomata very small, few and scattered or apparently absent; vesicles
moderately numerous, spherical, to 8 mm diam., on stalks about as long,
the stalks cylindrical or a little flattened, occasionally foliaceous, even
serrate, and rarely 1-2 teeth on the margin of the vesicle; receptacles as

in the type.

The dredged specimen (no. 34-337) is an extreme phase, but being
sterile is not designated the type of the form. These plants appear to be
an extension of the variation of the species opposite to that which pro-
duces the f. rigidiusculum, and in the more small-leaved specimens ap-
proaches the so-called f. subdeltcatulum.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, in the shore drift at Pta. Albe-
marle, I. Isabela, no. 34-106 (TYPE), 13 Jan. 1934. Ibid., in the drift
at Tagus Cove, no. 34-U9B, 13 Jan. 1934. Ibid., dredged at 9 meters'
depth, I. Baltra, no. 34-337, 22 Jan. 1934. Ibid., drifting oflF Black
Beach Anchorage, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-255, 17 Jan. 1934.

Sargassum ecuadoreanum n. sp.^®
PlateSl, Figs. 1,2

Plants to 75 cm tall or more, several smooth subsimple branches
arising from a short rough main stem, bearing scattered leaves at intervals
of 1-2 cm; leaves thin, light brown, 4.5-7.5 cm long, 6-10 mm wide, the
base long and slightly asymmetrically tapered to a short petiole, above
lanceolate to a little oBlanceolate, the tip generally obtuse to moderately

"^^ Sargassum pacificum f. mei^aphyllum n. f. — Forma maior quam planta
typica, foHis tenuibus 2-5 cm longitudine, 6-15 mm latitudine, obtuso-lanceolatis
ad oblongo-lanceolata, undulatis, valde irregulariter aciiteque serratis, infra inter-
diim ciliatis. Planta tvpica in loco dicto Pta. Albemarle, I. Isabela, Ecuador, legit
W. R. Taylor no. 34-106, 12 Jan. 1934.

80 Sargassum ecuadoreanum n. sp. — Planta altitudine maior 7.5 dm, stipite
inferiore aspera brevique, ramos primarios multos levesque ferente ; foliis paulu-
lum sparsis, tenuibus, 4.5-7.5 cm long., 6-10 mm lat., lanceolatis ad oblanceolata;
folio basim attenuatam, apicem acutum ad obtusum, marginem crassissime ser-
ratum, costamque paene percurrentem habente; cryptostomatibus minimis dispersis-
que;vesiculis sphaeroideis, ad circa 7 ram diam.,stipitum longitudine circa dimidia.
Planta tvpica in loco dicto Pta. Santa Elena, Ecuador, legit W. R. Taylor no.
34-473, i Feb. 1934.

NO. 1

TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE

123

acute, the margin very coarsely serrate with teeth 1-3 mm long at intervals
of 1-7 mm; the midrib evident nearly to the tip of the leaf; the cryptosto-
mata extremely small, scattered ; vesicles spherical, smooth, to about 7 mm
diam., on stalks about half as long; receptacles (perhaps incompletely
developed) small, axial, sparingly forked, the divisions stalked, each
tapering from the base, with acute tips.

These plants come closest to S. sinicola Setchell & Gardner ( 1924, p.
736, pi. 20, fig. 73; Dawson 1944, p. 247) but apparently are larger and
coarser, with blunt to obtuse rather than tapering leaves.

Ecuador: Guayas, dredged along the village beach. La Libertad,
Schmitt no. 12C-33, 19 Jan. 1933. Ibid., at Salinas, Schmitt no. 500B,
12 Sept. 1926. Ibid., from drif tweed and observed in dredged material,
Pta. Santa Elena, no. 34-473 (TYPE), 8 Feb. 1934.

124 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

Myxophyceae^^

A full account of the Myxophyceae of the 1934 Hancock Expedition
has already been published (Drouet 1936). There were not enough
records deriving from the 1939 Expedition to justify a special paper on
the Pacific collections. However, both the Caribbean and the Pacific
sections of this Expedition did secure Myxophyceae, and Dr. Drouet
kindly supplied the data for separate reports on the two phases of this
trip. The first part was incorporated in the paper already published on the
Caribbean Marine Algae of the Allan Hancock Expedition, 1939 (Tay-
lor 1942). The second part follows here, where it is appropriate to list
the blue-green algae of the Pacific portion of the 1939 Expedition, but by
including references to the 1936 report the account is made far more rep-
resentative of the collections. — w.r.t.

Chroococcaceae

CHROOCOGCUS Nageli, 1849

Chroococcus turgidus (Kiitzing) Nageli

Drouet 1936, p. 15, fig. 16.

Ecuador: I. Isabela (reported also as v. submarinus) Hansg.,
Drouet 1936, p. 15.

GOMPHOSPHAERI A Kiitzing 1836
Gomphosphaeria aponina Kiitzing

Drouet 1936, p. 15, fig. 10.
Ecuador: I. Isabela, I. Fernandina.

MERISMOPOEDIA Meyen apud Kiitz., 1843
Merismopoedia glauca (Ehrenberg) Kiitzing

Drouet 1936, p. 15, fig. 1, as f. mediterranea (Nageli) Collins.
Costa Rica : Puerto Culebra.

JOHANNESBAPTISTIA J. DeToni, 1934
Johannesbaptistia pellucida (Dickie) Taylor & Drouet

Drouet 1938, p. 285 ; 1936, p. 16, figs. 3, 4, as /. primaria.
Ecuador: I. Isabela, I. Fernandina.

81 The section on Myxophyceae has kindly been contributed by Dr. Francis
Drouet, Chicago Natural History Museum.

NO. 1 TAYLOR : PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 125

ENTOPHYSALIS Kutzing, 1843
Entophysalis granulosa Kutzing

Tildenl910, p.24,pL l,fig. 33.

Growing in greenish or brownish pannose and cushion-shaped strata
on rocks wet by sea spray, and on rocks and shells in shallow water. The
plant consists of cells arranged in vertical rows, the cells near the surface
sooner or later becoming much divided internally, the daughter cells
remaining within the wall of the mother cell for some time. Pulvinate
masses of this species have been described under the name Placoma vesicu-
losa Schousb.

Costa Rica : abundant on the rocks along shore, and on turret shells,
Port Parker, near Ba. Salinas, nos. 39-81, and 39-88, 24 Mar. 1939.
Ecuador : on lava in an isolated brackish lagoon cut off from the sea by
a wide stretch of volcanic rock, Pta. Albemarle, I. Isabela, no. 34-95, 12
Jan. 1934.

Ghamaesiphonaceae

H YELL A Bornet & Flahault, 1888
Hyella caespitosa Bornet & Flahault

Tilden 1910, p. 51, pi. 3, figs. 9-11 ; Taylor 1928, p. 42, pi. 1, fig. 10;
Fremy 1939, p. 9.

Plant a brownish- or yellowish-green stratum on shells in shallow sea
water, the branching filaments penetrating the outer layer of the shell,
the cells separated from each other by gelatinous material. The larger
cells near and on the surface of the shell each divide into numerous
smaller cells, which remain for some time enclosed in the gelatinous wall
of the mother cell.

Panama : in old corals, depth 3 dm at low water, 1. Taboga, Bahia
de Panama, no. 39-622, 2 May 1939.

DERMOGARPA Crouan, 1858
Dermocarpa Schousboei (Thuret) Bornet

Tilden 1910, p. 50, pi. 3, fig. 7, as Xenococcus Schousboei; Taylor
1928, p. 42, pi. 1, fig. 6, as Xenococcus Schousboei.

Plants spherical ovoid pyriform, epiphytic on other marine algae, up
to 12 /t long, one or two celled, the cell contents dividing into two or
more rounded or angular cells which remain for some time within the
wall of the mother cell.

Mexico: Baja California, on Lyngbya semiplena etc., from wharf
pilings, fishing settlement on the southeastern side of I. Cerros, no. 39-2,
14 Mar. 1939.

126 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

Dermocarpa violacea Crouan

Tilden 1910, p. 53, pi. 3, figs. 19-21.

Plants ovoid to pyriform, up to 20 [j. long and 30 /x broad, one celled,
forming a continuous layer on rocks, shells, etc., the cell contents dividing
into several or many rounded or angular cells which remain for some time
within the wall of the mother cell.

Costa Rica: with Entophysalis granulosa Kiitz. on turret shells
along shore. Port Parker near Ba. Salinas, no. 39-88, 25 Mar. 1939.

Stigonemataceae

MASTIGOCOLEUS Lagerheim ex Bornet & Flahault, 1887
Mastigocoleus testarum Bornet & Flahault

Tilden 1910, p. 237, pi. 14, fig. 12; Taylor 1928, p. 49, pi. 2, fig. 2.

Plants discoloring shells dirty or yellowish green in shallow marine
situations, the much-branched filaments growing at the surface of the
shell and penetrating the outer layers, the spherical heterocysts borne
terminally on short branches.

Mexico: Oaxaca, in old shells, in the lagoon at Ba. Chacahua, no.
39-72, 21 Mar. 1939. Panama: in old shells from tide pools in rocky
tidal flats, San Francisco, Panama, no. 39-149, 31 Mar. 1939.

Rivulariaceae

GALOTHRIX C. Agardh ex Bornet & Flahault, 1886

Calothrix pilosa Harvey ex Bornet & Flahault

Drouetl936, p.21,fig. 17.

Mexico: Nayarit, on rock faces in heavy surf, I. Maria Magdalena,
Las Tres Marias, no. 39-673, 9 May 1939. Ecuador: I. Isabela, I.
Fernandina; also on twigs and roots in a lagoon, Pta. Albemarle, I. Isa-
bela, no. 34-94A, 12 Jan. 1934.

ISAGTIS Thuret ex Bornet & Flahault, 1886
Isactis plana Thuret ex Bornet & Flahault

Tildenl910,p.281,pl. 19,fig. 5.

Plant a bright or dark blue-green cushion (up to several cm in
diameter and 1 mm thick), often coalesced with other plants and forming
a continuous stratum, on rocks, wood, shells, and larger plants between or
just below tidemarks, the filaments upright and parallel, the sheaths hya-
line becoming brownish, the inner portions distinct, the outer portions
diffluent and coalesced.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 127

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, intertidal on rocks, Sulphur Bay, I.
Clarion, nos. 39-9, 39-10, 16 Mar. 1939. Costa Rica: intertidal on
rocb, Puerto Culebra, no. 34-538A, 24 Apr. 1934. Panama: from
rocks in surf near high tide line in a cove, Islas Secas, no. 39-122, 26 Mar.
1939.

Oscillatoriaceae

HYDROGOLEUM Kiitzing ex Gomont, 1892

Hydrocoleum comoides Gomont

Drouet 1936, p. 23, fig. 7.
Mexico : I. Soccoro, I. Clarion.

Hydrocoleum can tharidosmum (Montagne) Gomont

Drouet 1936, p. 24, fig. 9.
Mexico: Ba. Tangola-Tangola.

Hydrocoleum lyngbyaceumi Gomont

Tilden 1910, p. 135, pi. 5, fig. 58; Taylor 1928, p. 43, pi. 1, fig. 17;
Fremy 1939, p. 19.

Plant a black or dark-greenish gelatinous stratum on rocks and larger
plants in clean marine locations, between or just below tidemarks, the
upper portions extending in tongues and waving free in the water, the
filaments parallel or somewhat entangled, the sheaths hyaline, gelatinous,
soon diffluent, the trichomes several within a sheath in older filaments, 8-
16 /A broad, the cells short.

Mexico: Nayarit, on mud in a shallow pool beyond the surf, I.
Maria Magdalena, Las Tres Marias, no. 39-640, 9 May 1939.

MICROGOLEUS Desmazieres ex Gomont, 1892
Microcoleus tenerrimus Gomont

Drouet 1936, p. 24, figs. 11, 12.
Ecuador : I. Fernandina.

SYMPLOGA Kiitzing ex Gomont, 1892
Symploca hydnoides Gomont

Tilden 1910, p. 129; Fremy 1939, p. 22.

Plant a black, blue-green, or violet slimy or gelatinous-pannose
stratum on rocks or other algae between or just below tidemarks, the
lower filaments straight or flexuose, parallel or much intertwined, the
upper filaments parallel and agglutinated into fascicles up to 5 cm long,

128 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

the sheaths hyaline, thin, firm or diffluent, coloring blue when treated
with chlor-zinc-iodine, the trichomes 6-12 /x broad, slightly constricted at
the crosswalls, rounded at the tips, the cells quadrate and longer and
shorter than broad.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, in a high sandy tide pool, Sulphur Bay,
I. Clarion, no. 39-15, 17 Mar. 1939.

LYNGBYA C. Agardh ex Gomont, 1892
Lyngbya epiphytica Hieronymus

Drouet 1936, p. 24, fig. 8.
Ecuador : I. Wenman.

Lyngbya aestuarii Gomont

Tilden 1910, p. 120, pi. 5, figs. 40, 41 ; Fremy 1939, p. 27.

Plant a pannose green, blue-green, black, or brownish stratum on soil
wet by sea or rain water, or a coarsely and radiately fibrous mat sub-
mersed in fresh or sea water, the filaments coarse, straight or entangled,
the sheaths hyaline and thin at first, becoming thick, lamellose, and
internally yellow, brown or almost black, never coloring blue when
treated with chlor-zinc-iodine, the trichomes 10-24 {x broad, cylindrical,
not constricted at the crosswalls, slightly attenuated at the tips, the cells
very short, the crosswalls marked on each side with a row of conspicuous
granules, the apical cells rounded truncate, the outer membrane conspicu-
ously thickened.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, from an upper tide pool, Braithwaite
Bay, I. Soccoro, no. 39-53, 18 Mar. 1939.

Lyngbya majuscula Gomont

Tilden 1910, p. 123, pi. 5, fig. 42; Taylor 1928, p. 44, pi. 1, fig. 19;
Fremy 1939, p. 28.

Plant a greenish, brown, or black mat of coarse tangled threads free
in marine situations, or entangled with attached algae, less often forming
a fibrous-pannose stratum on rocks, the filaments contorted and much
mtertwined, not seldom straight and parallel, the sheaths hyaline, at first
thin, becoming thickened, roughened, and lamellated in age, never color-
ing blue when treated with chlor-zinc-iodine, the trichomes 15-60 fi broad,
not constricted at the crosswalls, the cells very short, the crosswalls not
granulated, the apical cells rounded.

Mexico : Is. Revilla Gigedo, in high sandy tide pools. Sulphur Bay,
I. Clarion, no. 39-14, 16 Mar. 1939.

NO. 1 TAYLOR : PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 129

Lyngbya confervoides Gomont

Tilden 1910, p. 119, pi. 5, fig. 39; Taylor 1928, p. 44, pi. 1, fig. 20;
Fremy 1939, p. 29.

Plant a blue-green or blackish stratum or cushion on rocks and wood
between tidemarks, the filaments prostrate in the lower strata, free above,
the sheaths hyaline, thin at first, becoming thick and lamellose in age, not
coloring blue when treated with chlor-zinc-iodine, the trichomes blue
green to violet, 10-30 fi broad, not constricted at the crosswalls, the cells
very short, the crosswalls granulated, the end cells rounded, their outer
membranes not at all or only slightly thickened.

Panama : in hot high tide pools in a cove, Is. Secas, no. 39-137 j 26
Mar. 1939 ; in the higher tide pools on an islet on the south side of Bahia
Honda, no. 39-135, 26 Mar. 1939.

Lyngbya gracilis Rabenhorst, v. monilis (Setchell & Gardner) Drouet

Drouet 1936, p. 25, fig. 2.

Mexico : I. Soccoro, I. Clarion. Costa Rica : Puerto Culebra.

Lyngbya semiplena Gomont

Tilden 1910, p. 118, pi. 5, fig. 38; Drouet 1936, p. 26, fig. 13; Fremy
1939, p. 29.

Plant a blue-green or brownish pannose or thick-gelatinous stratum
on rocks and wood between tidemarks, or a yellowish floccose mass in
quiet brackish water, the filaments prostrate at the bases, free toward
the tips, the sheaths hyaline, thin at first, becoming thick and lamellose in
age, not coloring blue when treated with chlor-zinc-iodine, the trichomes
5-12 II broad, not constricted at the crosswalls, the cells short, the cross-
walls granulate, the outer membrane of the end cell thickened and
rounded or obtuse conical.

Mexico: Baja California, with Dermocarpa on wharf pilings, fish-
ing settlement, southeast side of I. Cerros, no. 39-2, 14 Mar. 1939; also
I. Clarion. Costa Rica : intertidal on rocks, Pt. Parker, no. 39-82, 24
Mar., 1939.

Lyngbya versicolor (Wartmann) Gomont

Drouet 1936, p. 26, fig. 6.
Ecuador: I. Isabela.

130 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

PHORMIDIUM Kutzing ex Gomont, 1892
Phormidium Hancockii (Drouet) Drouet

Drouet 1942, p. 139; 1936, p. 22, 23, fig. 15, as Schizothrix Han-
cockii and f. submersa.

Mexico: I. Soccoro and I. Clarion. Ecuador: I. Wenman.

Phormidium uncinatum Gomont

Tilden 1910, p. 106, pi. 5, figs. 16, 17.

Plant a thin green, black, or brownish gelatinous stratum, firm to very
soft and fragile, in shallow fresh water, the gelatinous material hyaline,
not coloring blue when treated with chlor-zinc-iodine, the trichomes
straight and parallel, stifif and fragile, not constricted at the crosswalls,
attenuate capitate and curved or spiraled at the tips, the cells quadrate or
shorter than broad, the crosswalls conspicuously granulated, the outer
membrane of the apical cell obtuse conical and thickened.

Mexico: Baja California, from a ditch at the fishing settlement,
southeast side of I. Cerros, no. 39-1, 14 Mar. 1939.

OSGILLATORIA Vaucher ex Gomont, 1893
Oscillatoria laetevirens Crouan ex Gomont

Drouet 1936, p. 26, fig. 5.
Mexico: I.Clarion.

SPIRULINA Turpin ex Gomont, 1893
Spirulina tenerrima Kutzing ex Gomont

Drouet 1936, p. 26, fig. 14.
Ecuador: I. Isabela.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 131

Rhodophyceae

Plants generally rose or purplish red, filamentous or parenchymatous,
of very varied forms; accessory pigments, particularly phycoerythrin,
generally masking the chlorophyll, in definite chromatophores ; reproduc-
tion generally involving one sexual phase and one or two different asexual
phases, the cycle when of two stages showing a relatively well-developed
sexual phase or gametophyte and a compact attached dependent carpo-
sporophyte produced after fertilization from the zygote, but when of
three phases an additional tetrasporophyte phase is intercalated between
the carposporophyte and the next gametophyte, and is morphologically
similar to the latter; sexual organs composed of nonflagellate spermatia
produced singly in spermatangia, and carpogonia which in the simple
genera are produced from the surface thallus cells, but which in the higher
genera are the terminal cells of specialized filaments or carpogenic
branches, and consist of an enlarged base and a receptive projection or
trichogyne; carposporophyte produced directly or indirectly from the
carpogonium, more or less completely converted into carpospores at ma-
turity; tetrasporophyte producing sporangia laterally on the filaments, in
the cortex or in specialized branches, these generally each forming four
nonmotile spores.

Bangiaceae

Plants filamentous or membranous, when filamentous the filaments
simple or branched, or creeping and even associated to form disks; cells
usually with axial, sometimes with parietal chromatophores; asexual re-
production by monospores ; sexual reproduction when present by spermatia
and carpogonia, the zygote developing several carpospores.

KEY TO GENERA

1. Plants filiform throughout 2

1. Plants membranous 3

2. Unbranched, becoming pluriseriate Bangia

2. Branched, uniseriate Goniotrichum

3. Plants forming minute, strap-shaped blades only a few cells wide
Erythrotrichia

3. Plants very much larger, foliaceous Porphyra

GONIOTRICHUM Kiitzing, 1843

Thallus erect, filamentous, dull rose red, pseudodichotomous or rarely
laterally branched, below attached by thickened cells, above terete or

132 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

somewhat irregular; cells sKort, nearly disklike, with central radiating
chromatophores, central pyrenoid and excentric nucleus; reproducing
without special cell division by the formation of monospores which are
liberated by the dissolution of the thallus membranes.

Goniotrichum Alsidii (Zanardini) Howe

Taylor 1937, p. 215, pi. 28, figs. 1-4; Smith 1944, p. 161, pi. 35, figs.
1 , 2 as G. elegans.

Mexico: Nayarit, rare as dredged on Bryothamnion from 5-9 meters'
depth at sta. 971 near I. Maria Magdalena, Las Tres Marias, no. 39-665
(p.p.), 9 May 1939. Colombia: Valle, scarce among filaments of
Lejolisia at I. Gorgona, no. 34-495 (p.p.), 12 Feb. 1934.

BANGIALyngbye, 1819

Thallus erect, filiform, simple, attached by a small dilated holdfast,
terete, subcylindrical or locally constricted; uniseriate or pluriseriate;
cells uninucleate with a radiating chromatophore ; reproducing by mono-
sporangia resulting from subdivision of the vegetative cells, and also
sexually by spermatangia formed by segmentation of the vegetative cells
and carpongonia formed by a slight extension from the surface of a vege-
tative cell into a receptive trichogyne, the cystocarps resulting being
simple, of about eight cells.

Bangia fuscopurpurea (Dillwyn) Lyngbye

Taylor 1937, p. 218, pi. 28, f^gs. 10-12.

One notes that Smith (1944, p. 167, pi. 37, figs. 4-6) recognizes only
B. vermicularis Harv. from the West Coast, and that only from central
California. The writer was unable to distingush his material from the
East Coast and European species, which does reach moderately warm
water (Adriatic Sea). However, perhaps his material is only of the un-
distinctive early phase of B. vermicularis.

Costa Rica : locally abundant on very exposed rocks in the surf near
low tide line. Port Parker near Ba. Salinas, no. 39-80, 25 Mar. 1939.

ERYTHROTRICHIAAreschoug, 1850

Erythrotrichia polymorpha Howe

Plants filamentous, erect, clustered, to 2.0-2.5 mm tall, 15 jt* diam.,
of one cell series below with thick outer walls, above very gradually

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 133

expanding to a flat ribbon 6-8 cells v/ide, the cells subquadrate, giving a
total width of 60 fi, of but one cell in thickness, the cells in fairly regular
rectilinear rows.

Howe 1914, p. 77, pi. 29.

The bases of these plants seem to consist of a few cells loosely ar-
ranged, but not in conspicuous disks as figured by Howe. This may be
merely a matter of the nature of the substratum. The Erythrotrichias
described by Gardner (1927a, pp. 238, 239), especially E. pulvinata,
show considerable resemblances, but E. pulvinata seems to be small and E.
Parksii v. minor much larger.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, a minor element among epiphytes
on Prionitis, which grew on surf-beaten rocks south of Black Beach
Anchorage, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-394 p.p., 30 Jan. 1934.

PORPHYRA C. Agardh, 1824
Plant membranous, brownish, dull purplish or rose, often large,
attached by a small holdfast, expanding above into a soft slippery blade of
one or two cells in thickness; cells with a radiating chromatophore and
central pyrenoid, alike except near the base where they are extended into
intramatrical rhizoids to form the holdfast ; asexual reproduction by mo-
nospores ; sexual reproduction by spermatia formed by regular repeated di-
visions of the thallus cells and by simple carpogonia formed from vege-
tative cells by production of a short trichogyne ; fertilization resulting in
the formation of small scattered clusters of carpospores.

Porphyra naladum C. L. Anderson

Plants very small, from a cushion-shaped base, clustered, the blades
purplish red, somewhat oval, about 5 mm wide and 1 cm long.

Hus 1920, p. 212, pi. 21, figs. 19-22; Smith 1944, p. 169, pi. 40, fig. 1.

Mexico: Baja California, common in shallow water on eelgrass at
Point Hughes, Cabo San Lazaro, no. 34-665, 7 Mar. 1934. Costa Rica:
with Bangia on huge barnacles on rocks in the surf near low tide line,
Port Parker, no. 39-87, 25 Mar. 1939.

Chantransiaceae

Plants small, filamentous, with apical growth, the axes prostrate or
erect ; cell arrangement uniseriate, the cells uninucleate, with one to sev-
eral chromatophores ; asexual reproduction by mono-, bi- or tetraspo-
rangia; sexual reproduction when present by spermatangia on small,
branched spermatangial filaments and by carpogonia which constitute the
generally one-celled carpogenic branches, the cystocarps small.

134 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

AGROGHAETIUM Nageli,1861

Filamentous, rose red ; from a basal holdfast cell, a disk, or from de-
cumbent filaments giving rise to simple or branching uniseriate erect fila-
ments, which may terminate in hairs; chromatophores one to few in each
cell, stellate, ribbonlike or disciform ; sporangia terminal or lateral, usually
monosporous ; sexual reproduction infrequent, by scattered spermatangia
and lateral or intercalary carpogonia ; cystocarps forming short filaments
direct from the carpogonium, the outer cells forming the carpospores.

KEY TO SPECIES

1. Plant without an extensive creeping system, the erect portion
dominant A. Daviesii

1. Plant chiefly creeping, with but very short erect branches pro-
truding little beyond the surface of the host ... A. penetrale

Acrochaetium Daviesii (Dillw^n) Nageli

Drew 1928, p. 172 (as Rhodochorton Daviesii).

These plants agree tolerably with the description of western repre-
sentatives of the species, but show a seemingly more extensive disklike
base of laterally approximated filaments.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, epiphytic on Caulerpa from the lower
tide pools and sublittoral of Sulphur Bay, I. Clarion, no. 34-52, 5 Jan.
1934.

Acrochaetium penetrale (Drew) n. comb., prox.

Drew 1928, p. 187, pi. 44, figs. 57, 58 (as Rhodochorton penetrale).

These plants are abundant in the somewhat chitinous branches of
Zoobotrys. The intramatrical ramification is very extensive and the cells
mostly 4.5-8.5 fi diam., and 2-3 diameters long, but very variable. The
emergent branches are small and often simple, but may show 1-4 short
erect tapering branchlets. As the spores seen were doubtfully mature, the
specific assignment is provisional. Since the species has single chrom.ato-
phores and reproduces by monospores, the writer prefers to remove it to
the genus Acrochaetium, which he maintains, but which Drew (loc. cit.)
considered a synonym of Rhodochorton.

Costa Rica: dredged as growing in Zoobotrys in Port Parker, no.
39-89, 25 Mar. 1939.

NO. 1 TAYLOR : PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 135

Helminthocladiaceae

Plants erect, of moderate size, generally coarsely branched, mucous or
sometimes partly calcified ; structurally uni- or pluriaxial, the central fila-
ments developing lateral assimilatory branches ; monosporangia present or
absent ; sexual reproduction by spermatangia borne in clusters on the ends
of assimilatory filaments ; carpogenic branches three celled, borne on the
assimilators, the terminal cell being the carpogonium and auxiliary cells
being absent; cystocarps immersed among the assimilators, without a
special pericarp, the outer cells of the gonimoblasts producing carpospores.

LIAGORA Lamouroux, 1812

KEY TO SPECIES

1. Calcification soft; adventitious branches common . L. ceranoides
1. Calcification brittle below; adventitious branches not prominent
L. valida

Liagora ceranoides Lamouroux

Taylorl928, p. 135, pl.21,fig. 7.

Costa Rica: common and large in rock crevices and in the lower
tide pools, Golfo Dulce, no. 39-97, 26 Mar. 1939.

Liagora valida Harvey

Plants to 5 cm tall, abundantly, chiefly dichotomously, branched, stiff,
especially below firmly calcified, the calcification commonly fracturing at
the forks; branches 0.6-1.0 mm diam., the segments 3-7 mm long; periph-
eral filaments closely forked, their outer cells approximated, about 4-6 ^
diam.; cystocarps immersed, about 120-180 /t diam., without well-defined
involucral filaments ; spermatangia not seen.

Taylor 1928, p. 137, pi. 21, fig. 3, pi. 30, figs. 7, 11.

Costa Rica: scarce in the tide pools near the entrance to Golfo
Dulce, no. 39-94 (cystocarpic), 26 Mar. 1939.

These plants seemed rather less calcified, less friable, and more dis-
colored than the same species in the Caribbean, but probably this is due to
local conditions and endophytic organisms in the surface calcification.

136 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

Chaetangiaceae

Plants of moderate size, erect and bushy, soft but not slippery, some-
times partly calcified; structurally multiaxial, the ultimate filaments
turned outward to form the assimilatory cortex, with the outer cells
sometimes closely associated to form a continuous epidermis; asexual re-
production by monosporangia or tetrasporangia ; carpogenic branches three
celled, borne on inner forks of the cortical, or on the subcortical, filaments;
cystocarp becoming surrounded by a pericarp of slender crowded filaments
arising from the lowest cell of the carpogenic branch, discharging through
a pore at the surface.

KEY TO GENERA

1. Smooth and completely uncalcified 2

1. Smooth or pilose, but if smooth always more or less calcified .
Galaxaura

2. Outer cortex of a more or less coherent layer of chiefly colorless
cells forming a distinct epidermis Scinaia

2. Original utricular surface cells soon interspersed with, and ulti-
mately displaced by, anticlinal moniliform filaments . Gloiophloea

GALAXAURA Lamouroux, 1812

Plants bushy, of moderate size, fairly soft to firm and wiry, dichot-
omously or somewhat pseudoalternately branched; pilose, the cortex in-
side of the zone of assimilatory filaments somewhat calcified, or, smooth
and without free assimilators, lightly to moderately calcified at the sur-
face, sometimes segmented by the absence of calcification at the forks;
structurally composed of a medulla of slender colorless filaments which
gives rise by lateral branches to an inner more or less filamentous cortex
of large colorless cells, the outer cortical cells large in some species, co-
hering and forming an epidermal membrane, in some smooth, in others
bearing one-celled spinulose projections on these outer cortical cells, or,
the cortical cells not coherent and bearing long assimilatory filaments;
spermatangia formed in conceptacles ; carpogenic branches three celled,
formed on the inner cortical filaments, the cystocarp surrounded by a
pericarp of slender filaments, discharging by a pore at the surface.

The genus Galaxaura is a perennially troublesome one. There is little
difficulty where the sexual and asexual plants are alike, though even here
the supposed alternate phases have histological differences. It appears
probable that the sexual and the asexual plants are in some other species
grossly dimorphic, as probably in G. subverticillata and G. rugosa, or G.
cylindrica and G. lapidescens, in others not so evidently dimorphic, as in

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 137

the plants here referred to G. veprecula and G. stupocaulon. This is con-
jectural, since not experimentally proved. In a few species the repeated
incidence of two "species," and only two, at the same place and time makes
it reasonable that they may be the alternate phases of the same specific
entity, but in other cases it is probable that the sexual and the asexual
phases are prevalent at different seasons. Consequently, it is only in a few
instances that this relationship is fairly clear in the dimorphic types.
Furthermore, there are instances where a group of fairly distinct "species"
(if one considers only one phase, such as the asexual) seem to correspond
to an assemblage of very closely similar forms in the other phase, which
can only indefinitely be segregated into "species." It is not yet clear if
we should use simple priority in establishing the correct name when we
do demonstrate the true relationships, or if we should designate the
earliest-used name for the asexual or the sexual phase, disregarding the
other form.

As a result of this confusion it has become customary not to try to
associate the sexual and the asexual plants taxonomically, but to describe
them independently. It is not possible to associate them from the casual
collections of exploratory parties, but it will in time probably be possible
to do so on the basis of seasonal studies in the field. While an earnest
attempt was made to pair up the Hancock Expedition "species," little was
accomplished. Rarely did more than one occur in a given collection. The
taxonomic situation established by this practice is unfortunate, but not
susceptible of immediate improvement; certainly in many cases there are
no morphological clues to the relationship.

Certain Pacific material of Galaxaura is being monographed by Miss
Ruth Chen-Ying Chou; the key and the descriptions here included are
based on her manuscript, and in turn on Hancock Expedition or other
Pacific material, and she has made the determinations, for which help the
writer is very grateful. The determinations have been made with every
effort to preserve the Kjellman attitude toward the genus ; certain distinc-
tions are by no means clear, as in the group Brachycladia, but this seemed
the best method of approach for the time being, and the most likely to
keep all forms separate which should conceivably be distinguished.

KEY TO SPECIES

1 . Plants asexual ; outer assimilatory tissue filamentous, composed of
stalk and terminal cells 2

1. Plants sexual; peripheral tissue parenchymatous, composed of a
continuous epidermis and a hypodermis 7

2. Plants with branches terete throughout, at least in part villous 3

138 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

2. Plants with branches above clearly flattened, although terete
below o

3. Cortex homogeneously filamentous, composed only of extended
assimilatory filaments; supporting cells undifferentiated, tumid
basal cells absent G. filamentosa

3. Cortex heterogeneous, composed of extended and of short assimi-
latory filaments ; extended assimilatory filaments barbate, or oc-
curring in rings 4

4, Short assimilatory filaments not mixed with long filaments, al-
though these may occur at branch bases or on proliferous branches;
short filaments composed of an enlarged basal cell and a narrow
cylindrical or obconical stalk cell bearing one oval external cell,

or two cells side by side G. barbata

4. Short assimilatory filaments sometimes mixed with long fila-
ments, sometimes zonate or in groups; short filaments composed
of a swollen basal cell, sometimes on a swollen supporting cell,
outwardly bearing one rounded cell, or two cells in a filament 5

5. Short assimilatory filaments two celled G. ramulosa

5. Short assimilatoiy filaments two or three celled . G. subf ruticulosa

6. Cortical tissue 20-60 [x thick, 1-2-stromatic; plants small, fru-
tescent; branches sometimes constricted, or proliferous, the con-
strictions and proliferations at the base surrounded by tufts of
extended assimilatory filaments G. stupocaulon

6. Cortical tissue 60-80 [x thick, 2-3-stromatic ; plant tall, arbor-
escent, branches continuous, rarely proliferous . . G. spathulata

7. Branches terete throughout, cortical tissue parenchymatous or
subfilamentous 8

7. Branches terete only at the base, above flattened; cortical tissue
parenchymatous ; lobed cells when present in the median layer 9

8. Branches villous, cortical tissue parenchymatous, tristromatic,
lobed cells present among the cells of the innermost layer . .
G. squalida

8. Branches glabrous, cortical tissue subfilamentous, the cells re-
maining attached to the medullary filaments after decalcification
G. oblongata

9. Epidermal cells spinulose, bearing small unicellular subcj'lindri-
cal spinelike cells ; cortical tissue containing lobed cells present 10

9. Epidermal cells smooth, without spinelike cells upon them;
cortical tissue with or without lobed cells 11

10. Thallus 1-2 mm wide, chalky; epidermis abundantly spinulose
G. veprecula

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 139

10. Thallus 2-3 mm wide, smooth, shiny; spinulose cells few, found
only on the thickened margins G. ventricosa

11. Cortical tissue containing lobed cells, tristromatic ; plant low,

f rutescent ; internodes less than 1 cm long . . . G. angustif rons
11. Cortical tissue without lobed cells, 3-4-stromatic ; plant tall,

arborescent; internodes 1.0-2.5 cm long . . . . G. intermedia

Galaxaura filamentosa Chou n. sp.^^a
Plants about 5 cm tall, dichotomous or subdichotomous, often irregu-
lar by reason of adventitious branches, lightly calcified, villous, the ex-
tended assimilatoiy filaments 1.0-4.5 mm long; axis of the internodes
0.5-1.5 mm diam., 2-10 mm long; structurally homogeneous, the medulla
of filaments 16-24 fi diam., the cortex not distinctly developed because
the assimilatory filaments do not have differentiated basal or supporting
cells; assimilators 18 /^ diam. near the base, 20-22 [x diam. above, the cells
1.5-3.0 diameters long.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, veiy abundant in tide pools on a rocky
point at Sulphur Bay, I. Clarion, no. 39-46 (TYPE), 17 Mar. 1939.
Costa Rica: in tide pools at Pto. Culebra, no. 34-533, 24 Feb. 1934.
Golfo Dulce, frequent on intertidal rocks near the western side of the bay
near the entrance, no. 39-93, 26 Mar. 1939. Ecuador: Archipielago de
Colon, in an inland salt lagoon near Albemarle Pt., I. Isabela, no. 34-
77^. 12 Jan. 1934.

Galaxaura barbata Chou n. sp.^^^
Plants bushy, to 5 cm tall, the holdfast broad, disciform; branches
terete, moderately calcified, fairly regularly dichotomous, with assimila-

S2a Galaxaura filamentosa n. sp. — Planta 3.5-5.0 cm alta ad substratum disco
adfixa, frondibus teretibus cum filamentis assimilatoriis dense vestitis; dichotome
ramosis vel interpositione rami adventivi ut videatur trichotome ramosis; inter-
nodiis 2-10 mm longis, 0.5-1.5 mm crassis (filamentis liberis baud includensis) ;
thallo ex filamentis in parte media intertextis in parte exteriore paralielis constato
sed structura homogeneo sine cortice; filamentis axialibus 16-24 \x, diam., apice in
filamenta assimilatoria chromatophoria transeuntibus per cellulas sustinentes non
aut raro maleque differentiatas; absque cellulis basalibus tumidis; parte fila-
mentorum assimilatoriorum libera 1.0-4.5 mm longa, simpHci vel irregulariter
ramosa, ex cellulis cylindricis constante inferioribus 16-18 \x, diam., et superiorlbus
20-22 \i diam., sesquiplo vel triplo longioribus quam crassioribus. Planta typica in
loco dicto Sulphur Bay, I. Clarion, Mexico, legit W. R. Taylor no. 39-46, 17 Mar.
1939.

82b Galaxaura barbata Chou, n. sp. — Plantae 5 cm altitudine; ramis teretibus,
0.5-1.0 mm diam., apice, siccato, collapso aut subancipiti; filamentis extensis
assimilativis barbatis, anulos spatio intermisso efiicientibus, filamentis medullati-
bus 6-20 \i diam.; tela corticea monostromatica, cellulis 32-50 \x. diam.; cellulis
stirpis 12-24 \i long., 10-18 \i diam., cellulis terminalibus 28-44 \i alt., 20-28 m.
diam., crebris, aspectu superficiali angularibus; filamentis assimulativis extensis
1-2 mm long., 16-18 \\, diam.; cellulis 1-5 plo diam. longitudine; cellulis basalibus
tumidis permagnis 90-120 n long., 28-40 [x diam. Planta typica in loco dicto I.
Santa Maria, Ecuador, legit W. R. Taylor no. 34-364, 27 Jan. 1934.

140

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

tory filaments 1-2 mm long, sometimes in crowded, sometimes in
more remote rings; segments 3-9 mm between the forkings, 0.5-1.0 mm
diam., those below with several rings of filaments, those above commonly
with only one at the base; structurally of a medulla of longitudinal fila-
ments generally 12-16 fi diam., cortex unistratose, of large, rounded cells
32-50 /i diam., bearing one or two stalk cells which may be simple or
slightly expanded, or forked and bearing one or two terminal cells, which
are rounded, 28-44 /x tall, 20-28 ix diam., in surface view clearly crowded
and angular; extended assimilatory filaments cylindrical above, of cells
16-18 jn diam., 1-5 times as long as broad, resting on a swollen basal cell
about 90-120 /x long, 28-40 ii diam.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, dredged from 37 meters' depth off
I. Santa Cruz, Schmitt no. 316-35, 8 Dec. 1934. Ibid., dredged from
13-18 meters' depth of? Post Office Bay, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-364
(TYPE), 27 Jan. 1934.

Galaxaura ramulosa Kjellman

Plants 5-9 cm tall ; branches strongly calcified and rather rigid, dichot-
omous or subdichotomous ; axis of the internodes 2-15 mm long, 0.5-1.2
mm diam., villous, becoming denuded below, the extended assimilatory
filaments 0.8-1.2 mm long; structurally the axis with a medulla of fila-
ments 6-20 ju, diam., with a cortex of angular supporting cells 20-40 /a in
lateral and 30-32 ju, in radial diameter, each bearing one or two assimila-
tory filaments with one or two tumid basal cells 40-65 /x long, 20-40 /x
diam.; the shaft of the extended filaments 12-15 {jl diam. near the base,
18-20 ju, diam. above; short assimilatory filaments intermixed with the
long ones, of two cells, the basal similar to those of the long filaments,
40-64 ju, long, 20-36 ja diam., the terminal cells globose or subglobose, 20-
32 /i, diam.

Kjellman 1900, p. 50, pi. 3, figs. 24-26, pi. 4, figs. 1-3, pi. 20, fig. 18.

Panama: forming rare tufts on rocks in tide pools, I. Jicarita, no.
34-505 A, 20 Feb. 1934.

Galaxaura subfruticulosa Chou n. sp.^^

Plants with large discoid holdfasts 1 cm diam., terete, 5-6 cm tall,
villous, becoming denuded below, irregularly dichotomously branched at

83 Galaxaura subfruticulosa Chou, n. sp. — Plantae altitudine circa 5 cm; ramis
teretibus, 0.5-1.0 mm diam.; nodis constrictis; longioribus filamentis assirailatoriis
anulos interruptos formantibus cum cellulis basalibus tumidis, 90-120 n longis, 28-
40 n diametro et cellulis superioribus numerosis 16-18 (A diam., usque ad quinquies

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 141

wide angles, or subalternate, the segments 3-12 mm long; extended as-
similatory filaments less than 1 mm long, evenly distributed, or near the
tips slightly verticillate ; structurally the axis with a medulla of slender
filaments 6-18 /x, rarely 24 fi diam., and a cortex of ill-developed support-
ing cells bearing 1-2 assimilatory filaments with well-developed tumid
elliptical or elongate-ovate basal cells 45-65 fj. long, 28-40 fi diam., the
shafts of the extended filaments 14-16/1, diam. near the base, 16-18 /t diam.
above, the cells 2-3 diameters long; intermixed are short assimilatory fila-
ments of 2-3 cells, the basal cells like those of the extended filaments, the
terminal cells globose or subglobose, 20-34 /a diam.

Kjellman 1900, p. 51, pi. 4, figs. 4-16, pi. 20, fig. 19, as G. fruticu-
losa Kjellm., non (Ellis & Solander) Lamouroux.

The type of G. fruticulosa is Bahaman, but the name was adopted by
Kjellman for a Japanese plant. It is similar to G. subverticillata, but
shows little of a verticillate habit, and there are minor differences, in
which the Mexican plant is like its western Pacific relatives.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, on intertidal rocks at Sulphur Bay, I.
Clarion, no. 34-53 (TYPE), 5 Jan. 1934.

Galaxaura stupocaulon Kjellman

Plants bushy, to 6-7 cm tall, the holdfast discoid ; the branches below
subterete, villous, above flattened, commonly proliferous, each prolifera-
tion encircled by a tuft of extended assimilatory filaments ; segments short,
2-7 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, the margins slightly thickened; structurally
showing a loose medulla of filaments 7-15 /a diam., bearing a 1-2-stromatic
cortex 20-40, rarely 60 [x thick; cells of the inner layer largest and
rounded to much compressed, 20-44 ju, tall, 25-50 fi broad ; outer cortex
cells bearing the short assimilators, which are composed of simple cylin-
drical to obconical or even forked stalk cells 30-36 /a tall, bearing generally
two terminal cells, rounded but of variable form, 20-44 /a tall, 20-32 /*
diam. ; extended assimilatory filaments about 1 mm long, with one or two
tumid basal cells, the shaft cells 15-16 ju, diam., 2-5 times as long as broad.

Kjellman 1900, p. 75, pi. 14, figs. 1-9, pi. 20, fig. 28.

Costa Rica: from tide pools near the entrance to the bay, Golfo
Dulce, nos. 39-90A, 39-91 J, 39-92A, 26 Mar. 1939.

longioribus quam crassioribus ; cortice monostromatico, cellulis ovoidei's vel sub-
globosis, 32-50 \i diam., filamentos breviores assimilatorios bicellulos ferentibus,
eos ex cellula stipitiforrae 12-20 ]x. diam., 12-24 \i long, et secunda terminali ovoidea
vel clavata, 28-44 ji longa, 20-28 \x, diam. constantes; filamentis medullae 6-20 |li
diam. Planta typica in loco dicto Sulphur Bay, I. Clarion, Mexico, legit W. R.
Taylor, no. 34-53, 5 Jan. 1934.

142 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

Galaxaura spathulata Kjellman

Plants to 18 cm tall or more, at the base caulescent, the stem rough,
villous, 3-4 cm long, bearing many branches, these repeatedly narrowly
dichotomous; above the branches flat, firm, rarely contracted or prolifer-
ous, segments elongate cuneate, 0.5-1.5 cm long, 1.0-1.5 mm broad at the
proximal end and 1.5-2.0 or occasionally to 3.0 mm at the distal end, the
margins thickened and often inrolled; branches above 400-500 fi thick
(decalcified); cortex parenchymatous, 1-3-stromatic, 60-80 /x, thick, the
inner laj^er largest, the cells rounded, 24-60 fi tall, 60-80 /j, broad, the
outer cells bearing the short assimilatory filaments composed of one or
two stalk cells and these in turn bearing rounded terminal cells of obovate
shape, about 30-44 fi tall, 25-30 fi diam., crowded and subangular from
surface view; extended assimilatory filaments found only at the bases of
the proliferations; margins or abraded areas sometimes showing a
tomentum similar to young assimilatory filaments.

Kjellman 1900, p. 74, pi. 12, figs. 5-12, pi. 20, fig. 35.

Ecuador : Archipielago de Colon, from the intertidal rocks of a reef
to the north of Tagus Cove, I. Isabela, no. 34-164, 13 Jan. 1934. Ibid.,
from the rocks at Black Beach Anchorage, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-246,
17 Jan. 1934.

Galaxaura squalida Kjellman

Kjellman 1900, p. 55, pi. 6, figs. 1-12, pi. 20, fig. 9; B0rgesen 1915-
20, p. 102, figs. 108-111; Collins & Hervey 1918, p. 102; Howe 1920,
p. 558; Taylor 1928, p. 140, pi. 21, fig. 18, pi. 31, fig. 4; 1942, p. 84.

Panama: Bahia Honda, no. 39-130, 26 Mar. 1939.

Galaxaura oblongata (Ellis & Solander) Lamouroux

Plants forming rounded tufts 4-12 cm tall; branching dichotomous,
fastigiate or spreading; branches smooth, distinctly calcified, fragile; seg-
ments cylindrical, slightly turgid, somewhat more slender above, 0.4-2.5
cm long, 0.8-2.5 mm diam., often slightly transversely rugose, at the fork-
ings commonly articulated ; medulla of loosely branched filaments which
near the surface branch closely and terminate in 2-3 subglobose cortical
cells of which the innermost cells are largest, 20-40 /x diam., the outermost
small, subglobose, 8-18 jx diam., the epidermis easily detached, of cells
angular in surface view and 8-20 ju, diam., lenticular in section and slightly
wider than tall; cystocarpic and spermatangial conceptacles on the same
plant.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 143

B0rgesen 1927, p. 71, figs. 39-41 ; Taylor 1928, p. 139, pi. 21, fig. 15,
pi. 31, fig. 5.

Mexico: Nayarit, dredged from 21.5 meters' depth at sta. 970 off
I. Maria Magdalena, Las Tres Marias, no. 39-653, 9 May. 1939. Ibid.,
dredged at 5.5-9.0 meters' depth at sta. 971, no. 39-667 A, 9 May 1939.
Ecuador: Esmeraldas, dredged from 5.5 meters' depth off Bahia San
Francisco, no. 34-485, 11 Feb. 1934.

Galaxaura veprecula Kjellman

Plants bushy, short stalked, the holdfast broad and discoid, height
5-8 cm or more, the terete stalk 1-2 cm long; densely branching, some-
what flabellate, the basal substipitate and subterete, those above flattened,
more or less regularly narrowly dichotomous ; internodes continuous or
constricted and proliferous, 0.5-1.2 cm long, 1-2 mm broad, clearly
broader at the distal ends, the margins thickened, smooth and nitent, or
chalky where covered with spinulose cells; medulla of filaments 7-12 /*
diam. ; cortex tristromatic, the inner layer of colorless cells 20-30 [x tall,
35-45 IX diam., intermediate layer subglobose or somewhat lobed, cells
about as large, or when lobed very much broader, the cells of the outer
layer forming a continuous epidermis, angular in surface view, lenticular
to hemispherical in section and 10-15 /a tall, 18-20 p. broad ; spinulose cells
in scattered patches over the frond surface, and especially the margins,
easily rubbed off, the cells columnar to clavate or pyriform, 25-35 /u, tall,
to 12-15 ju. diam., at the apex rounded to mucronate; plants monoecious,
the cystocarps discharging from ostioles near the margins, the sperma-
tangia generally scattered.

Kjellman 1900, p. 80, pi. 16, figs. 17-33, pi. 20, fig. 20.

Costa Rica: from tide pools near the entrance to the bay, Golfo
Dulce, nos. 39-90B, 39-91 B, 39-92B, 26 Mar. 1939. Ecuador: Archi-
pielago de Colon, dredged from 3.6-5.4 meters' depth east of Wreck Bay,
I. San Cristobal, Schmitt no. 41C-33, 30 Jan. 1933.

Galaxaura ventricosa Kjellman

Plants bushy, 7.0-8.5 cm tall, repeatedly furcate, the internodes
strongly flattened, fleshy membranous, smooth and even nitent, the
margins slightly thickened; internodes 0.5-1.2 cm long, 2-3 mm wide, of
constant width or slightly broader upwardly; proliferations infrequent,
encircled by a tuft of assimilatory filaments about 1 mm long; structurally
of a medulla and an assimilatory cortex, the medulla of filaments 8-15 /x
diam., the cortex tristromatic, 60-75 fx thick, the innermost cells 20-36 /i

144

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

tall, 56-80 II broad, colorless, the intermediate cells subglobose or irregu-
lar to columnar, the surface cells forming a continuous chromatophorous
epidermis, in surface view polygonal, in section lenticular to hemispheri-
cal, 12-24 /i, high, 20-35 /u, diam.; the epidermis bearing small columnar
to subfusiform cells on the thallus margins, 12-20 /a diam., 32-40 /* tall,
rounded to submucronate.

Kjellman 1900, p. 81, pi. 16, figs. 11-16, pi. 20, fig. 24.

Mexico: Nayarit, rare as dredged from 22 meters' depth at sta. 970
near I. Maria Magdalena, Las Tres Marias, no. 39-652, 9 May 1939.

Galaxaura angustifrons Kjellman

Plants to 9-10 cm tall, dichotomously branched, the angles wide,
branches at the base subterete, slightly villous, above complanate, the
segments 5-7 mm long, 1.5-2.0 mm diam., when diy with the margins
appearing slightly thickened ; proliferations scanty, each at the base with
a tuft of assimilatory filaments 0.5-1.0 mm long; medullary filaments 8-
16 II diam., cortex tristromatic, the cells of the inner layer subglobose or
angular, 40-100 ii diam., 30-50 /* radial length, those in the intermediate
zone subglobose to ovate, 24-28 /x diam., cells of the surface or epidermal
layer loose, 5-6-gonal, 20-30 ju, diam. in surface view, in section appearing
hemispherical or lenticular, 16-24 ju, in radial length ; extended assimilators
15 II diam., the cells 2-3 diameters long, the basal cells obpyriform or
elongate elliptical, 28-30 /x wide, about 48 ju, radial length.

Kjellman 1900, p. 82, pi. 15, figs. 11-25, pi. 20, fig. 27.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, dredged from 9-20 meters near
Eden I., Conway Bay, I. Santa Cruz, Schmitt no. 81B-33, 16 Feb. 1933.

Galaxaura intermedia Chou n. sp.^^

Plants bushy, to 23 cm tall, the holdfast broad, below the axis caules-
cent and villous, 2 cm long, 3-5 mm thick at the base ; above dichotomous,

84 Galaxaura intermedia Chou, sp. nov. — Plantae deliquescentes, arborescentes,
minus quam 23 cm altae a disco ad substratum adfixae; caudice partibusque
ramorum basalibus subteretibus, villosis; ramis sursum compressis, glabris; seg-
mentis linearibus vel cuneate linearibus, continuis, 1.0-2.5 cm longis, 1-2 mm latis,
gelatinosis, coriaceis, vix calce incrustatis, siccatate fragilibus, inconspicue trans-
verse striatis, marginibus neve incrassatis neve involutis; filamentis medullariis
10-12 n diametientibus, cortice parenchymatoso, 3- vel 4-stromatico, minus quam
100 (.1 crasso, cellulis intimis quam aliis grandioribus, ovoideis vel subrectangulari-
bus, 28-40 ^l altis, 50-70 \i diametro, intermediis hypodermaticisque parvioribus,
subglobosis, diam. 20-40 \i, in sectione frondis transversal! lunatis, 10-18 |.i altis,
16-24 n diam.; liberis filamentis assimilatoriis basi 16 n., diam., ad apicem versus
18-20 \i, cellulis isodiametricis vel interdum duplo longioribus quam latioribus,
absque vel cum cellulis tumidis basalibus; conceptaculis globosis, in thallo
immersis, ostiolis ad superficiem aperientibus. Rami carpogoniales desunt. Planta
tj'pica in loco dicto I. Santa Maria, Ecuador, legit W. R. Taylor no. 34-213, 17
Jan. 1934.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 145

the angles acute, the lower segments subterete and villous, the upper ones
complanate, glabrous, 1.0-2.5 cm long, 1-2 mm wide, little calcified and
carnose membranous, the margins neither involute nor much thickened,
near the tips about 1 mm wide; thickness 300-400 [x (decalcified) ; medul-
lary filaments 10-12 /a diam., cortex 3-4-stromatic, the innermost layer of
subglobose or angular cells 50-70 (x diam., 28-40 ju, radial length ; cells of
the intermediate layers more or less globose, 20-40 ju, diam., surface or
epidermal layers thick walled, 5-7-gonal and 12-20 ju, diam. in surface
view, in section hemispherical to lenticular, 10-18 fj. tall radially; extended
assimilatory filaments 16-20 /* diam., the cells 1-2 diameters long, the
basal cells somewhat tumid or not differentiated.

Ecuador : Archipielago de Colon, frequent in the lower littoral near
Black Beach Anchorage, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-213 (TYPE), 17 Jan.
1934.

GLOIOPHLAEA J. Agardh, 1870

Plants bushy, dichotomously branched, the terete branches uncon-
stricted ; structurally showing an axis of longitudinal filaments bearing a
cortex which at first shows a surface layer of utriculiform cells, which is
gradually displaced by anticlinal assimilatoiy filaments with larger cells
within, smaller without ; spermatangia scattered over considerable areas of
the plant ; cystocarps scattered in the inner cortex, enclosed within a few
layers of pericarpic filaments, discharging by a narrow pore.

Gloiophlaea confusa Setchell

Setchell 1914b, p. 118, pi. 14, figs. 44-47.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, dredged at sta. 157 from 16-32
meters' depth, Tagus Cove, I. Isabela, no. 34-1 85 j 15 Jan. 1934.

SCINAIABivona, 1882

Plants bushy, repeatedly dichotomously branched, firmly gelatinous,
with an obscure axial strand ; structurally showing this strand of slender
filaments surrounded by a loose filam.entous medulla, and a cortex of two
layers, the inner or hypodermal layer of large chromatophore-bearing cells
and the outer or epidermal layer of coherent colorless cells with a few
columnar colored cells intermixed; asexual reproduction by monospo-
rangia formed between the epidermal cells ; sexual reproduction by sperm-
atangia in small superficial sori, and by carpogenic branches, three celled,
borne on the outer medullary filaments, the cystocarps small, immersed,
with a filamentous pericarp, the carpospores discharging through a small
pore.

146 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

KEY TO SPECIES

1. Branches flat S. latifrons

1. Branches nearly or quite cylindrical 2

2, Plants small, height less than 10 cm S. complanata

2. Plants becoming much larger 3

3. Branching erect, the intervals averaging about 2 cm or more;
colorless cells of the epidermis 14-24 /x diam., 18-25 /x deep . .
S. Johnstoniae

3. Branching more bushy and close, at intervals of 1.5 cm or rather
less ; small colored cells occasional in the epidermis, the colorless
cells 24-28 /x diam., 35-45 /x. deep S. Setchellii

Scinaia complanata (Collins) Cotton,/.

Plants dull red purple throughout, soft in substance, to 5 cm (or
more ?) in height, closely branched 7-8 times successively, the segments
to 3 mm diam. in the upper part and to 2 mm in the lower portion meas-
ured above the forks; apices of branches rounded to obtuse conical; axis
fairly evident in the lower part of the dried plant, less so above; epidermis
of colorless cells polygonal and thin walled in surface view, ranging from
11-28 fi diam., averaging 17.5 fi; in radial aspect rectangular, about 21-28
fi tall, the outer face flat; small colored cells between the colorless ones
rare; hypodermal layer single, of rounded compressed cells 11-17 fi diam.,
7-10 )U tall in section, about one to each epidermal cell ; medulla extremely
sparse, of very delicate filaments 2-3 fx diam., the axis (soaked up) to
about 150 ;u, diam., of some scores of larger filaments and a few delicate
ones.

Setchell 1914b, p. 100.

This plant differs from S. Johnstoniae in its short, densely branched
habit, relatively slightly taller epidermal cells, and the more extensive
axial strand. From the West Indian S. complanata it is perhaps separated
by structure again, for the epidermal cells appear to be more distinctly
taller than broad, the hypodermal layer of larger cells seems more regular,
and the axial strand is fairly extensive.

Mexico: Nayarit, dredged from 21.5 meters' depth oflF a bottom
with many coralline and other algae, sta. 970 near I. Maria Magdalena,
Las Tres Marias, no. 39-647, 9 May 1939. Costa Rica: dredged at
4-7 meters' depth in Cocos Bay, Puerto Culebra, Schmitt no. lUA-SS.
13 Mar. 1933. Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, dredged from 22
meters' depth, south side of Tagus Cove, I. Isabela, Schmitt no. 327B-
34, 10 Dec. 1934.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 147

Scinaia Setchellil n. sp.^^
Plate 32

Plants bushy, to 15 cm tall or more, dichotomously forked to 10-12
times successively, rose purple throughout; cylindrical branches to 3-4
mm diam. above, 2-3 mm in the lower part of the plant, downwardly
little tapered, the apices acute to rounded conical, the axis slightly visible
in the lower parts, not visible above; colorless epidermal cells to 21-28 fi
diam. in surface view, with small colored cells 6-8 fi diam. occasionally
present between them, in transverse section 35-42 fx deep, subquadrangu-
lar, the outer wall slightly convex ; hj^podermal cells rounded and large,
15-22 fjL diam., mostly in a single layer; axis not large, of larger and
smaller filaments intermixed; cystocarps basally attached, the lower goni-
moblast cells elongate, the pericarp without filaments penetrating the
gonimoblast mass, the ostiole with many short filaments hardly emerging
from the opening.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, dredged several large clumps from
27 meters off Post Office Bay, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-288 (cystocarpic,
TYPE), 19 Jan. 1934.

Scinaia Johnstoniae Setchell

Plants to 23 cm tall, to 10 times dichotomously forked, cylindrical, to
3 mm diam. above, 2 mm diam. below, dull reddish purple and darker
below, the axis obscure ; epidermis of thin-walled polygonal cells which in
surface view are 14-24 /x diam., in section rectangular with the outer face
flat, the cells 1 8-25 /x tall ; small colored cells absent from the epidermis ;
hypodermal cells round, in a single layer; medullary filaments slender,
sparse ; axis of larger and smaller filaments intermixed.

Setchell 1914b, p. 97, pi. 11, figs. 14, 15.

The Ecuadorean plants seem taller and more slender than those
reported by Setchell, but othervvise agree quite well with his description,
except that the colorless epidermal cells seem relatively taller in section
than he describes, and colored cells were not seen between them.

Costa Rica : dredged near Pto. Culebra, no. 34-523 (f), 24 Mar.
1934. Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, dredged at sta. 173 from 9
meters' depth off I. Baltra^ no. 34-335 (cystocarpic), 22 Jan. 1934.

S5 Scinaia Setchellii n. sp. — Plantae fruticosae, ad 15 cm altitudine, ad 10-12-
dichotomae; ramis cylindricis, supra ad 3-4 mm diam., infra 2-3 mm, paululum
teretibus deorsum, apicibus acutis ad rotundato-conicos, axe infra paulum visibili;
cellulis epidermalibus turgidis, ad 21-28 yi diam., 35-42 [x crass., inter quascellulae
parvae coloratae interdum videntur; cellulis subepidermalibus plenimque in strato
uno, magnis, rotundatisque, 15-22 n diam. Planta tj'pica in loco dicto Post Office
Bay, I. Santa Maria, Ecuador, legit W. R. Taylor no. 34-2S8, 19 Jan. 1934.

148 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

Scinaia latifrons Howe

Plants to 14 cm tall, reddish purple, the color slightly transversely
banded and darker at the margins, 7-8 times dichotomously branched, the
branches flat with abruptly thickened margins, to 5-7 mm wide below and
7-10 mm above (measured above the forks), the tips rounded to slightly
tapered with a rounded apex; thickness to 250 /* in the central portion,
1,3-1.7 mm at the margins, the axial strand not distinguishable; colorless
epidermal cells in surface view polygonal with moderately firm walls, 18-
28 )u, diam., averaging about 17 /a, in transverse section appearing rectangu-
lar with flat outer faces, 18-21 fi tall;^*' small colored cells scattered
between the colorless ones; hypodermis of large spherical cells nearly in
one layer, 14-18 /x diam.; cystocarps chiefly marginal, rounded, 280-350
{i diam., the pericarp pseudoparenchymatous.

Howe 1911, p. 500, fig. 1, pi. 28; Setchell 1914b, p. 102, pi. 11, fig.
23.

These Mexican specimens are more slender than those described by
Setchell (1914b, p. 102), but seem substantially similar. They resemble
with this exception the illustrations in Howe's original paper (1911),
including the somewhat transversely banded appearance of the upper
thallus. The Ecuadorean plants seem somewhat more slender than those
from Mexico, and they do not appear banded. Microscopically they show
slightly larger somewhat turgid epidermal cells: 14-31 fx in surface diam.,
and to 28-38 fi in radial height when sectioned. The plants also are taller,
reaching at least 22 cm, and with to 10-13 successive forkings. It does not
seem advisable at present to give them separate varietal designation,
though at first glance they certainly look like different things.

Mexico: Nayarit, dredged from a depth of 21.5 meters at sta. 970
from a bottom of coralline and other algae near I. Maria Magdalena,
Las Tres Marias, no. 39-645, 9 May 1939. Ecuador: Archipielago de
Colon, dredged from 22 meters' depth, Tagus Cove, I. Isabela, Schmitt
no. 327A-34, 10 Dec. 1934. Ibid., dredged from 27-55 meters, no. 34-
141 (cystocarpic fragments), 13 Jan. 1934. Ibid., dredged from 9 meters'
depth at sta. 173, I. Baltra, no. 34-334, 22 Jan. 1934. Ibid., dredged
from 36 meters' depth opposite Gordon Rocks, I. Sta. Cruz, Schmitt no.
316E-34, 8 Dec. 1934. Ibid., dredged several large clumps from 29
meters' depth off Post OflSce Bay, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-289 (cysto-
carpic), 19 Jan. 1934. Ibid., dredged from 20 meters' depth in Gardner
Bay, I. Espanola, Schmitt no. 356C-34, 17 Dec. 1934.

86 Mexican material.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 149

Bonnemaisoniaceae

Plants of moderate size, slenderly branched, with an evident axis and
extensive branch systems; the minor branches commonly beset vi^ith nu-
merous slender branchlets of limited growth forming brushlike tufts ; spo-
rangia absent ; spermatangia covering enlarged branchlets ; carpogenic
branches three celled, formed in the cortex of the fertile branch, a peri-
carp formed partly from the lowest ceil of the carpogenic branch.

ASPARAGOPSIS Montagne, 1840
Asparagopsis Sanfordiana Harvey

Harvey 1858, pi. 6.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, from the shore pools at Sulphur Bay,
I. Clarion, no. 39-44, 17 Mar. 1939. Ecuador: Manabi, dredged in
4-15 meters' depth off I. Salango, Schmitt no. 398B-35, 18 Jan. 1935.

Asparagopsis Sanfordiana f. amplissima Setchell & Gardner

Setchell & Gardner 1824a, p. 760, pi. 22, fig. 3, pi. 41.

The specimens from Punta Cristofer reached a maximum length of
33 cm, although broken, and so exceeded the length specified for this form
in the above description very considerably. However, one should note that
the typical form of the species has been recorded in excess of 25 cm tall.
The primary lateral branches are longer than those described by Setchell
and Gardner, reaching 8 cm, though theirs in turn were longer than the
typical form of the species, which reach about 2.5 cm. The specimens from
the Is. Revilla Gigedo and from I. Santa Maria are rather fragmentary,
but probably also belong to this form.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, dredged from 57 meters at sta. 2829,
Albatross Exped. no. 29 (cystocarpic), 1 May 1888. Ecuador: Archi-
pielago de Colon, floating in some abundance off Pt. Christopher, I.
Isabela, no. 34-201, 16 Jan. 1934. Ibid., dredged from 27 meters off
Post Office Bay, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-275 (cystocarpic), 19 Jan. 1934.
Ibid., dredged from 12.6-18.3 meters, no. 34-366, 27 Jan. 1934.

Asparagopsis Svedelii n. sp.*'^
Plate 97, Fig. 1
Plants erect, the terete axes percurrent, alternately branched to 2-3
degrees, bearing radially disposed straight or slightly curved pluriseriate

87 Asparagopsis Svedelii n. sp. — Plantae erectae, axe tenui rigidoque, 2-3
alterne furcatae, ramulis radialibus, fastigiatis, pluriseriatis, simplicibus aut sparse
divisis, 0.75-1.30 mm long., 75-100 |x diam. ad basim. Planta typica in loco dicto
Post Office Bay, I. Santa Maria, Ecuador, no. 24-378, 29 Jan. 1934.

150 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

branchlets which are simple or very sparingly alternately branched, 0.75-
1.30 mm long, 75-100 /* diam. near the base and markedly tapered toward
the tips; axes wiry, about 0.75 mm diam., corticated irregularly, in section
showing one large thick-walled axial cell about 180 /x diam., lying in a
considerable cavity which had 5-7 small filaments appressed to the outer
wall; cavity surrounded by 3-4 layers of moderately large firm-walled
cells and externally a one-layered cortex of chromatophore-bearing cells ;
gland cells not noticeable on the branchlets ; reproduction unknown.

Named for Professor Nils Svedelius in recognition of his cytological
studies made in this family of algae.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, rare as dredged from 55 meters'
depth off Post Office Bay, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-378 (TYPE), 29 Jan.
1934.

This plant differs much from A. Sanfordiana. It lacks the close ap-
proximation of short side branches along the main axes, so that the habit
is more openly bushy; the branchlets are less crowded and less plumose;
although slender it does not adhere to paper so closely as does A. San-
fordiana. It also differs from A. hamifera in its firmer texture and more
slender axis, as well as the absence of crozier branch tips, though these
structures are often absent from Atlantic specimens of A. hamifera. The
branchlets were more slender, and so far as could be seen in the material
available did not have gland cells. The depth from which it was secured,
55 meters, is beyond where one would expect to find the shallow-water
A. hamifera.

Gelidiaceae

Plants small to moderate in size, wiry in texture; axis ultimately of
numerous filaments though characteristically with a single cell at the
apex, lower down becoming corticated; asexual reproduction by tetra-
sporangia usually formed just below the surface of the branchlets; sexual
reproduction by spermatangia formed from the surface cells, and by carpo-
genic branches loosely associated with chains of nutritive cells; gonimo-
blasts intermingled with these nutritive cells and there producing the
carpospores.

KEY TO GENERA

1. Section of the plant not showing slender filaments mixed with
the large cells ; apical growth by a few small initial cells ; repro-
duction unknown Wurdemannia

1. Section of the plant generally showing very slender refractive
filaments ("rhizines") mixed with the large cells which make up
the bulk of the central tissue 2

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 151

2. Rhizines chiefly in the central part of the medulla; tetraspo-
rangia when young generally regularly placed in rows near the
tips of the branchlets ; cystocarps unilocular .... Pterocladia

2. Rhizines chiefly in the outer or subcortical tissue; tetrasporangia
when developing showing young and old stages intermixed ; cysto-
carps bilocular, with two pores and groups of carpospores, sepa-
rated by a sterile septum Gelidium

WURDEMANNIA Harvey, 1853

Plants bushy, often matted or entangled, slender and wirj^, the branch-
ing irregular, subalternate ; growth from a small pluriaxial apex, mature
structure showing a cylindrical medulla of stout filaments with thick,
coalescent walls and a cortex of anticlinal rows of cells.

Wurdemannia miniata (Draparnaud) Feldmann & Hamel

Harvey 1853, p. 246; B0rgesen 1915-20, p. 368, figs. 360-361 ; Taylor
1928, p. 145, pi. 20, f^gs. 9, 10 (all as W. setacea) ; Feldmann & Hamel
1934, p. 17, f^gs. 9-11.

The figures and descriptions of Feldmann and of B0rgesen show axial
filaments with thin walls ; the specimens from Florida seen by the writer,
and also the present ones from the west coast of Panama, show thick walls.
Harvey's type came from Florida, and Draparnaud's from the Mediter-
ranean. Though the differences are slight, it is just possible that two
species are involved after all.

Mexico : Is. Revilla Gigedo, forming tufts under ledges in tide pools,
Braithwaite Bay, I. Soccoro, no. 39-52, 18 Mar, 1939. Costa Rica:
from below overhanging rocks, Golfo Dulce, no. 39-107, 26 Mar. 1939.
Panama: San Francisco, forming scattered sand-covered tufts in tide
pools, Panama City, no. 39-140, 31 Mar. 1939.

GELIDIUM Lamouroux, 1813

Plants of moderate to small size, cylindrical or flattened, with the axis
erect from a somewhat fibrous base, usually laterally branched, wiry to
cartilaginous; developing from an apical cell, with ultimately several
medullary cell rows and a compact cortex of short radial cell rows,
rhizines generally being present in the outer subcortical part of the
medulla; tetrapartite sporangia produced in enlargements of the main

152 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

axes, or in special lateral branchlets, generally without being arranged in
any definite order; spermatangia forming a coating on local areas of the
branches; carpogenic branches three celled; cystocarps bilocular, a sterile
septum separating two groups of carpospores which discharge from pores
on opposite sides of the branchlet.

KEY TO SPECIES

1. Plants minute, creeping, or at most turflike and 1-3 cm tall 2

1. Plants large, bushy, generally 5 cm tall or more when full grown
5

2. Tetrasporangial branchlets with a thickened margin ; in sections
a median series of notable large thick-walled cells evident . .
G. sclerophyllum

2. Tetrasporangia not in thick-edged branchlets ; no especially large
cells in the medulla 3

3. Tetrasporangial branchlets irregularly palmately or digitately
expanded from a contracted base G. galapagense

3. Tetrasporangial sori in ordinary branches 4

4. Very small, about 1 cm tall, rather fleshy G. isabelae

4. Larger, the thin somewhat nitent blades membranous . . .

G. pusillum

4a. Still larger, to 2 cm or by proliferation to 3 cm tall . . .

V. pacificum

4b. Blades narrower, when fertile commonly cylindrical, at

least for the major lower part v. cylindricum

5. Branchlets with entire margins 6

5. Branchlets with toothed margins 7

6. Plants delicate, branches slender, often congested . . G. densum

6. Plants coarse, cartilaginous . . . G. cartilagineum v. robustum

7. Axis and primary branches virgate, sparingly divided, dominating
the growth habit; determinate branches short pinnate . . .
G. Hancockii

7. Axis and main branches redividing, bushy, progressively pinnate
G. filicinum

Gelidium pusillum (Stackhouse) Lejolis

Taylor 1928, p. 142, pi. 20, fig. 8, pi. 22, fig. 7, pi. 23, fig. 3.

These plants are in general rather more vigorous than those which

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 153

the writer has collected in the Caribbean area, the Revilla Gigedo mate-
rial being in particular quite large. It is perhaps intermediate between the
species and what is here distinguished as v. pacificum.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, common in rock crevices in the littoral,
Braithwaite Bay, I. Soccoro, nos. 34-2, 34-36, 2 Jan. 1934. Ibid., no.
39-49 A, 18 Mar. 1939. Oaxaca, abundant on old shells, Ba. Tangola-
Tangola, no. 34-563D, 1 Mar. 1934. Costa Rica: a somewhat narrow
form abundant on rocks, much mixed with sand, Golfo Dulce, no. 39-111,
26 Mar. 1939. Panama: Bahia de Panama, from rocks along the steep
shore, in quiet water near the anchorage, I. Taboga, no. 39-620, 2 May
1939.

V. pacificum n. v.^^
Plate 5, Fig. 7; Plate 33, Fig. 1

Plant with a slender creeping rhizome, which produces holdfasts at
intervals and, on the upper side, thin flat linear lanceolate reddish-purple
blades with a short terete stalk, which reach 1-2 cm in length to 1.5-2.0
mm in width, the apex blunt, especially in the fertile specimens ; branching
chiefly proliferous from the end or margin, when the collective length
may reach 3 cm, but sometimes distinctly once pinnate; structure in
transverse section showing rhizines in the subcortical blade tissue; tetra-
sporangia irregularly disposed in rounded sori near the ends of the blades;
cystocarps single in small fertile blades chiefly formed along the distal
margins of rather short vegetative blades.

These Ecuadorean plants are certainly much larger than the Carib-
bean ones ordinarily ascribed to G. pusillum (Taylor 1928, p. 142),
sexual plants of which apparently have not been reported. It is, perhaps,
a parallel species, or at least a variety. Pacific in range.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, on rocks exposed at low tide, Pta.
Albemarle, I. Isabela, no. 34-114 (cystocarpic), 12 Jan. 1934. Ibid.,
on intertidal rocks at Black Beach Anchorage, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-
266 (tetrasporic, TYPE), 18 Jan. 1934.

88 Gelidium pusillum v, pacificum n. v. — Plantae rhizomatosae, constantes e
haptens et laminis tenuibus lanceolatisque, 1-2 cm long, ad 1.5-2.0 mm lat., a
margine aut apice proliferentibus; tetrasporangiis in soris rotundatis prope partem
extremam laminae; cystocarpis singulis in laminis parvis fertilibus, secundum
marginem distalem laminarum brevium vegetativarum magna ex parte orientibus.
Planta typica in loco dicto Black Beach Anchorage, I. Santa Maria, Ecuador,
legit W. R. Taylor no. 34-266, 18 Jan. 1934.

154 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

V. cylindricum n. v.^^
Plate 5, Fig. 1

Plants small, creeping, the prostrate axes terete, 75 /x diam., bearing
on the upper side single or more or less clustered erect branches which if
sterile are generally thin, flat, ligulate to spatulate, 1-3 mm long, 0.2-0.5
mm broad, but if potentially fertile may elongate as terete filaments 75 [x
diam., to 1.3 cm long; growth from a single apical cell; axis in section
simple with a medulla of thicker-walled colorless cells, and 1-2 layers of
cells bearing chromatophores constituting a cortex which in surface view
shows cells in no regular order; tetrasporangial branchlets flat, occasion-
ally sessile, oval and 0.6 mm long, 0.24 mm broad, or more commonly on
terete stalks about 75 fi diam., to 1.2 cm tall; tetrasporangia scattered
irregularly throughout the sporangial area, young and old intermixed.

This small form agrees in general with the smaller phase of this plant
as described by Feldmann and Hamel (1936, p. 236), but the tetraspo-
rangial blades, very small, are most commonly on long stalks.

Ecuador: Esmeraldas, dredged in 5.4 meters near the northeastern
side of Bahia San Francisco, no. 34-490C (TYPE), 11 Feb. 1934.

Gelidium isabelae n. sp.^''
Plate 5, Figs. 8-12

Plants small, creeping, dull purplish, the branching rhizome 160-250
IX diam., terete or a little compressed, irregularly and closely bearing dis-
coid haptera or erect, flat, stipitate foliar branches which are ligulate to
spatulate or lanceolate, obtuse, simple or occasionally sparingly pinnately
branched, 0.2-1.0 cm tall, in texture rather more fleshy than usual in
small gelidia, growing from a distinct apical cell, the surface cortical cells
rounded, in no regular order; rhizines present in the subcortical region;
tetrasporangia rounded, in sori in the upper ends of ordinary' branches, in
no definite arrangement.

S9Gelidium pusillum v. cylindricum n. v.— Plantae rhizomatosae, laminis
stenlibus singulis aut fasciculatis, erectis, ligulatis ad spatulatas, tenuibus, 1-3 mm
long., 0.2-0.5 mm lat. ; ramis tetrasporangialibus sessilibus aut plerumque in stirpi-
bus teretibus, circa 75 [i diam., ad 1.2 cm long., partibus extremis planis ovatisque,
ad 0.6 mm long., 0.24 mm lat. Planta typica in loco dicto Bahia San Francisco,
Itsmeraldas, Ecuador, legit W. R. Taylor no. 34-490C, 11 Feb. 1934.

90 Gelidium isabelae n. sp.— Plantae parvae, rhizomatosae, rhizomate tereti
aut paululum compresso, ferente haptera atque laminas erectas, stipitatas, ligulatas
ad spatulatas aut lanceolatas obtusaque, 0.2-1.0 cm alt., in textura quasi firme
carnosas; tetrasporangiis in soris in partibus superioribus ramorum ordinariorum.
Flanta typica in loco dicto Pta. Albemarle, I. Isabela, Ecuador, legit W. R. Taylor
no. 34-121, 12 Jan. 1934.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 155

These plants when dry distinctly show decussate lines on the blade
surface, but on examination proved to be sterile and the surface cells show
little suggestion of a structural basis for this. The tetrasporangia are
definitely irregularly placed. The firm rather than membranous stioicture
and simple form of these plants distinguish them from similar species.

Colombia: Choco, in a mixed growth of dwarf filamentous algae,
Bahia Utria, no. 34-504, 14 Feb. 1934. Ecuador: Archipielago de
Colon, on rocks at Pta. Albemarle, I. Isabela, no. 34-121 (tetrasporic,
TYP£), 12 Jan. 1934.

Gelidium crinale J. Agardh

Farlow 1902, p. 95.

Reported from I. Santa Maria on the basis of Piccone 1889, p. 39.

Gelidium galapagense n. sp.^^
Plate 5, Figs. 2-6

Plants dark purplish, nitent, with short creeping terete rhizomes
forming short haptera on the under side and foliar branches above ; erect
foliar branches reaching a height of about 1 cm, terete at the base,
flattened above, simple to irregularly marginally branched, the branches
short, sometimes redivided; axis growth from a distinct apical cell, in
section with a few rhizines visible in the outer part of the colorless medul-
lary region of the stem ; the fertile branchlets contracted at the base, ir-
regularly palmately expanded or digitately divided above ; tetrasporangial
sori in branch tips or occupying the whole extent of small branches, the
sporangia in no definite order.

This interesting little species is chiefly distinguished by the highly
irregular tetrasporangial branchlets, which are fanlike to irregularly digi-
tate.

Ecuador : Archipielago de Colon, forming a close growth on rocks
south of Banks Bay, I. Isabela, no. 34-130 (tetrasporic, TYPE), 13 Jan.
1934.

91 Gelidium galapagense n. sp. — Plantae parvae, rhizomatosae, ferentes haptera
et ramos erectos foliares, circa 1 cm long., infra teretes, supra pianos, simpHces
aut in margine irregulariter ramosos; soris tetrasporangialibus in cacuminibus
ramorum, aut ramulos totos occupantibus, ramis fertilibus, palmate expansis aut
digitate divisis. Planta typica in loco dicto Banks Bay, I. Isabela, Ecuador, legit
W. R. Taylor no. 34-130, 13 Jan. 1934.

156 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

Gelidium sclerophyllum n. sp.^^
Plate 5, Fig. 13 ; Plate 33, Fig. 2

Plants small, from a creeping base erect 1-2-pinnate branches arising
to 1-3 cm in height, the linear branches compressed above to 0.5 mm in
width, terete below, texture corneus; in transverse section showing a row
of large very thick-walled cells spaced at intervals across the width of
the blade, these separated and surrounded by close-packed rhizines which
become more scattered in the inner cortex where the colored cells appear,
but no large thin-walled cells present in the medulla; tetrasporangia,
young and old intermixed, occupying the central area of small stipitate
lateral or terminal branchlets, the margin sterile and thicker when dry,
the tips deeply indented; cystocarps generally near the ends of acute-
tipped lateral branches, bilocular with a median septum and swollen on
both faces.

This little plant shows most extraordinary sectional structure for the
genus. It is one of several which make the histological distinction between
Pterocladia and Gelidium a character which is, when considered alone,
often undecisive. Howe's G. caloglossoides (1914, p. 96, pi. 34, fig. 7, pi.
35 ) shows structural similarity, but quite different branching habit.

Costa Rica: Golfo Dulce, on the under side of rocks, stunted, no.
39-99, 26 Mar. 1939. Ecuador: Esmeraldas, dredged in 5.4 meters of
water with corallinae near the northeastern side of Ba. San Francisco,
no. 34-489 (cystocarpic and tetrasporic, TYPE), 11 Feb. 1934. Guayas,
Pta. Santa Elena, Schmitt no. 517, 17 Sept. 1926.

Gelidium densum Gardner

Gardner 1927, p. 278, pi. 47, fig. 1, pi. 48.

These plants are somewhat smaller, more delicate, and more dense in
the terminal branching than Gardner illustrates, but are interpreted as
an extreme form of the species. Rhizines were clearly present in the sub-
cortex.

Mexico: Baja California, on the shore of South Bay, I. Cerros, no.
34-640, 10 Mar. 1934.

92 Gelidium sclerophyllum n. sp. — Plantae parvae, rhizomatosae, ramis erectis
1-2-pinnatis, 1-3-cm altitudine, linearibus, supra compressis, ad 0.5 mm lat., infra
teretibus, textura corneis; tetrasporangiis centrum ramulorum parvorum, lateralium
aut terminalium, stipitatorum occupantibus, cacuminibus profunde indentatis,
marginibus sterilibus; cystocarpis bilocularibus plerumque prope partes extremas
ramorum lateralium acuminatorum. Planta tvpica in loco dicto Ba. San Francisco,
Esmeraldas, Ecuador, legit W. R. Taylor no'. 34-489, 11 Feb. 1934.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 157

Gelidium cartilagineum (Linnaeus) Gaillon, v. robustum Gardner

Gardner 1927, p. 280, pi. 54; Smith 1944, p. 197, pi. 43, fig. 4.

Mexico: Baja California, on rocks near South Bay, I. Cerros, no.
34-639, 10 Mar. 1939. Ibid., rare on rocks at Ba. Thurloe, Pto. San
Bartolome, no. 34-617, 9 Mar. 1939.

Gelidium Hancockii n. sp.^^
Plate 34, Figs. 1, 2

Plants to 25 cm tall from a small fibrous, somewhat flagelliferous
base, the erect axes sparingly to freely 1-2 times alternately divided, es-
pecially below, virgate, compressed, to 2-3 mm broad, below becoming
naked but roughened by scars of fallen lateral branches; determinate
branchlets closely alternately to suboppositely placed along the margins
of the chief axes, once, seldom twice pinnate, generally only about 1.5 cm
long, the ultimate branchlets ligulate, minutely but sharply aculeate-
serrate, 1-3 mm long; in section clearly showing rhizines in the subcortex;
tetrasporangial sori occupying the central area of the fertile ultimate
branchlets, leaving a narrow sterile serrate margin.

These plants are rather more coarse than some from Copacabana
determined with some reservations by Setchell and Gardner as G. semi-
nudum J. Agardh, which otherwise seemed superficially identical. How-
ever, on examination of the branchlets with a lens the serrate character
was very striking, and a certain distinguishing feature. Howe's G. crispum
(1914, p. 94, pi. 33, pi. 34, figs. 1-6) is a smaller, bushy plant more
repeatedly pinnate and with relatively flatter axes. From the other West
coast species, G. filicinum Bory, also found in the Galapagos, these speci-
mens are distinguished by the absence of a bushy pyramidal habit of
branching, and much greater coarseness, as well as details of branch form.
Material from Payta, Peru (Hassler Exped. nos. 79, 112), both tetra-
sporic and cystocarpic, was available for comparison. Specimen no. 34-215
is much more slender and more amply branched in the first and second
degrees than the other, but on the branches of the last degree the branch-
lets are similar to those on the coarser specimen. Farlow (1902, p. 95)
reported plants from I. Wenman under the name of G. serrulatum which

93 Gelidium Hancockii n. sp. — Plantae ad 25 cm altitudine, basi fibrata, axibus
erectis 1-2-alterne ramosis, virgatis, compressis, ad 2-3 mm lat., infra nudescenti-
bus; ramis determinatis conferte alternis ad suboppositos secundum margines
axium primariorum, 1-2-pinnatis, circa 1.5 cm long., ligulatis, minute acuteque
aculeato-serratis; soris tetrasporangialibus superficiem centralem ramulorum fer-
tilium, intra marginem serratum sterilemque occupantibus. Planta typica in loco
dicto Black Beach Anchorage, I. Santa Maria, Ecuador, legit W. R. Taylor no.
34-218B, 17 Jan. 1934.

158 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

may belong to the present species. They have the very marked excurrent
main axis, without large lateral branches, which is very different from
the spreading G. serrulatum of Caribbean waters.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, occasional on rocks in the littoral
near Black Beach Anchorage, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-218B (tetrasporic,
TYPE), no. 34-215 (tetrasporic), 17 Jan. 1934.

Gelidium filicinum Bory

Bory 1828, p. 162; Farlow 1902, pp. 95, 96.

The specimens being fragmentary, this determination should be
regarded with some caution, but comparison with Peruvian specimens of
G. filicinum and Trinidadian specimens of G. serrulatum J. Ag., both of
which Farlow reported from the Galapagos, indicates that these frag-
ments probably belong to G. filicinum, as do likewise the specimens from
I. Isabela in the Stanford University herbarium, on which Farlow based
his record. The specimens he called G. serrulatum from I. Wenman have
few main lateral branches and broader midribs. Howe (1914, p. 97) also
reported G. filicinum in turtle stomachs, though with some doubt.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, fragments in abundance taken
from the stomach of a marine turtle secured in an inland salt-water pool
which was apparently devoid of vegetation, but probably had an under-
water communication with the sea, I. Fernandina, no. 34-157 (tetra-
sporic), 14 Jan. 1934.

PTEROCLADIA J. Agardh, 1852

Small plants, to plants of moderate size, generally considerably
branched, slender and firm; structurally generally showing rhizines in
the central part of the medulla but none, or fewer, in the subcortex;
tetrasporangia in sori, formed progressively from near the apex, generally
in rows; cystocarps with a single loculus, discharging from a pore on one
$ide of the fertile branchlet.

KEY TO SPECIES

1. Plants turflike, small, about 1 cm tall .... P. musciformis

1. Plants tufted, much taller 2

2. Branches flat, almost membranous 3

2. Branches compressed, but rather thick and firm . . P. mexicana

3. Branchlets relatively slender, main axes to 1.5 mm wide; bushy,
closely branched plants P. Okamurai

3. Branchlets broadly obtuse, main axes to 2.5 mm wide; rather
more sparingly branched plants P. robusta

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 159

Pterocladia musciformis n. sp.^^

Plants forming mosslike turfs about 1 cm tall, with decumbent fili-
form rhizomes 80-100 fi diam., which at intervals bear short, stout, little-
expanded lateral branches on the lower side and on the upper erect foliar
branches which are at first subcylindrical, later, above, linear oblanceolate
and to 5-8 mm long, 220-450 ju, broad; foliar branches irregularly to
marginally sparingly pinnately branched, the branches similar to the
primary blade; growth by an apical cell, the axes and blades structurally
showing rhizines in the central medullary tissue; surface cells angular,
4-6 fi diam., not longer than broad ; tetrasporangial sori sometimes in
simple blades, more often in apically palmate to subpinnately branched
blades with separate sori in each division ; sori showing spores produced
in decussate rows, those rows near the apex younger than those more basal,
in old sori all spores discharged and the soiois area becoming perforate;
sexual reproduction not observed.

These plants considerably resemble Bornet's Gelidium melanoideum
(Feldmann & Hamel 1936, p. 232, figs. 15, 16), but the blades tend to
be more oblanceolate, the rhizines are more conspicuous and show the
characters of Pterocladia, and the surface cells are not longitudinally
elongate. It is notable that in only this species of Gelidium where the
cystocarps are unknown and the rhizines doubtfully distinctive are the
spores reported to be in decussate rows; one anticipates that it may be
shown to be a Pterocladia also, when the cystocarps are found.

Costa Rica: abundant on the rocks, much admixed with sand, as-
sociated with Centroceras clavulatum and Gelidium pusillum, Golfo
Dulce, no. 39-106 (tetrasporic, TYPE), 26 Mar. 1939.

Pterocladia mexicana n. sp.^^
Plate 35
Plants to 1 dm tall, very bushy, dark red, firmly fleshy, several
branches arising from near the base, these in turn progressively 3-4 times

94 Pterocladia musciformis n. sp. — Planta bryoidea, 1 cm altitudine, rhlzomati-
bus 80-100 11 diam., ramos hapterales foliaresque ferentibus, his infra subcylindricis,
supra lineari-oblanceolatis, 5-8 mm long., 220-450 M- irregulariter aut marginaliter
pinnate ramosis, rhizinas intra medullam centralem habentibus; soris ferentibus
tetrasporangia in ordinibus decussatis prope apicem laminarum fertilium orienti-
bus. Planta typica in loco dicto Golfo Dulce, Costa Rica, legit W. R. Taylor no.
39-106, 26 Mar. 1939.

95 Pterocladia mexicana n. sp. — Plantae ad 1 dm altitudine, fruticosae, firme
carnosae, singulis ramis primariis 3-4-pinnatis, divisionibus externis complanatip,
paululum triangularibus; axibus primariis 1.0-1.2 mm_ lat., compressis; ramis
lateralibus brevibus, in basi nudis, supra pinnatis, ramulis 0.2-0.5 mm lat., paulu-
lum compressis; ramulis tetrasporangiatis similibus sed compressioribus quara
ramis ver:etativis, soris linearibus circa % latitudinem laminae occupantibus, sporis
in ordinibus vix decussatis positis. Planta typica in loco dicto Point Hughes, Cabo
San Lazaro, Baja California, Mexico, legit W. R. Taylor no. 34-601, 7 Mar, 1934.

160 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

pinnately branched, the outer divisions somewhat triangular, complanate,
the axis evident to the tip; main axes to 1.0-1.2 mm wide, somewHat com-
pressed; lateral short branches naked at their bases, above pinnately
branched, the branchlets 0.2-0.5 mm diam., slightly compressed, tapering
slightly from near the rather obtuse apex to the base ; in transverse section
showing in the younger parts a few rhizines near the angles in the medul-
lary area, and in the older stems many, chiefly central; tetrasporangia in
branchlets very little different from the vegetative except that they are a
little more compressed, the fertile parts linear, the sorus occupying about
two thirds of the width of the branchlet, the spores in many vaguely
decussate rows, formed progressively with the growth of the slightly
indented apex and discharging in the older regions individually, without
producing a macroscopic perforation of the sorus area.

These plants are fleshy rather than wiry, but yet very firm, contrasting
with P. Okamurai and P. robusta, where the branches are much flatter
and thinner.

Mexico: Baja California, dredged off Point Hughes on Cabo San
Lazaro, no. 34-601 (tetrasporic, TYPE), 7 Mar. 1934.

Pterocladia robusta n. sp.^^
Plate 36

Plant to 15 cm tall, rather fragile, dull red, except near the base flat
throughout, the lower main axes becoming naked, above regularly pin-
nately 2-4 times branched, the branches strongly contracted at the base,
the stronger axes thin, to 1.5-2.5 mm broad, the apices obtusely rounded,
particularly in the ligulate to spatulate branchlets.

These plants somewhat resemble P. tenuis Okamura (1934, p. 62),
but are perhaps coarser and more divided, with less tendency for the ulti-
mate branchlets to be elongate. They are coarser and less abundantly
branched than P. Okamurai, but no doubt closely related to it.

Ecuador : Archipielago de Colon, floating offshore at Pt. Christopher,
I. Isabela, no. 34-198 (TYPE), 16 Jan. 1934. Ibid., a few pieces
dredged from 27 meters off Post OflSce Bay, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-272,
19 Jan. 1934.

96 Pterocladia robusta n. sp.— Plantae ad 15 cm altitudine, paululum fragiles,
planae, nisi ad basim, axibus infra nudis, supra regulariter 2-4-pinnate ramosis,
ramis in basi contractis, tenuibus, 1.5-2.5 mm latitudine, ramulis ligulatis ad
spatulatos, cacumina obtuse rotundata habentibus. Planta tj'pica in loco dicto
Pt. Christopher, I. Isabela, Ecuador, legit W. R. Taylor no. 34-198, 16 Jan. 1934.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 161

Pterocladia Okamurai (Setchell & Gardner) n. comb.

Setchell & Gardner 1937, p. 75, pi. 6, fig. 16, pi. 17, fig. 38.

These plants show a structure and form very close to P. tenuis Oka-
mura (1934, p. 62, pi. 29, pi. 30, fig. 3, pi. 33, figs. 1-3), to which genus
the original authors hesitated to assign their plants in the absence of cysto-
carps. They are generally somewhat coarser in the branches. The type
locality is I. Clarion, Mexico.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, occasional in the littoral near
Black Beach Anchorage, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-216, 17 Jan. 1934.
Ibid,, more regularly pinnately branched with longer primary and sec-
ondary axes, no. 34-218A, 17 Jan. 1934. Ibid., with branchlets com-
monly long attenuate and in part intricately congested, no. 34-268, 17
Jan. 1934. Salinas, south side of Pta. Santa Elena, Schmitt no. 5F, 16
Sept. 1926.

Pterocladia Okamurai (Setchell & Gardner), f. densa n. f.®'^

Plate 37, Fig. 1

Younger branches commonly as in the species, but the upper older
branches developing much more slender, irregularly placed, densely con-
gested branchlets.

These plants represent a variation which is parallel to P. densa Oka-
mura (1934, p. 63, pi. 30, figs. 1, 2, pi. 33, figs. 4-8), considered a sepa-
rate species by him rather than a form of P. tenuis Okam. In the present
instance the material attributed to the species P. Okamurai shows such
variability that specific segregation of these plants would be questionable
practice.

Ecuador : Guayas, on the rocky southeast side of Pta. Santa Elena,
Salinas, no. 34-457 (TYPE), 8 Feb. 1934.

Dumontiaceae

Plants more or less branched, or plane and entire, commonly soft;
the growth from an apical cell but the original axial filament soon ob-
scured, the plants then appearing to have a pseudoparenchymatous cortex
and a filamentous, often lacunose, medulla; sporangia zonate or tetra-
partite ; carpogenic branches of five cells, or sometimes more.

97 Pterocladia Okamurai, f. densa n. f. — Rami iuniores velut in specie: ramis
superioribus, senioribus ramulos raulto tenuiores, irregulariter positos, dense con-
gestos formantibus. Planta typica in loco dicto Pta. Santa Elena, Salinas, Guayas,
Ecuador, legit W. R. Taylor no. 34-457 (Type), 8 Feb. 1934.

162

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

KEY TO GENERA
1. Exceedingly gelatinous, irregularly alternately branched, small;

sporangia zonate Dudresnaya

1. Larger and firmer plants, bushy in habit; sporangia tetrapartite

Leptocladia

DUDRESNAYA Bonnemaison 1822
Dudresnaya colombiana n. sp.^^

Fragments to 5 cm long, at the thickest part to 6 mm diam., branching
1-3 times freely and irregularly, the branches tapering, to 1 mm diam. in
the upper divisions, which end in acute tips ; very softly gelatinous, easily
dissociated by pressure, pale rose pink in color; structurally showing in
the finer branchlets an axial filament 12-16 jn diam., at intervals of about
200 IX bearing contiguous whorls of determinate assimilatory branchlets ;
in somewhat older portions the axial filaments 20 ju, diam., surrounded by
numerous delicate longitudinal rhizoidal filaments, but near the basal
ends this axial filament obscure; assimilatoiy filaments slightly tapering
to their tips and the cells there shorter, oval, 4-7 /* diam.; carpogenic
branches present.

Colombia: Valle, a few pieces from I. Gorgona, no. 34-495C (cysto-
carpic, TYPE), 12 Feb. 1934.

LEPTOCLADIA J. Agardh, 1892

Plants bushy, repeatedly alternately branched, the branches linear,
flat, with irregularly serrate margins and an obscure costa; in section
showing an axial cell row surrounded in turn by crowded slender fila-
ments, a pseudoparenchymatous zone and a cortex of anticlinal cell rows ;
tetrasporangia in sori, tetrapartite; cystocarps subseriate, immersed.

KEY TO SPECIES

1. Branching patent, the main axes vague above, 1-3 mm broad, the
branchlets irregular, flat L. Binghamiae

1. Branching more erect, the main axes soon disappearing, 0.5-1.5
mm broad, the branchlets slender, subfiliform, compressed . L. laxa

98 Dudresnaya colombiana n. sp. — Fragmenta molissima, ad 5 cm long., 6 mm
diam., irregulariter 1-3-ramosa, divisionibus superioribus 1 mm diam., cacummi-
bus aciitis; filamento axiali ad cacumina 12-16 n- diam., posterius 28 \i diam.,
corticationem rhizoideam, ad basim invisibilem, habente; assimilatoribus ramosis
in axe verticillatis, subteretibus, cellulis externis ovatis, 4-7 \x diam. Planta typica
in loco dicto I. Gorgona, Valle, Colombia, legit W^. R. Taylor no. 34-495C, 12
Feb. 1934.

NO, 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 163

Leptocladia Binghamiae J. Agardh

Setchelll912,p.250.

Plants to 17 cm tall from a small cushion-shaped holdfast, in the
lower part cartilaginous, subcylindrical, branching nearly to the base,
irregularly alternate, with ill-defined main axes, the branches similar and
equaling it; above softer in texture, red, flattened, linear, one to occa-
sionally 3 mm broad, the margin irregular and subserrate, the teeth grad-
ing into branchlets of indeterminate growth; structurally showing a large
central axial cell row with considerable filamentous medulla about it, the
inner cortex of large colorless cells, the outer medulla of small cells in
rather irregular radial rows.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, dredged in 26-55 meters' depth at
Tagus Cove, I. Isabela, no. 34-136, 13 Jan. 1934. Ibid., dredged at
Academy Bay, I. Santa Cruz, no. 34-308, 20 Jan. 1934.

Leptocladia laxa n. sp.^^
Plate 38, Fig. 1

Plants to 12-15 cm tall, gregarious from a small disciform holdfast,
almost wiry and blackish red, branching irregularly and alternate, or 2-5
branches arising together, more or less erect, the upper divisions sometimes
beset with a few erect spinelike branchlets ; terete or slightly compressed,
0.5-1.5 mm in diameter below, 0.3-0.5 mm in the upper divisions; struc-
turally showing a notable axial row of cells with thick walls which be-
comes 100-150 /A diam., and the cell cavity at first loosely but later
densely filled with irregularly longitudinal filaments attached here and
there to the cavity wall; the medulla around the axial row showing a
zone about 70 jn thick of relatively thin-walled longitudinal filaments of
irregular diameters, and outside this a regular pseudoparenchymatous
zone 2-3 times as wide of large thick-walled cells about 60 /x diam. in the
inner layers, less without; cortex ultimately about 70-125 /x thick, at first
of one cell layer, becoming finally a compact tissue of strict anticlinal rows
of cells 10-12 fi in lateral diameter, 12-15 /x deep (radially), appearing
rectangular in section, about 7-10 cells in each row.

99 Leptocladia laxa n. sp.— Plantae ad 12-15 cm altitudine, gregariae, tenuibus
rigidisque, ramificatione irregulariter alterna, erecta, ramis superioribus ramulos
spiniformes interdum habentibus; ramis teretibus ad compressos, infra 0.5-1.5
mm lat., supra 0.3-0.5 mm lat.; cellulis ordinis axialis 100-150 M- diam. rhizoideis
demum impletis; medulla intus filamentosa, extra parenchymatica, cortice ex
ordinibus anticlinalibus 7-10 cellularum, 10-12 \i diam. constante. Planta typica
in loco dicto Point Hughes, Cabo San Lazaro, Baja California, Mexico, legit U.
R. Taylor, no. 34-603, 7 Mar. 1934.

164 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

In Structure these plants agree in general with L. conferta Setchell
(1912, p. 252), except that in the writer's authentic specimens of that
species no invasion of the axial siphon by filaments appears, nor did it
appear in his specimens of L. Binghamiae J. Ag. or L. peruviana Howe,
both larger and flatter species. It is a more delicate plant than L. conferta,
nearly free from proliferations. A somewhat similar structure is shown by
Cryptosiphonia fVoodii J. Ag. (Phyc. Bor.-Amer. 449; Kylin 1925, p.
14) , but the filamentous investment of the axial cell row is more extensive
than in our plant, and the outer medulla less clearly parenchymatous, and
of relatively smaller cells.

Mexico: Baja California, dredged ofif Point Hughes, Cabo San
Lazaro, no. 34-603 (TYPE), 7 Mar. 1934.

Rhizophyllidaceae

Plants crustose or erect and bushy; if crustose, structurally with a
basal layer supporting a cortex of erect assimilatory filaments, if erect,
with an axial strand of longitudinal filaments forming a medulla and
radial assimilatory cortical filaments, rather closely united into a firm
thallus; tetrasporangia terminal on the corticating filaments; carpogenic
branches and auxiliary branches in nemathecia, giving rise to crowded
cystocarps.

OGHTODES J. Agardh, 1872

Ochtodes Grockeri Setchell & Gardner

Plants to 15 cm tall, bushy, red, firm in texture, moderately to densely
alternately branched, especially densely in the slender tapering upper
divisions, where the branching may be subdichotomous ; spreading below,
but above either spreading or erect ; cylindrical throughout or compressed
slightly below the forks, about 2 mm diam. near the base, 0.5-1.0 mm in
the branchlets, the tips acute; structurally showing growth from an apical
cell, developing an axial cell row, generally distinct, which in the lower
parts may in places show as one, occasionally two or even three very thick-
walled cells in the middle of the pseudoparenchymatous medulla, but this
row sometimes little different from the neighboring cells ; outer medulla
and cortex clearly filamentous, the filaments closely placed, the last divi-
sions radially placed and the outer cells columnar; large refractive
(mucus?) cells common in the inner cortex; cystocarps seriate, common
on the secondary or lesser branches, strongly laterally projecting, about
0.2-0.6 mm diam.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 165

Setchell & Gardner 1937, p. 92, pi. 25, fig. 48.

The old material from I. Santa Maria is particularly confusing. No
filiform terminal branchlets are present. The branches reach nearly 3 mm
diam. throughout the plant and end in crowded subspinescent branch
clusters. The histological features show its true nature quite clearly, but
its form does not; it probably consists of quite old, abraded, proliferous
specimens. Farlow (1902, p. 99) reports O. filiforrnis J. Ag., but the
plants probably belong to the present Pacific species. His specimens are ill
developed, particularly the fragment from I. Isabela, though those from
I. Wenman are better. His material from Iguana Cove, I. Isabela, desig-
nated (1902, p. 96) ? Gracilaria rugulosa is also O. Crockeri.

Examination of material from the West Indies in the writer's herba-
rium, especially Arndt no. 177 from Haiti, showed 2-6 discolored axial
cell rows, and examination of branchlet apices showed tolerably consist-
ently two apparently equal apical cells, which De Toni (1905, p. 2)
specifies as a characteristic of the genus. In only a very few cases did it
appear possible that there were two apical cells at branchlet tips of the
Galapagos material, and no clear case was seen. The highly refractive
(mucus?) cells observed in the cortex region of the Galapagos material
were not so marked in the Haitian material, but especially in a spermatial
piece were abundant in the younger portions, though small and not re-
fractive. They were not recognizable in sections near the base of the plant.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, on rocks south of Banks Bay, I.
Isabela, no. 34-129, 13 Jan. 1934. Ibid., intertidal on a rocky reef north
of Tagus Cove, no. 34-160, 13 Jan. 1934. Ibid., frequent on littoral
rocks near Black Beach Anchorage, I. Santa Maria, nos. 34-219, 34-260
(cystocarpic), no. 34-232 (proliferous), 17 Jan. 1934. Ibid., in tide
pools, I. Baltra, no. 34-329, 22 Jan. 1934.

Squamariaceae

Plants spreading, crustose; partly or nearly completely calcified;
structurally generally showing a basal layer of radiating filaments sup-
porting a compact upper layer of erect filaments ; sporangia tetrapartite,
in nemathecial groups or crateriform conceptacles ; spermatangia tufted
on paraphysal filaments ; carpogenic branches short, lateral on similar fila-
ments ; cystocarps small, immersed or superficial.

KEY TO GENERA

1. Tetrasporangia formed in crypts; thallus firm, not calcified .

Hildenbrandia

166 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

1. Tetrasporangia associated with paraphyses in superficial nema-
thecia or sori ; thallus little or moderately calcified, mostly below
2

2. Cells on the lower side of the thallus in simple or dichotomously
branched parallel rows Peyssonnelia

2. Cells on the lower side of the thallus forming small fan-shaped
groups Cruoriella

HILDENBRANDIA Nardo, 1834

Plants horizontally expanded, widely spreading, the lower side
strongly adherent, composed of a horizontal filamentous layer from which
arise erect cell rows to form the upper layer of the plant, the whole
strongly united to a firm though thin uncalcified crust; tetrasporangia
irregular in division or zonate, borne in sunken conceptacles which dis-
charge by a pore.

KEY TO SPECIES

1. Fresh-water streams; thallus very thin, drying rose red H. rivularis

1. Marine species 2

2. Thallus thin, brownish red drying bright to dark rose red; con-
ceptacles relatively shallow with a relatively open pore, the tetra-
sporangia irregularly divided H. Prototypus

2. Thallus up to 1-2 mm thick, drying dark purplish red or black-
ish ; conceptacles rather narrow and 200-800 [x deep with a pore
100-150 fji wide; tetrasporangia zonately divided . H. occidentalis

Hildenbrandia rivularis (Liebmann) J. Agardh

Colombia : Choco, forming a thin red film on rocks in a fresh-water
stream above high tide influence, Bahia Utria, no. 34-505, 14 Feb. 1934.

Hildenbrandia Prototypus Nardo

Taylor 1937, p. 257, pi. 36, figs. 9, 10.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, very abundant on rocks in higher tide
pools. Sulphur Bay, I. Clarion, no. 39-7, 16 Mar. 1939. Nayarit, on
rocks and pebbles in very heavy surf, I. Maria Magdalena, Las Tres
Marias, no. 39-675, 9 May 1939. Guerrero, abundant on rocks. White
Friars Is., off Ba. Petatlan, no. 34-563B, 2 Mar. 1934. Oaxaca, abun-
dant on large granite boulders, intertidal, Ba. Tangola-Tangola, no. 34-

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 167

561, 28 Feb. 1934. Costa Rica: abundant on shalelike rock, Port
Parker, no. 39-84, 25 Mar. 1939. Panama: on rocks exposed to severe
surges, Is. Secas, no. 39-120, 26 IVIar. 1939. Ibid., on rocks, San Fran-
cisco, Panama City, no. 39-147, 31 Mar. 1939. Colombia: Valle, on
littoral rocks, I. Gorgona, no. 34-495E, 12 Feb. 1934. Ecuador: Ar-
chipielago de Colon, on intertidal rocks, I. Wenman, no. 34-93 (p.p.), 11
Jan. 1934. Ibid., on lava in a brackish lagoon, Pta. Albemarle, I. Isa-
bela, no. 34-95 A, 12 Jan. 1934. Ibid., intertidal on rocks, Ba. Cartago,
I. Isabela, no. 34-352 C, 25 Jan. 1934. Ibid., abundant on water-worn
lava rock fragments in tide pools, I. Baltra, no. 34-328, 22 Jan. 1934.
Ibid., on intertidal rocks on an islet in Gardner Bay, I. Espaiiola, no. 34-
430,Z\}^n.\9ZA.

Hildenbrandia occidentalis Setchell

Setchell in Gardner 1917, p. 393, pi. 33, fig. 4; Smith 1944, p. 215,
pi. 49, fig. 4.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, on intertidal rocks, I. Wenman,
no. 34-93 (p.p.), 11 Jan. 1934.

PEYSSONNELIA Decaisne, 1841

Plants crustose or subcrustose, little to considerably calcified, forming
expansions over the substratum or marginally free, attached by the entire
surface of the lower layer or by rhizoids; basal layer of radiating fila-
ments, simple or dichotomously branched, forming parallel rows, the
upper or perithallus layer of ascending to erect filaments borne upon these ;
erect filaments simple or sparingly dichotomously branched, closely later-
ally united ; reproductive organs in nemathecia of unconsolidated fila-
ments or of specialized paraphyses on the upper surface ; sporangia tetra-
partite, associated with paraphyses; spermatangia lateral on the free fila-
ments; carpogenic branches four or five celled, lateral on the bases of the
free filaments, after fertilization uniting by ooblast filaments with auxili-
ary cells formed by other filaments, and there producing scattered gonimo-
blasts of eight to twelve large carposporangia.

KEY TO SPECIES

1. Thallus lightly calcified, chiefly below; thin and relatively lightly
attached to the substratum P. rubra

1. Thallus considerably calcified; much thicker and more firmly
attached to the substratum 2

168 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

2. Light chalky pink when dry ; about 150 fi thick ; hypothallus cells

in tangential section low ; sporangia over 85 /i, long . P. clarionensis

2. Brownish or yellowish when drj^- to 450 /a thick; hypothallus

cells in tangential section tall ; sporangia under 85 /i, long P. calcea

Peyssonnelia rubra (Greville) J. Agar dh, ^roA:.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, frequent as dredged from 37 meters'
depth at sta. 132, Braithwaite Bay, I. Soccoro, no. 34-40B, 2 Jan. 1934.
Ibid., dredged from 58 meters' depth off Sulphur Bay, I. Clarion, at sta.
136, no. 34-62, 5 Jan. 1934. Ibid., dredged from 92 meters' depth at
sta. 137, no. 34-75, 5 Jan. 1934. Ibid., dredged from 50-75 meters'
depth at sta. 917, no. 39-27, 16 Mar. 1939. Ibid., dredged from 46
meters' depth at sta. 919, no. 39-35, 17 Mar. 1939.

Peyssonnelia clarionensis n. sp.^''**

Plants closely crustose, except at the margin, to 2 cm diam. or more,
chalky pink when dry, firmly calcified below and brittle; rhizoids numer-
ous; basal layer single, consisting of cells in occasionally branched radial
rows, 30 fi long radially, 20 ^i wide, and about 22 {x tall, supporting verti-
cal filaments which are once or twice forked below, 9-16 fi diam,, the cells
of the middle portion about one half longer than broad and rectangular
in sectional view, the end cells rounded-hemispherical, 6 fx diam., 4.5 /a
tall, the total thickness being about 150 jn; sporangial sori scattered, small,
0.5-0.8 mm diam., the tetrapartite sporangia oval, to 85-133 fx long, 45-
60 fx broad, associated with laterally free clavate paraphyses about 125-
150/1, long, 10 /i diam. at the top, with elongated cells below, short ones
near the end.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, on fragments of coralline algae dredged
at 56 meters' depth at sta. 134 off I. Clarion, no. 34-74C, 5 Jan. 1934.
Ibid., sta. 137 at 103 meters' depth, no. 34-68, 5 Jan. 1934. Probably
also: Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, intertidal growing on barnacles,
Tagus Cove, I. Isabela, no. 34-146, 13 Jan. 1934.

100 Peyssonnelia clarionensis n. sp. — Plantae crustosae, ad 2 cm diam., bene
calcifactae atque fragiles, multa rhizoidea habentes ; hypothallo constante ex unico
strato cellularum, in ordinibus radialibus dispositarum, 30 \x long., 20 \x lat., 22
H alt. ; perithallo 150 \i crass., constante e filamentis verticalibus, infra 9-16 \x diam.,
his cellulis 1.5 diam. long., supra circa 6 \x diam., 0.6 plo diam. long.; soris spo-
rangialibus dispersis, 0.5-0.8 mm diam., sporangiis 85-133 f,i long., 45-60 |li diam.;
paraphyses clavatas 125-150 M- long., 10 \i diam. habentibus. Planta typica in loco
dicto I. Clarion, Mexico, legit W. R. Taylor no. 34-74C, 5 Jan. 1934.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 169

Peyssonnelia calcea Heydrich, prox.

Plant crustose, forming irregular disks more than 5 cm diam., the
margin lobed, the surface dull, brownish or yellowish when dry with
darker glutinous spots; moderately closely adherent without any free
lobes, but readily cracking off the rocky substratum when dry ; the lower
portion firmly calcified, only the upper perithallus free from lime ; thick-
ness to 450 IX, composed of a hypothallus about 60 fj. thick including a pro-
nounced lower cuticle, of one cell layer, the cells subequal to much taller
than broad, about 30 /a long and the narrowest columnar, 15 ju, wide, this
layer on the under side covered with very many short, rather straight
rhizoids 15 /x, diam.; perithallus of cell rows about 15 /a diam., sparingly
divided and the cells considerably taller than broad below, but near the
surface much more closely divided, the last 2-3 tiers of small cells about
6-7 /x wide and 4-5 fi tall, but the surface layers on some tiers replaced
by darker and rounded cells about 12-18 ft diam., rather abundant and
giving a characteristic appearance in surface view; sporangia in small sori,
red, oval, tetrapartite, 55-72 ju, long, 22-35 ft diam.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, dredged from 37 meters' depth at sta.
132, Braithwaite Bay, I. Soccoro, no. 34-41, 2 Jan. 1934.

CRUORIELLA Crouan, 1859

Plant crustose, attached to the substratum by rhizoids on the under
surface, the thallus composed of a lower layer or hypothallus and an upper
layer or perithallus, the hypothallus of radiating filaments in small fan-
shaped groups, the perithallus of erect filaments united by a matrix; spo-
rangia tetrapartite, in sori.

Gruoriella Dubyi Crouan, prox.

This material appears to be close to, if not identical with, that issued
in Phyc. Bor.-Amer. no. LVII from Pacific Beach, Calif., as Peyssonnelia
Dubyi.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, rare as dredged from 37 meters' depth
at sta. 132 off Braithwaite Bay, I. Soccoro, no. 34-40A, 2 Jan. 1934.
Ibid., rare on coral fragments from tide pools, Sulphur Bay, I. Clarion,
no. 39-8, 16 Mar. 1939. Ibid., rare on shells dredged from 50-75 meters'
depth at sta. 917 off Sulphur Bay, no. 39-28 A, 16 Mar. 1939. Nayarit,
occasional on Lithothamnieae growing on Pontes coral in littoral pools,
I. Isabel, no. 34-589 A, 3 Mar. 1934.

170 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

Gorallinaceae

Plants with a thin basal layer from which may be developed a thick
crust, a system of rigid branches, or an articulated branch system; struc-
turally multiaxial, calcified except where flexibly jointed; reproductive
organs in conceptacles sunken in the crust, sunken in or protruding from
the calcified segments, or terminal on enlarged branchlets; tetrasporangia
zonate.

It is impossible at this time to give a comprehensive account of the
crustose species collected on the 1934 and 1939 Expeditions. Only a few
of the most striking and perhaps the most easily identified are, therefore,
included. About three-score collections, often including more than one
species, have been put aside for future consideration, and there are also
many records to be obtained from among the smaller corallines epiphytic
on larger algae.

Even in the species given below, the identifications are offered with
distinct misgivings. This group of plants has long needed monographic
treatment, which has never been attempted for the articulated genera and
which, when attempted for the crustose types by Foslie, failed because of
his death, leaving only the excellent plates and fragments of text edited
by Printz. Since in the crustose genera precise identification generally
requires reproducing material of full growth studied in decalcified micro-
tome sections, it is obviously an especially hard group to report upon from
the small, often fragmentary collections brought in by pioneering explora-
tory parties from the field. In most instances, before completely satis-
factory determinations can be made, a large bulk of material from each
station will have to be studied by comprehensive laboratory methods, and
this vi^ill have to await leisurely collecting. Further, comparison with type
or at least authentic material must be made, and this is impossible in the
present disturbed state of the world.

In the crustose genera the keys have been based on the published
descriptions of the plants concerned, and only in the case of Lithophylluni
Farlowii, where the writer's collections are probably the finest in exist-
ence, has an attempt been made to amplify these descriptions.

In reporting the articulated genera the writer has particular reason
to acknowledge the kindness of the University of California, for the
Curator of the Herbarium, Prof. H. L. Mason, has loaned extensive
series of these plants for comparison, and without this help little confi-
dence could have been felt in the determinations made.

NO. 1 TAYLOR : PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 171

KEY TO GENERA

1. Thallus not articulated 2

1. Plants with the erect portions flexibly jointed 6

2. Plants larger, crustose, lamellate or branched, but not flexibly
jointed 3

2. Plants minute, epiphytic, the conceptacles not surrounded by an
evident vegetative crust Choreonema

3. Crusts small, very thin and fragile, sometimes lightly calcified 4

3. Crusts thicker, either firmly attached to hard substrata or them-
selves rather massive ; often w^ith branched protuberances . 5

4. Tetrasporangial conceptacles discharging by several pores Melobesia

4. Tetrasporangial conceptacles discharging by a single pore Fosliella

5. Tetrasporangial conceptacles discharging through several pores
Lithothamnium

5. Tetrasporangial conceptacles discharging through a single pore
Lithophyllum

6. Fronds with conceptacles all lateral, often numerous, scattered
over the segments 7

6. Fronds with terminal conceptacles, at least in part ... 9

7. Medullary filaments in the segments and in the flexible joints one
cell long in each instance Lithothrix

7. Medullary filaments in each segment several cells long . . 8

8. Medullaiy filaments in the segments of alternating long and
short cells Amphiroa

8. Medullary filaments in the segments of cells of uniform length
Bossea

9. Branching dichotomous Jania

9. Branching at least in part pinnate 10

10. Fronds with both terminal and lateral conceptacles . . Joculator
10. Fronds with terminal conceptacles only Corallina

ARGHAEOLITHOTHAMNIUM Rothpletz, 1891ioi

Archaeolithothamnlum Crosslandi Lemoine

Lemoine 1929, p. 57, pi. 2, figs. 1, 2.

Reported from I. Isabela, Archipielago de Colon.

101 With this entry and with similar ones following other genera of coralline
algae, the writer introduces those records of Galapagos Islands calcareous marine
algae which Lemoine published in 1929 on the basis of collections made by Cyril
Crossland during the Saint George Expedition in 1924.

172 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

LITHOTHAMNIUM Philippi, 1837

Plants crustose, or erect and often branching from a crustose base;
structurally of two layers, the basal or hypothallus spreading, the upper
or perithallus transversely zonate ; sporangial conceptacles soriform, super-
ficial or somewhat immersed, at first separate but later those adjacent
fusing, discharging through several pores ; cystocarpic conceptacles super-
ficial or slightly immersed, conical or subconical, at first with a projecting
tip, discharging by an apical pore.

KEY TO SPECIES

1. Plants crustose, smooth or with warty prominences but without
slender erect branches 2

1. Plants with erect branches clearly much longer than broad . 3

2. Plants firmly adherent to the substratum (often loosened by bor-
ing animals), with wartlike or irregular short simple excrescences
0.5-2.0 mm diam. ; perithallus of subquadrate cells 6-9 /x diam.,
or cells vertically elongated to 7-14 /x; sporangial conceptacles at
first convex, later flattened and hardly prominent, 300-500 [i
diam L. pacificum

2. Plants with a well-developed crust, bearing short simple approxi-
mate or coalescing projections 3.5-5.0 mm thick; perithallic cells
7-14 IX tall, 7-9 fi broad ; medullary cells 14-20 fx. tall, 7-9 /a diam. ;
sporangial conceptacles convex, flattened or depressed in the
central part, 400-800 fi diam L. validum

3. Plants enclosing hard objects, or sometimes free, branching rela-
tively sparse but irregularly repeated, sometimes short and con-
gested, often warty, 1-3 mm diam. ; medullary cells 14-29 fi long,
9-14 /J. diam.; sporangial conceptacles convex or flattened, little
prominent, 300-650 /x diam. ; cystocarpic conceptacles 400-700 fi
diam L. indicum

3. Plants free, irregular or subglobose, 0.5-2.5 cm diam. ; sparingly
repeatedly subdichotomously to irregularly branched, the branches
approximate or a little remote, frequently a little tapered, 0.75-
2.0 mm diam.; medullary cells 14-36 /x long, 7-14 /x diam.; spo-
rangial conceptacles convex or flattish, moderately prominent,
300-650 IX diam L. australe

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 173

Lithothamnium pacificum FosHe ?

Foslfe 1929, p. 44, figs. 13, 14; Smith 1944, p. 221, pi. 49, fig. 3.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, on lava rocks, Pta. Albemarle, I.
Isabela, no. 34-122, 12 Jan. 1934. Ibid., intertidal pools, I. Baltra, no.
34-327 (probably f. crassiuscula Foslie), 22 Jan. 1934. Ibid., intertidal
on I. Bartolome, near I. San Salvador, no. 34-343C, 23 Jan. 1934.

Lithothamnium validum Foslie^"^

Foslie 1906a, p. 10; 1910, p. 38, pi. 12, fig. 13; Setchell & Gardner
1930c, p. 177.

Mexico: Guerrero, dredged from 18 meters' depth at sta. 269, Ba.
Petatlan, no. 34-584, 2 Mar. 1934. Costa Rica: dredged from 18
meters' depth at sta. 253, Pto. Culebra, no, 34-537, 24 Feb. 1934.

Lithothamnium indicum Foslie

Foslie 1907, p. 7; 1904, p. 19, pi. 2, figs. 5-9 (as L. fruticulosum f.
clavulata) ; Lemoine 1929, p. 42, pi. 3, fig. 1 (var. subtilis).

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, dredged from 37 meters' depth at sta.
132 off Braithwaite Bay, L Soccoro, no. 34-39 (partly near f. subtilis
Foslie), 4 Jan. 1934. Ibid., dredged from 62 meters' depth at sta. 134
off Sulphur Bay, I. Clarion, no. 34-71, 5 Jan. 1934, and no. 34-36 (partly
near f. subtilis), 17 Mar. 1939. Ibid., dredged from 88-110 meters'
depth at sta. 918, no. 39-29, 16 Mar. 1939. Ibid., drifted onto beach,
no. 34-58, 5 Jan. 1934. Panama: dredged from 27 meters' depth at
sta. 251 off Is. Secas, no. 34-521 A, 22 Feb. 1934.

Lithothamnium australe Foslie
Including f. americana Foslie and f. tualensis Foslie

Foslie 1895b, p. 8, figs. 6, 7 (as L. coralloides f. australis) ; 1900c,
p. 13 (f. americana as a nomen nudum) ; 1904, p. 25.

Foslie (1895a, p. 90, pi. 16, figs. 24-31) figured plants from northern
Europe as L. coralloides f. australis and indicated this, with others which
he described in Latin, as new forms of the species, "mscr." However, he
uses the same name (1895b, p. 8, figs. 6, 7) for a plant from "Cali-
fornia,"i"3 a^j j^g finally designates the latter plant as L. australe f.

102 However, see Setchell & Mason 1943, p. 94, who discard this name.

103 Actually, the Gulf of California, according to a later paper (1904, p. 25).

174 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

americana (1900b, p. 13), but without differentiating description. His
figures (1895b, loc. cit.) are similar to the most slender form of our
material. Lemoine (1929, p. 43 as Mesophyllum australe) recognized
two variants of L. australe from I. Coiba, Panama, namely v. minutula
and V. tualensis, which Foslie had described as formae from the western
Pacific (Foslie 1904, p. 24, pi. 2). The species as originally described
(Foslie 1895a, loc. cit.) showed segments which were relatively long and
slender, resembling Dawson's (1944, pi. 56, figs. 5-7, 9) material in part,
but the writer had none so slender, and none like f. hrachiata Foslie
(1904, pi. 2, figs. 25-38), which Dawson felt corresponded to some ma-
terial from the Gulf of California which he had collected. Rather, that
recorded here varies, portions approaching f. americana and others
approaching f. tualensis Foslie (1904, p. 24, pi. 2, figs. 10-17). Dawson
also had this plant {loc. cit. pi. 57, figs. 14-16). The writer did not find
anything corresponding to f. minutula Foslie (1904, p. 24). Curiously,
the f. americana is omitted from the posthumous work edited by Printz
(Foslie 1929, p. 39, pi. 17), although the later-described forms are in-
cluded.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, dredged in abundance from 37 meters
at sta. 132, Braithwaite Bay, I. Soccoro, no. 34-37 A (mostly f. tualensis),
2 Jan. 1934. Ibid., dredged sparingly from 63 meters at sta. 134, Sul-
phur Bay, I. Clarion, no. 34-73, (mostly f. americana), 5 Jan. 1934.
Ibid., rare as dredged at sta. 917 from 50 meters' depth, no. 39-25 (near
f. tualensis), 16 Mar. 1939. Ibid., rare as dredged from 36-38 meters
at sta. 919, no. 39-37 (near f. tualensis), 17 Mar. 1939. Nayarit, rare
as dredged from 22 meters' depth at sta. 970, off I. Maria Magdalena,
Las Tres Marias, no. 39-643B, (near f. tualensis), 9 May. 1939. Pana-
ma: dredged at Bahia Honda, no. 34-511 A (a little f. americana, mostly
f. tualensis), 22 Feb. 1934. Ibid., dredged from 27 meters' depth at
sta. 251 off Is. Secas, no. 34-521 B, 22 Feb. 1934.

Lithothamnium Gottoni Lemoine

Lemoine 1929, p. 57, pi. 2, fig. 8.

Reported from I. Isabela, Archipielago de Colon.

Lithothamnium pocillum Lemoine

Lemoine 1929, p. 58, pi. 2, fig. 8.

Reported without definite locality from the Archipielago de Colon.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 175

MELOBESIA Lamouroux, 1812

Plants crustose, completely attached to the support, composed of but
a single layer of cells, or of but few layers, and thickest in the neighbor-
hood of the conceptacles ; tetrasporangia zonate, in conceptacles with sev-
eral pores; spermatangia in conceptacles, lateral on two-celled filaments
distributed over the bottom of the cavities ; cystocarpic conceptacles coni-
cal, prominent.

Certain of the species included below were originally described in the
subgenus, or genus, Heteroderma (Foslie 1900c, p. 21; 1905c, p. 102;
1905d, p. 8; 1909, p. 56), but the unsubstantial character of the distinc-
tions ascribed to this genus are pointed out by Rosenvinge (1917, p. 237).
Lemoine (1929, p. 59) uses the genus Epilithon for these species, which
Foslie also used ( 1909, p. 55), but that genus is based on the same species
as the genus MelobesiUj which has priority. The species below are quite
distinct from the Lithothamniums included here, which are substantially
calcified, though they have also been put in that genus (Foslie 1929).
Therefore, these three species have been retained in Melobesia and the
description of the genus relaxed slightly over the form used in describing
the Atlantic flora (Taylor 1937, p. 267).

KEY TO SPECIES
1. At most the margin of the frond monostromatic .... 2

1. Monostromatic over a considerable part of the thallus; mono-
stromatic part with cells quadrate to radially elongated and 7-11
IX long, 6-8 jx broad; sporangial conceptacles 150-250 /i. diam.,
feebly convex or in the center depressed, perforated by 25-50
pores; c57stocarpic conceptacles conical, 140-240 p. diam,, sperma-
tangial conceptacles 70-100 /x diam M. galapagensis

2. Near the margin monostromatic; marginal portion with cells
7-11 fi long, 4-7 /x wide, and in section 7-18 /a tall, but between
the conceptacles much larger, to 36 /x tall, 14 /x broad ; sporangial
conceptacles 150-300 /x diam., feebly convex or plane, but slightly
elevated, in the center depressed; cystocarpic conceptacles low
conical ; spermatangial conceptacles 80-100 /x diam, . M. mediocris

2. Plants crustaceous, purplish, small, commonly confluent, lightly
calcified and thin, the margin translucent, of two cell layers, the
central part to 9 cell layers and 50-100 /x thick; cells of the basal
layer 12 /x long, 5-8 ju, wide, and as high or higher; the upper cells
6-8 /x diam., up to 10 /x tall; the tetrasporangial conceptacles
crowded, sometimes anastomosing, slightly convex, with the
central portion of the roof depressed, with numerous pores, diam.
150-200 /x M. marginata

176 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

Melobesia galapagensis (FosHe) n. comb.

Farlow 1902, p. 98 (as Melobesia corticiformis) ; Foslie 1907a, p. 9,
(as Lithothamnion galapagense) ; 1909, p. 55 (as Epilithon galapagense) ;
1929, p. 49 (as L. galapagense) ; Lemoine 1929, p. 59 (as Epilithon
galapagense ) .

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, on Pterocladia, Black Beach
Anchorage, I. Santa Maria, nos. 34-216, 34-218A and 34-268 (p.p.), 18
Jan. 1934.

Melobesia mediocris (Foslie) Setchell & Mason

Foslie 1900b, p. 5 (as Lithophyllum zostericolum f. mediocris) ;
1907b, p. 26 (as L. mediocre) ; Nichols 1908, p. 347, pi. 3, figs. 1-5 (as
Lithothamnion mediocre) ; Foslie & Nichols in Foslie 1909, p. 55 (as
Epilithon mediocre) ; Setchell & Mason 1943, p. 45 ; Smith 1944, p. 219,
pi. 49, fig. 1.

Mexico: Baja California, on sea grasses at Pta. Hughes, Cabo San
Lazaro, no. 34-661, 7 Mar. 1934.

Melobesia marginata Setchell & Foslie

Setchell & Foslie in Foslie 1902, p. 10; Setchell & Foslie in Nichols
1909, p. 350 (as Lithothamnion marginatum).

Mexico: Baja California, on Gelidium, South Bay, I. Cerros, no.
34-639 (p.p), 10 Mar. 1934. Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, on
Pterocladia, Pta. Cristofer, I. Isabela, no. 34-198 (p.p), 16 Jan. 1934.
Ibid., on Pterocladia, Black Beach Anchorage, I. Santa Maria, nos. 34-
216 and 34-268 (p.p.), 18 Jan. 1934. Guayas, on Pterocladia, no. 34-
457 (p.p.), 8 Feb. 1934.

MESOPHYLLUM Lemoine, 1928

Mesophyllum laxum Lemoine

Lemoine 1929, p. 60, pi. 2, fig. 3.

Reported from L San Salvador, Archipielago de Colon.

LITHOPHYLLUM Philippi, 1837

Plants forming calcified crusts, plates, or erect, branching forms ; con-
ceptacles partly immersed, hemispheric-conical, with an apical pore; the
tetrasporangia with a short stalk, arising from the peripheral basal tissue
around a central group of short, paraphysislike filaments.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 177

KEY TO SPECIES

1. Plants with terete erect branches 2

1. Plants showing an extensive basal layer, crustose or bracketlike,
to 3-5 mm thick and sometimes several centimeters in diameter,
eventually bearing erect platelike extensions to 3 cm tall, 1.3-1.7
mm thick, which join marginally to form a chambered plant with
cavities 3-20 mm diam. ; conceptacles numerous, but slightly ele-
vated, 450-570 fi diam., formed on both the horizontal and the
erect portions of the plant L. Farlowii

2. Plants remaining attached 3

2. Plants becoming free, the basal crust thin, to about 450 fi thick,
enclosing a hard object, bearing short erect divaricate cylindrical
branches to 3 mm diam., 3-7 mm long, with somewhat expanded
ends; medullary cells 3-10 fx long, 2-7 /x diam.; conceptacles in
the ends of the branches, little elevated, 700-950 fi diam. . .
L. divaricatum

3. Erect branches relatively tall, redivided 4

3. Basal crust thin, about 0.2 mm thick, bearing erect slender
branches 0.5-0.75 mm diam., 8 mm tall, or somewhat more if
branched, the ends often a little swollen; medullary cells of the
branches 7-12, rarely to 20 fx long, 3-9 fi diam. . . L. bracchiatum

4. Branches commonly much exceeding 2 mm diam. L. amplostratum

4. Branches generally less than 2 mm diam 5

5. Medullary cells forming alternate wide and narrow zones . .
L. moluccense v. geminostratum

5. Medullary zones not of contrasting widths 6

6. Basal crust bearing crowded erect branches 1-2 mm diam., 5-20
mm tall, repeatedly divided and anastomosing; medullary cells
20-35 fj. long; perithallic cells 10-15 fi long; in the f. galapagense
the medullary cells reported to be 27-60 /i long, the perithallic
cells 11-22 /A L. frutescens f. galapagense

6. Basal crust bearing smooth erect anastomosed branches about 1
mm diam., repeatedly divided, 5-20 mm tall, the ends rather
truncate; medullary cells 20-40 /t long; conceptacles to 450-500
fjL in internal, 800 /x in external diameter . . . L. trichotomum

Lithophyllum Farlowii Heydrich
Plates 39-42
Heydrich 1901a, p. 532, pi. 11, fig. 6; 1901b, p. 420 (as L. claudes-
cens) ; Lemoine 1929, p. 61, pi. 1, fig. 3, pi. 2, fig. 5 (as L. claudescens) ;
Setchell & Mason 1943, p. 95.

178 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

The growth habit of this beautiful species is very striking, but not
unique. In its earlier stages it is represented by parallel forms in both
Lithophyllum and Lithothamnium, in which latter genus L. lichenoides
f. agariciformis (Johnst.) Foslie (1929, p. 43, pi. 11, fig. 9) has a very
close superficial resemblance. In Lithophyllum the closest similarities are
seen in L. expansum Phil. (Mediterranean), L. decussatum (Ell. & Sol.)
Phil. (Mediterranean) and L. Diguetii (Hariot) Heydrich (Gulf of
California). The latter appears to be a smaller plant, with little tendency
to form chambers when mature; but, if it should prove to be a reduced
northern form of the plant here under consideration, the name Diguetii
has priority of about six years (Hariot 1895, p. 168).

This Lithophyllum grows on rocks in the surf near low tide line, and
the primary thallus forms a cap on top of a rock, or projects as a bracket
along its edge. In its primary stage it is more or less horizontal, similar
in aspect to a bracket-fungus. The edge is subsimple to irregularly crenate,
the surface flat to undulating, smooth but dull, the lower surface white,
the upper more roseate. It may increase to a radius of 3-8 cm or even
more before developing any chambers, and may become abundantly fertile,
with the conceptacles chiefly on the under surface. Then erect projections
occur on the upper surface, terete and tapering or ligulate, and these, at
first scattered, become broader and flatter and meet, though they reach a
centimeter or more in height before continuity is achieved, and the height
of the upper margins of the chambers is by no means uniform. The thallus
may reach a height of 6 cm, perhaps more, and a diameter of 15 cm or
more; but, since these measurements were made upon specimens in the
laboratoiy and since it is extremely difficult to remove the large ones
intact from the rocks, it is probable that they become much broader. The
chambers vary a great deal in size and in shape. They may be from 3 mm
to 20 mm in diameter, most commonly somewhat less than 10 mm. They
may reach a depth of 3 cm, but in thicker thalli they are commonly con-
stricted or cut off by more or less complete secondary horizontal septa,
so that a clear depth of the whole thickness to the horizontal layer is
rarely seen in these larger specimens. While the growth of the chambers
is entirely discontinuous in early stages, in large individuals they seem to
start with more continuous ridges near the margin and to rise gradually,
though even in old plants separate submarginal ligulate projections are
common. The horizontal thallus may reach a thickness of 3-5 mm in the
earlier growth phase, but in old plants it commonly disappears from the
central portion, probably by the action of penetrating algae and worms,
leavmg a complex irregularly perforate mass. Occasionally near the over-
hanging edge pendant, as well as erect blades, are formed. Old thalli may

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 179

be mechanically eroded from the upper surface also, and smoothed to com-
paratively uniform level. Here the thickness of the vertical septa is seen
to be about 1.3-1.7 mm. The conceptacles are developed on the vertical
portions as well as on the horizontal ones of this plant. They are most
abundant on that side of the chamber which faces toward the outer margin
of the plant, but probably not so abundant there as on the horizontal
portion. They are about 450-570 /a diam., very little elevated, with a very
small central pore; when decorticated the cavity appears to be about 300-
450 fi diam.

Ecuador : Archipielago de Colon, horizontal-stage plants with a few
erect projections occasional near low tide line, Tagus Cove, I. Isabela,
no. 34-176, 13 Jan. 1934. Ibid., abundant plants in all stages of devel-
opment near low tide line in the surf on rocks. Black Beach Anchorage,
I. Santa Maria, no. 34-233, 17 Jan. 1934. Ibid,, horizontal-stage plants
occasional near low tide line on an islet in Gardner Bay, I. Espanola,
no.J^-^Ji,31 Jan. 1934.

Lithophyllum divaricatum Lemoine ?

Lemoine 1929, p. 63, pi. 2, fig. 6.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, rare as dredged from 36 meters at sta.
132, Braithwaite Bay, I. Soccoro, no. 34-37B, 2 Jan. 1934. Guerrero,
rare as dredged from 18 meters' depth at Ba. Petatlan, no. 34-584B, 2
Mar. 1934. Panama: washed up on shore, I. Jicarita, no. 34-507 A, 20
Mar. 1934. Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, Lemoine loc. cit.

Lithophyllum bracchiatum (Heydrich) Lemoine

Heydrich 1901, p. 531 (as L. lithophylloides f. bracchiata) ; Lemoine
1929, p. 44, pi. 4, fig. 5 (as L. brachiatum) .

Mexico : Is. Revilla Gigedo, abundant from lower tide pools along
the shore of Sulphur Bay, I. Clarion, no. 39-5, 16 Mar. 1939. Ibid.,
intertidal at Braithwaite Bay, I. Soccoro, no. 34-9 (det. ?), 2 Jan. 1934.
Nayarit, from crevices in the surf zone, I. Maria Magdalena, Las Tres
Marias, no. 39-672, 9 May 1939. Panama: in tide pools exposed to
severe surf, Is. Secas, no. 39-121 (det. ?), 26 Mar. 1939.

Lithophyllum frutescens (Foslie) Lemoine

Lemoine 1929, p. 63, pi. 2, fig. 4.

Reported from I. Santa Cruz and I. Santa Maria, Archipielago de
Colon.

180 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

f. galapagense Foslie

Foslie 1929, p. 30, pi. 48, fig. 14 (as Goniolithon frutescens f. gala-
pagense).

The medullary cells ranged to 40 /x long in no. 34-340 and to 50 /j. or
a little more in no. 34-326.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, shores of Ba. Cartago, I. Isabela,
no. 34-352D, 13 Jan. 1934. Ibid.j littoral, in intertidal pools, I. Baltra,
no. 34-326, 22 Jan. 1934. Ibid., littoral, on the shores of I. Bartolome,
near I. San Salvador, no. 34-340, 23 Jan. 1934.

Lithophyllum trichotomum (Heydrich) Lemoine

Heydrich 1901, p. 538 (as Ltthothamnion trichotomum) ; Lemoine
1929, p. 45 ; Dawson 1944, p. 267, pi. 58, figs. 1, 4-6.

For the aspect of this plant one has only the figures which Dawson
gives, but fig. 1 (loc. cit.) is of type material. Foslie's monograph does
not mention this species name. Size of the cells is a feature depended on
to distinguish this from L. bracchiatum, which Lemoine (1929, p. 44)
also records from Panama, but which has cells about half as long, or less ;
in this material they reach 40 /x.

Mexico : Is. Revilla Gigedo, from tide pools along the shore of Sul-
phur Bay, L Clarion, no. 39-47 A, 17 Mar. 1939.

Lithophyllum amplostratum n. sp.^*'*
Plate 43

Plants moderately large, forming clumps several centimeters in
diameter and 2-4 cm thick; basal crust thin, commonly destroyed; erect
branches moderately crowded, below freely anastomosing, above free,
irregularly and erectly branched, the branches 2-6 mm diam., little
tapered, the ends blunt; conceptacles crowded on the outer segments,
slightly elevated, appearing 180-200 /x diam. and with a single pore; in
section tetrasporangial conceptacles deeply immersed, oval, about 160 /*
deep, 320 /* wide; perithallus thin, of few cell layers, cells 8-14 /x diam.,
10-20 II long; medulla very evenly and conspicuously zonate, the zones
one cell deep, of somewhat varied thickness, rarely only 50 /t, generally
85-255 /x thick, of cells 8-13 /x diam.

104 Lithophyllum amplostratum n. sp. — Plantae botryones aliquot cm diam.,
2-4 cm crass, formantes; copiose irregulariterque ramosae, ramis teretibus obtusis-
que erectis, 2-6 mm diam.; perithallo tenui, cellulis 8-14 |x diam., 10-20 \i long.;
medulla manifeste zonata, zonis crassitudine unius cellulae, cellulis 8-13 \i diam.,
50-225 \x, long, Planta typica in loco dicto I. Santa Maria, Ecuador, legit W. R.
Taylor no. 34-234A, 17 Jan. 1934.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 181

These plants somewhat resemble some forms of L. pallescens of the
Gulf of California, and more strongly L. Kostchyanum of the Persian
Gulf and L. praetextatum of Easter Id, (Foslie 1929, p. 37), but in these
species the cells of the medulla are very much shorter than those in this
Galapagos plant. In it they are conspicuously elongate, even about 15
times as long as w^ide. The zones they form are not of the same width
throughout, but while they vary a good deal they do not alternate broad
and narrow in any regular pattern. Long cells approaching this are found
in the lamellate L. decussatum (Lemoine 1911, p. 139, fig. 69) and the
slender terete branched L. byssoides (Lemoine 1911, p. 132, fig. 64), but
are by no means equally long.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, in intertidal pools, occasional at
Black Beach Anchorage, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-234A (TYPE), 17 Jan.
1934.

Lithophyllum moluccense Foslie, v. geminostratum n. var.^^^

Plate 44

Plant with a thin crustose base, but the crust commonly destroyed,
bushy above, forming masses a few centimeters in diameter ; erect branches
moderately crowded, to about 2-3 cm tall, irregularly dichotomously
branched, terete and 0.75-2.50 mm diam., or occasionally fasciate-com-
planate and 2-3 mm wide, below frequently anastomosing, above the
apices blunt; conceptacles crowded on the sides of the outer segments,
only very slightly convex, about 200 fx diam., with a single pore ; in section
(apparently spermatangial) conceptacles immersed, 170-200 jx diam., the
height about 40-60 /x, the floor flat, the roof moderately arched; peri-
thallus of cells 5-6 p. diam., 6-10 fi long, in moderately regular layers;
medulla notably and regularly zonate, each zone one cell thick, the
broader zones alternating with 1-2 narrower ones, composed of cells 6-9 fi
diam., 20-115 jx long.

This plant seems to be related to L. moluccense Foslie. It shows con-
siderable superficial resemblance to the f. pygmaea (Heydrich) Foslie
(1904, p. 67, pi. 12, figs. 7, 12-13). Structurally it shows alternating
bands of very long and shorter cells described for L. moluccense (Foslie
1904, p. 67, fig. 26; Lemoine 1911, p. 135, figs. 65-67), but the alterna-

105 Lithophyllum moluccense Foslie v. geminostratum n. van— Plantae botry-
ones paucorum cm diam., 2-3 cm crass, formantes ; copiose irregulariterque dicho-
tome ramosae, ramis teretibus obtusisque, 0.75-2.50 mm diam.; cellulis penthalli
5-6 \x diam., 6-10 ^ long.; medulla notabiliter irregulariterque zonata, zonis latis
atque duabus angustis plerumque alternantibus, cellulis 6-9 \x diam., 20-115 ^
long. Planta typica in loco dicto I. Santa Maria, Ecuador, legit W. R. Taylor
no. 24-234B. 17 Jan. 1934.

182 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

tion is not a simple one, consisting of one broad band followed by a nar-
row band. However, Foslie (1904, p. 69, fig. 26B) discounts this some-
what by indicating that the bands may not be so distinctive. In our mate-
rial they likewise may be subequal, but much more generally a broad band
alternates with two subequal bands of about one third the width. As
phases of variation one finds a simple 1 :1 alternation, and cases where
there were the two narrow bands, but one only half as wide as the other.
Since the external form is so like L. moluccense and the definable differ-
ences are histological, the writer prefers to treat this as a variety of the
species even though geographically isolated.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, in intertidal pools, occasional at
Black Beach Anchorage, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-234B (TYPE), 17 Jan.
1934.

Lithophyllum complexum Lemoine

Lemoine 1929, p. 60, pi. 2, fig. 7.

Reported without definite locality from the Archipielago de Colon.

Lemoine (1929) described some 17 new species of Corallinaceae
from the Galapagos Islands. Of these the writer can list but few here
from his own collections ; this is probably due to the fact that the simpler
crustaceous corallines are for the most part still unstudied. The entries
on Mme Lemoine's authority are therefore important for the complete-
ness of this report.

Lithophyllum alternans Lemoine

Lemoine 1929, p. 64, pi. 1, fig. 3, pi. 2, fig. 9.

Reported from I. San Salvador and I. Santa Maria, Archipielago de
Colon. By Setchell and Mason (1943, p. 88) removed to Goniolithon.

Lithophyllum sancti-georgei Lemoine

Lemoine 1929, p. 66, pi. 4, fig. 2.

Reported from I. Isabela, Archipielago de Colon.

Lithophyllum intermedium Foslie

Lemoine 1929, p. 66, pi. 1, fig. 3, pi. 2, fig. 3, pi. 3, fig. 6, pi. 4, fig. 7.
Reported from I. Isabela, I. San Salvador, I. Santa Cruz, and I. Santa
Maria, Archipielago de Colon.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 183

Lithophyllum Rileyi Lemoine

Lemoine 1929, p. 68.

Reported from I. San Salvador, Archipielago de Colon.

Lithophyllum tessellatum Lemoine

Lemoine 1929, p. 68, pi. 1, figs. 3, 6, pi. 4, fig. 7.
Reported from I. Isabela and I. Santa Maria, Archipielago de Colon.
By Setchell and Mason (1943, p. 89) removed to Goniolithon.

Lithophyllum mutabile Lemoine

Lemoine 1929, p. 70.

Reported without definite locality from the Archipielago de Colon.

TENAREABory, 1832

Tenarea erecta Lemoine

Lemoine 1929, p. 70, pi. 3, fig. 6.

Reported from I. Isabela, Archipielago de Colon.

FOSLIELLA Howe, 1920

Plants forming thin, lightly calcified crusts adherent to the sub-
stratum, of one to a few layers, the basal of radial cell rows ; conceptacles
superficial or slightly immersed, rounded conical, with a single pore;
sporangia sometimes surrounding sterile central trabeculae; cystocarpic
conceptacles similar, smaller.

Fosliella minuta, n. sp.^^®

Plants very small, encrusting, calcified, of irregular form and extent,
the margin lobed; thickness about 22-30 /i, of one cell layer, the cells
deeper than wide, the breadth being about 18 /i; tetrasporic conceptacles
prominent, rounded, with an inconspicuous pore, or later the upper half
broken away, diameter 80-100 ^it; tetrasporangia 18-22 ^i diam., 39-42 p.
long, zonately divided.

106 Fosliella minuta n. sp. — Plantae parvae, irregulares, marginibus lobatis ;
crassitudine circa 22-30 \Ji, strato uno cellularum 18 ti latitudine; conceptaculis
tetrasporicis prominentibus, 80-100 [i diam., ostiolo inconspicuo; tetrasporangiis
18-22 M. diam., 39-42 m- long. Planta tvpica in loco dicto Pta. Santa Elena, Salinas,
Ecuador, legit W. R. Taylor no. 34-472 A (p.p.), 8 Feb. 1934.

184 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

Panama : scarce, on Jania in lower tide pools, Bahia Honda, no. 39-
133 (p.p.), 26 Mar. 1939. Ecuador: Guayas, epiphytic on Jania, lit-
toral of the southeast side of Pta. Santa Elena, Salinas, no. 34-472A p.p.
(TYPE), 8 Feb. 1934.

CHOREONEMA Schmitz, 1889

Plants minute, lightly calcified, of sparse endophytic parasitic mono-
siphonous branched filaments; pericarps rounded subconical, sessile, the
wall of relatively large cells, with an apical pore.

Ghoreonema Thureti (Bornet), Schmitz,/.
Plate 45

Bornet in Thuret 1878, p. 96, pi. 50, figs. 1-8 (as Melobesia Thureti) ;
Schmitz 1889, p. 455; Suneson 1937, p. 53, figs. 33-35, pi. 3, figs. 10-12.

These very interesting little plants were found on a few tufts of Jania
ungulata, and in aspect agree excellently with the figures in Thuret's
Etudes Phycologiques. The walls of the pericarps seem translucent and
little calcified. No study of the reproductive structures was made. Bornet
(loc. cit.J does not give measurements for the pericarps, but from the
scale of his illustrations one may assume that the pericarps are a trifle
shorter than broad as a rule, and about 92-128 /x tall, 80-128 /* wide.
The present Galapagos material, using only the larger pericarps, gave
measurements of 77-91 ^ tall, 84-98 fx w^ide; these measurements, while
less than those of the type material, overlap them, and one hesitates to
describe these plants as a new species under such circumstances.

Ecuador : Archipielago de Colon, endophytic in Jania, intertidal on
a reef north of Tagus Cove, I. Isabela, no. 34-1 69B, 13 Jan. 1934.
Salinas, on Jania dredged along the village beach in 2-4 meters' depth,
Schmitt no. 12D-33 p.p., 19 Jan. 1933.

LITHOTHRIX J. E. Gray, 1867

Lithothrix Aspergillum J. E. Gray

Fragments showing a main axis of slightly compressed segments about
0.5 mm diam., and about as long, each segment bearing simple subopposite
patent to erect branchlets of 0.2-0.25 mm diam., with segments a little
longer or shorter than broad, slightly cask shaped, 2-3 mm long, and an
occasional branchlet not in the plane or the frond ; conceptacles generally

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 185

in series on one side of a branch, single on each segment, or a second on
the opposite side, extremely prominent, 0.18-0.20 mm diam., to 0.25 mm
tall, rounded.

J. E. Gray 1867, p. 33, figs, a, b; Anderson 1891, p. 217 (as Amphi-
roa Aspergillum) ; Manza 1937a, p. 45; Smith 1944, p. 231, pi. 53, fig.
3.

Mexico: Baja California, in small amount among tufts of Corallina,
South Bay, I. Cerros, no. 34-645B, 10 Mar. 1934.

AMPHIROA Lamouroux, 1812

Basal part usually a small disk, which bears erect branches di- or
trichotomously divided, usually terete, but sometimes flattened or show-
ing a thicker midrib and a thinner margin, divided into calcified segments
alternating with flexible articulations ; conceptacles lateral, sunken in the
branches, often somewhat projecting.

Suneson 1937, p. 46.

KEY TO SPECIES

1. Branches throughout cylindrical or a little compressed, especially
below a fork 2

1. Branches flat above, although the segments very near the base of
the plant are commonly cylindrical or only compressed . . 8

2. Plants of various sizes, but the flexible joints not particularly
distinctive 3

2. Plants with the flexible joints conspicuous, blackish ... 7

3. Segments nearly cylindrical throughout, except sometimes below
the forks 4

3. Segments commonly compressed, especially below a fork . . .
A. franciscana

4. Conceptacles single on each fertile segment, or at least only one

on a side, relatively large A. minutissima

4. Conceptacles relatively smaller, commonly several in the length
of a fertile segment 5

5. Plant with branches reaching only 0.5 mm diam. . . A. annulata

5. Plant with the upper branches reaching 0.6 mm diam., the lower
portions reaching 1.2 mm diam 6

6. Segments 2-4 diameters long; plants to 4.5 cm tall . A. mexicana

6. Segments 5-7 diameters long; plants to 10 cm tall . A. peninsularis

7. Plants turf like, about 2-3 cm tall A. galapagensis

186 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

7. Plants tufted, to 12 cm tall, much coarser with heavier segments
A. peruana

8, Branches narrow, the segments not broad and foliaceous . 9

8. Branches broader, since the segments become wide and subfoli-
aceous 1^

9. Plants very small, closely branched 10

9. Plants of moderate size, of sprawling habit, the diameter of the
compressed branches to 2.0-3.0 mm, the segments often forking
very deeply once or even twice between successive articulations,
the segments sometimes truncate at the ends, sometimes with a
characteristic lunate incision, and the angles at the lower end

even auriculate A. compressa

9a. Habit more erect, segments 1.0-1.5 mm diam. . . v. tenuis

10. Segments above strongly compressed, reaching 0.4-0.5 mm
diam,, or at most 0.7 mm at a fork A. Crosslandii

10. Segments terete below, above very irregular, terete or flattened,
to 1.0-2.0 mm wide, or even to 3.0 mm below a fork; articula-
tions commonly absent at the forks A. polymorpha

11. Large coarse plants, the segments bearing branches commonly
forked, the much-flattened upper branches reaching 2-4 mm in
width, most commonly more strongly convex on one side than
the other, upon which the conceptacles are borne, but not with

a midrib A. dimorpha

11. Smaller plants, the segments generally showing a distinct midrib
when flat and broad, though this may be indistinct when the
segments are narrow and linear A. foliacea

Amphiroa minutisslma n. sp.^*^"^
Plate 46, Fig. 1

Plants 7-10 mm tall, tufted, closely dichotomously branched at angles
of 45°-60°, above somewhat complanate; segments terete below, terete
or very slightly compressed above, 250-350 (x diam. below, gradually
tapering, in the uppermost divisions about 200-250 fi diam., with truncate
tips, the flexible articulations very narrow, one cell in length, and the
calcified segments very short, 0.6-1.5 diameters in length; medulla with

107 Amphiroa minutissima n. sp. — Planta ad 1 cm altitudine, arete dicho-
tome ramosa, segmentis calcifactis teretibus, ad nodum, autem, subcompressis,
infra 250-350 [i diam., supra 200-250 |li, 0.6-1.5 plo diam. longitudine; pericarpis
prominentissimis, 250-350 \i diam., in quoque segmento plerumque singulis, seri-
atim in ramo saepe contiguis. Planta typica in loco dicto Golfo Dulce, Costa Rica,
coll. W. R. Taylor no. 39-1160, 26 Mar. 1939.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 187

4 successively shorter elongate cells preceding each isodiametric cell in
each filament, the cells forming transverse zones; pericarps very promi-
nent, hemispherical or higher and commonly contracted a little at the
base, 230-350 fi diam., usually one to a segment and often contiguous in
series along a branch, occasionally two opposite on a segment.

This tiny species is chiefly notable for the very short strictly cylin-
drical segments w^hich are hardly indented at the ends, and so, since the
flexible articulation is very narrow^, are only to be distinguished on close
examination. The conceptacles are relatively large and seem to be chiefly
superficial on the branch.

Costa Rica: rare, littoral, Golfo Dulce, no. 39-116C (TYPE), 26
Mar. 1939.

Amphiroa franciscana n. sp.^^^
Plate48, Fig. 2; Plate 49

Plants forming close clumps on shells or stones, 1.5-2.5 cm tall from
an inconspicuous crustose base, irregularly dichotomously branched at
angles of about 60°, w^ith frequent lateral branches, sometimes somewhat
erect, at others the branching complanate and reHexed, producing a some-
what rosettelike habit; the segments cylindrical to somewhat compressed,
especially below a fork; those supporting a dichotomy club shaped to
deeply forked, sometimes twice forked between articulations, sometimes
supporting 3 to even 4 branches terminally; diameter of segments below
250-375 II, near the tips 180-200 /i, length of segments near the tips 1.5-
2.35 mm; below 1.12-1.50 mm, but less at the extreme base; where com-
pressed, the thickness one fifth to more often about two thirds the width ;
conceptacles prominent, about hemispherical, to 250-260 /* diam., most
commonly placed along the margins of the compressed branches, to 2-7
on a side; medullaiy structure showing an alternation of 4 (sometimes 3
or 5) zones of large cells of decreasing length between each zone of very
small cells and the next zone above.

Mexico : Nayarit, frequent on large rocks as dredged from 24 meters'
depth at sta. 970, I. Maria Magdalena, Las Tres Marias, no. 39-643 J,
9 May 1939. Ecuador: Esmeraldas, dredged from 5.4 meters' depth
oflF Ba. San Francisco, no. 34-484 (TYPE), 11 Feb. 1934. Guayas, on
the southeast side of Pta. Santa Elena, Salinas, no. 34-471, 8 Feb. 1934.

108 Amphiroa franciscana n. sp. — Plantae caespitosae, 1.5-2.0 cm altitudine,
e basi crustosa orientes, irregulariter dichotomae, ramis lateralibus frequentibus;
segmentis cylindricis ad paululum compressa, iis dichotomiam sustinentibus clavatis
ad profunde furcata, diametro infra 250-275 \i, supra 180-200 \i, longitudine infra
1.12-1.50 mm, supra 1,50-2.25 mm; conceptaculis prominentissimis, 240-260 \i diam.
Planta typica in loco dicto Ba. San Francisco, Esmeraldas, Ecuador, legit. W. R.
Taylor no. 34-484, 11 Feb. 1934.

188 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

Amphiroa annulata Lemoine

Lemoine 1929, p. 78, pi. 4, fig. 1.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, on littoral rocks at Braithwaite Bay, I.
Soccoro, no. 34-27, 2 Jan. 1934. Costa Rica: stunted, in tide pools
near the entrance, Golfo Dulce, no. 39-116A, 26 Mar. 1939.

Amphiroa peninsularis n. sp.^*'^
Plate 48, Fig. 1

Plants to 10 cm tall, rose pink, flexible, irregularly dichotomously
branched, erect, without much taper from base to apex; segments cylin-
drical or very slightly club shaped, occasionally bifurcate at the distal end,
0.8-1.2 mm diam. below, 0.5-0.8 mm in the terminal branches, in length
5-8 mm below, 4-7 mm above; smooth, or in the young segments with
annular markings, or below roughened with numerous slightly elevated
conceptacles about 0.4-0.5 mm diam. ; stiiictu rally, showing in the medulla
at intervals a zone of markedly small cells above which come four zones
of long cells which are successively slightly shorter from one small-celled
zone to the next above.

This plant is very probably the A. nodulosa of Phyc. Bor.-Amer. no.
649 from False Bay, San Diego, California, collected by Mrs. E. Snyder,
Jan. 1899. The histological structure is the same, but the specimens are a
little larger. Kiitzing's type of A. nodulosa (1858, p. 19, pi. 41, fig. 1)
came from Venezuela; while his specimens (2.5 cm tall) might be the
upper parts of plants like ours, they show more taper and, if his drawing
of the medulla is correctly placed on the plate, the cell length sequence is
reversed. In the absence of comparative material it seems safest to describe
the western plant as new. The fragments which Lemoine (1929, p. 73,
pi. 3, fig. 7) describes as A. van Bosseae may be from a dwarf form of this
plant, but ours are hardly so coarse, so irregular or so obscurely segmented
as she describes for the Galapagos plant.

Mexico: Baja California, on rocks about South Bay, I. Cerros, no.
34-646 A (TYPE), 10 Mar. 1934. Nayarit, common on large rocks
dredged from 24 meters' depth at sta. 970, I. Maria Magdalena, Las Tres
Marias, no. 39 -642 A, 9 May 1939. Guerrero, common in the littoral
on rocks in the surf, Ba. Petatlan, no. 34-568, 2 Mar. 1934. Ecuador:
Esmeraldas, dredged from 5.4 meters' depth off Ba. San Francisco, no.
34-483, n Feb. 1934.

109 Amphiroa peninsularis n. sp. — Plantae ad 10 cm altitudine, dichotomae,
erectae, paululum teretes; segmentis paene cylindricis, diametro infra 0.8-1.2 mm,
ad cacumjna 0.5-O.S mm, longitudine infra 5-8 mm, supra 4-7 mm; segmentis
supra levibus aut paululum annulatis, infra per conceptacula subelevata asperatis,
0.4-0.5 mm diam. Planta typica in loco dicto South Bay, I. Cerros, Baja California,
Mexico, legit W. R. Taylor no. 34-646A, 10 Mar. 1934.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 189

Amphiroa mexicana n. sp.^^''
Plate 47

Plants closely tufted, to 3.0-4.5 cm tall, the branching closely dichot-
omous, with few lateral branches, the divisions erect or, in the upper-
most forkings, somewhat more spreading and more complanate ; segments
0.8-1.2 mm diam., or in the tips only about 0.6 mm, in length 1.5-3.2 mm,
generally 2-4 times as long as wide ; generally terete or very slightly com-
pressed, though more so below a fork, the segments bearing branches
truncate or often equally or unequally bifurcate, the flexible nodes fairly
evident; conceptacles numerous, equally distributed around the branches,
very slightly elevated, about 350 [i diam., the pore minute.

These plants suggest J. peninsularis, but are smaller and more closely
branched, with relatively stouter, shorter segments. The medullary fila-
ments show alternating long and shorter segments. Perhaps the most
typical alternation is like that found in J. peninsularis, i.e., one transverse
series of quite small cells following four of long, but successively shorter,
cells. However, the zone of short cells was as often found succeeding
only one, two, or three zones of longer ones.

Mexico: Guerrero, collected in some abundance along the shore
inside the Morro de Petatlan, Schmitt no. 120C-33 (TYPE), 17 Mar.
1933.

Amphiroa galapagensis n. sp.^^^
Plate 51, Figs. 1-5

Plants turflike, to 4 cm tall, without recognizable basal crust, fairly
regularly dichotomously branched, the branches erect, rather broader
above; segments rose pink, the flexible joints distinct, blackish; segments
in the lower portion of the plants subterete, those in the central and upper
portions distinctly compressed, especially in the uppermost parts, the
margins parallel or subcuneate, the upper angles somewhat truncate,

110 Amphiroa mexicana n. sp. — Plantae caespitosae, ad 4.5 mm altitudine, arete
dichotome ramosae, segmentis infra 0.8-1.2 mm diam., in cacuminibus 0.6 mm,
plerumque 2-4 plo longioribus quam latis, teretibus praeterquam quod, praecipue
infra furcam, subcompressa sunt, ramum ferentibus, saepe bifurcatis; conceptacu-
lis radiatim dispositis, paulum elevatis, 350 n diam. Pianta typica in loco dicto
Ba. Petatlan, Mexico, coll. W. L. Schmitt no. 120C-33, 17 Mar. 1933.

111 Amphiroa galapagensis n. sp. — Plantae caespitideae, ad 5 cm altitudine,
axibus erectis, dichotome ramosis, articulis fiexibilibus distinctis, fuscis ; segmentis
calcifactis infra subteretibus, 0.8-1.0 mm diam., supra distincte compressis, ad 1.0-
1.5 mm latitudine, crassitudine circa 0.25 magnitudinis. Pianta typica in loco dicto
I. Santa Maria, Ecuador, legit W. R. Taylor no. 34-235, 17 Jan. 1934.

190 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

occasionally the ends forked below, rarely in the upper branching; width
below to 0.8-1.0 mm, in the middle and upper parts to 1.0-1.5 mm, and
where most compressed about one fourth as thick; conceptacles not seen.

While not so conspicuously banded as A. peruana, banding was suffi-
ciently apparent to be distinctive among smaller species of the area. The
uppermost portions of the turfs were commonly bent to one side, and
dwarfed specimens from exposed stations attributed to this species were
almost appressed to the substratum, so that this feature would have been
considered distinctive if better material had not been available.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, from intertidal rocks on a reef
north of Tagus Cove, I. Isabela, no. 34-180, 15 Jan. 1934. Ibid., com-
mon about Black Beach Anchorage, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-235 (TYPE),
17 Jan. 1934.

Amphiroa peruana Areschoug
Plate 50, Figs, 1, 2

Plants tufted, to 12 cm tall from an inconspicuous subcrustose base,
somewhat irregularly dichotomously branched, the tapering branches
erect; segments rose pink, flexible joints prominent and nearly 1.5 mm
long, segments in the central portion compressed, simple, subcuneate to
slightly bifurcate, to 6 mm long, 1-3 mm wide; uppermost segments com-
pressed or, in the tapering ultimate branchlets, subcylindrical, 0.8-1.0
mm diani,, 3-5 mm long; conceptacles numerous in the fertile segments,
with one pore, very slightly elevated, 0.30-0.45 mm diam.

Areschoug, Phyc. Extraeurop. no. 41 ; Farlow 1902, p. 93.

This is a very striking and large species, the alternating black and
pink bands being quite conspicuous. Materials from Areschoug's exsiccata
and from the collections reported upon by Farlow were available for
comparison. As represented in the herbarium of the University of Michi-
gan, the plants called J. peruana by Manza, Ecol. Surv. So. Africa nos.
F-21, F-21A and Papenfuss no. 93, are a smaller species more like what
is here called A. galapagemis, but probably not identical with it. Manza 's
A. ephedraea, Ecol. Surv. So. Africa nos. DC-10 and EC-1, are probably
different species — the latter a small thing, the former much resembling
the present species, though the upper branches are more attenuate.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, occasionally forming large, con-
spicuous colonies in the lower littoral pools near Black Beach Anchorage,
I. Santa Maria, no. 34-231, 17 Jan. 1934.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 191

Amphiroa compressa Lemoine^^^
Plate 52
Lemoine 1929, p. 75, pi. 3, fig. 5 ; Farlow 1902, p. 93 (as A. dilatata).
Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, dredged from 14-27 meters' depth
near the anchorage in Academy Bay, I. Santa Cruz, Schmitt no. 319A-35,

8 Dec. 1934. Ibid., dredged from 3.5-5.5 meters' depth east of Wreck
Bay, I. San Cristobal, Schmitt no. 41D-33, 30 Jan. 1933. Ibid., dredged
from 27 meters' depth off I. San Cristobal, Schmitt (no number), 15
Dec. 1934. Ibid., forming fine flat rosettes which, after drying, disar-
ticulated at a touch, dredged from 27 meters' depth off Post Office Bay,
I. Santa Maria, no. 34-300, 19 Jan. 1934. Ibid., abundant at from 12-
18 meters' depth, no. 34-368, 27 Jan. 1934. Ibid., dredged from 22
meters' depth at sta. 355 off Gardner I., I. Espaiiola, Schmitt no. 355A-
35, 17 Dec. 1934.

Amphiroa compressa var. tenuis n. var. ^^^
PIate53, Fig. 1

Habit somewhat more erect, the segments narrower, about 1.0-1.5
mm diam., generally little over 1 mm, the segments generally truncate on
the end, but the broadest showing the lunate incision characteristic of the
species, but hardly auriculate at the angles.

Mexico: Nayarit, a narrow form rare as dredged from 24 meters at
sta. 970, I. Maria Magdalena, Las Tres Marias, no. 39-642B (TYPE),

9 May 1939. Ecuador: Manabi, on the shore 1 mile south of Manta,
Schmitt no. 403-35, 20 Jan. 1935.

Amphiroa Crosslandii Lemoine

Lemoine 1929, p. 50, pi. 4, fig. 3.

Mexico : Is. Revilla Gigedo, on coralline rocks at Braithwaite Bay,
L Soccoro, no. 34-30 (a small form), 3 Jan. 1934. Oaxaca, on rocks at
Tangola-Tangola, no. 34-555 (p. p.), 28 Feb. 1934.

112 This species, A. Crosslandii and A. dimorpha, when collected should in-
variably be preserved in 50 per cent alcohol, or at least in dilute formaldehyde. In
fact, this is a very advantageous procedure when handling any of the articulated
corallines. Before mounting as dried specimens the plants must be impregnated
with shellac, or m.ust be pressed down into glue on a cardboard, because otherwise
the segments may immediately disarticulate when disturbed, and certainly will
not withstand the slightest pressure. Current experiments show that a solution of
polyvinyl alcohol with glycerine, urea, and formaldehyde gives an excellent flexible
coating to protect these corallines, but it is not yet known how this material will
stand the lapse of successive decades in herbarium storage.

113 Amphiroa compressa v. tenuis n. v. — Plantae erectiores quam in specie,
segmentis calcifactis angustioribus, circa 10 mm, raro ad 1.5 mm latitudine. Planta
typica in loco dicto I. Maria Magdalena, Las Tres Marias, Mexico, legit W. R.
Taylor no. 39-642B, 9 May 1939.

192 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

Amphiroa polymorpha Lemoine
Plate 54

Lemoine 1929, p. 74, pi. 3, fig. 2.

Costa Rica: infrequent in tide pools near the entrance, Golfo
Duke, no. 39-116B, 26 Mar. 1939.

Amphiroa dimorpha Lemoine
Plate 55

Lemoine 1929, p. 76, pi. 3, figs. 3, 4, pi. 4, fig. 6.

Mexico : Nayarit, a small form probably this species, the medullary
sequence somewhat irregular, I. Isabel, no. 34-5880, 5 Mar. 1934.
Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, dredged from 3.5-5.5 meters' depth
in the bay, I. Santa Fe, sta. 46, Schmitt no. 46C-33, 2 Feb. 1933. Ibid.,
intertidal on the lower rocks, and in the deeper tide pools near Black
Beach Anchorage, L Santa Maria, nos. 34-236, 34-240B, 34-244B, 17
Jan. 1934. Ibid., intertidal on an islet in Gardner Bay, L Espanola, no.
34-429, 31 Jan. 1934.

Amphiroa foliacea Lamouroux
Plate 56

Weber-van Bosse 1904, p. 92, pi. 14, figs. 1-11.

One familiar with the West Indian A. Tribulus (Ellis & Solander)
Lamouroux notes at once how similar it is to A. foliacea. Indeed, Mme.
Weber {ibid., p. 93) mentions having received A. foliacea from the West
Indies. However, the Caribbean plants the writer has found have been
larger, more sprawling and less consistently broadly winged. With so
few and such small individuals the name of the Pacific form is retained,
since the material agrees very well with the illustrations given by Mme.
Weber.

Mexico: Nayarit, scarce as dredged from 24 meters' depth with
other Amphiroas on large rocks at sta. 970, no. 39-641, 9 May 1939.

Amphiroa van Bosseae Lemoine
Lemoine 1929, p. 72, pi. 3, fig. 7.
Reported from I. Santa Maria, Archipielago de Colon.

BOSSEA Manza, 1931A
Plants fragile, branching dichotomously or more or less alternately;
segments below compressed or cylindrical, but above always compressed ;
flexible joints of a single zone of cells ; calcified segments showing straight
medullary filaments consisting of several zones of cells of equal length ;
conceptacles hemispherical to conical, on the flattened surfaces of the seg-
ments.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 193

KEY TO SPECIES

1. Segments in the upper branches subequal or rather longer than
broad B. angustata

1. Segments above subequal, or more commonly much broader than
long 2

2. Upper segments thinner, reaching 2.5-3.0 times as wide as the
length measured along the axis B. Gardner!

2. Upper segments thicker, larger, reaching about 1.5-2.0 times as
wide as the length along the axis B. pachyclada

Bossea angustata n. sp.^^*
Plate 59

Plants to about 1 dm tall, bushy, without dominant main axes, sub-
dichotomous to oppositely branched; segments of the primary axis near
the base terete, those above the first forks becoming compressed, those in
the upper segments thin, flat, rectangular to slightly wider at the distal
end, the upper angles rounded to obtuse, never acutely produced, little
wider than the articulation, the length and width about equal, or the
length to one half greater than the width, rarely less except for segments
bearing a branch, rarely reaching 2 mm; segments somewhat thicker in
the center, but without evident costa ; conceptacles generally 2 on one face
of a segment, sometimes 3 or rarely 4, relatively large, so that two when
side by side occupy nearly all the width of a segment, each with a central
pore ; terete or flat proliferations from the faces of the segments not un-
common, becoming several segments long.

This species has more slender branches than any of the large ones
except B. Orbigniana and B. Gardneri. From the former it differs in that
it is coarser and the upper segment angles are not acutely produced, a
feature which makes the outer branches of B. Orbigniana acutely serrate
(Phyc. Bor.-Amer. 398). From the latter it differs in narrower, pro-
portionately longer segments which lack the rounded lateral lobes promi-
nent in B. Gardneri.

Mexico: Baja California, at I. San Benito, coll. W. L. Schmitt, 6
Apr. 1933.

114 Bossea angustata n. sp. — Plantae ad 1 dm altitudine, fruticosae, subdichot-
ome ramosae, infra segmentis teretibus, supra subcompressis ad plana, vix ad 2
mm lat., 2-3 mm long., ecostatis, rectangularibus aut in extremitate distall paululo
latioribus, angulis superioribus rotundatis, pauIo latioribus quam articulatione;
conceptaculis plerumque duobus una in superficie segmenti. Planta typica in loco
dicto I. San Benito, Baja California, Mexico, legit W. L. Schmitt, 6 Apr. 1933.

194 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

Bossea Gardneri Manza

Plate 57

Manza 1937b, p. 563; 1940, p. 306, pi. 15; Smith 1944, p. 235, pi.

52, fig. 2.

These plants are equivalent to the more slender specimens determined
by Manza and to be found in the herbarium of the University of Cali-
fornia, except that they rarely have four conceptacles on each segment
face, but instead generally have two. This character Manza (1937b, pp.
563, 564) emphasizes as a feature distinguishing these plants from B.
Orbigniana (Decaisne) Manza (1937, p. 563), but more striking is the
attenuate character of the latter, and the markedly serrate margin of the
branches, caused by the sharp divergent upper angles of the segments.
Manza's specimens of B. Gardneri show two conceptacles on each seg-
ment in the upper branches, and occasionally as many as 6 or 7 on the
lower ones.

Mexico: Baja California, on littoral rocks in pools at South Bay,
I. Cerros, no. 34-643 A, 10 Mar. 1934.

Bossea pachyclada n. sp.^^'
Plate 58

Plants to 1 dm tall, very bushy, closely dichotomously or trichot-
omously branched ; segments of the primary axis at the base terete, those
near the lower forks compressed, those in the upper segments glossy, thick,
flat, the midline considerably thicker than the margin and sometimes
faintly angled; below rectangular, above with the distal end transverse,
rarely a little retuse, much broader than the proximal, the angles rounded,
tapering sharply to the lower articulation zone, the width about 1.5-2.0
times the length, reaching about 4 mm ; conceptacles generally two on one
face of a segment, rarely 3 or 4, rather large, with a central pore.

Mexico: Baja California, on littoral rocks in pools at South Bay, I.
Cerros, no. 34-643B, 10 Mar. 1934.

The segments in the coarser California Bosseas have the lateral or
wing section pretty much as wide at the bottom of the segment as at the
top, or if not, the upper angles project distally. These features are not
noted in this species, where there is a distinct angle between the nearly
transverse upper margin and the sides of the segment above. In this

115 Bossea pachyclada n. sp. — Plantae ad 1 dm altitudine, fruticosae, arcte
subdichotome aut subtrichotome ramosae, segmentis infra teretibus, supra com-
pressis ad planata, vix ad 4 mm lat., et circa 0.5-0.33 brevioribus quam latis, lineam
mediam crassiorem atque paene costatam habentibus, rectangularibus ad truncato-
cuneata, extremitate transversa multo latiore quam extremitate proximali ; con-
ceptaculis plerumque binis utraque in superficie segmenti. Planta typica in loco
dicto I. Cerros, Baja California, Mexico, legit W. R. Taylor no. 34-643B, 10 Mar.
1934.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 195

species there is no abrupt transition between flattened distal branches and
terete lower ones, as there is in B. dichotoma and B. interrupta. It comes
closest, perhaps, to B. calif ornica (Decaisne) Manza, but in that species
the lower parts are less extensively terete or subterete, the upper segments
are nearly rectangular to obcordate, with the wings projecting forward
of the line of articulation, and the conceptacles are smaller and more nu-
merous.

JANIA Lamouroux, 1812

Plants arising from an inconspicuous disk, freely dichotomously
branched, the branches segmented, the segments cylindrical, calcified,
separated by uncalcified articulations ; conceptacles usually single in swol-
len terminal segments of the main branches, which often continue further
growth by the formation of a pair of branches lateral to the conceptacle.

Suneson 1937, p. 37 (as Corallina rubens).

KEY TO SPECIES
1. Branching wide angled, not congested 2

1. Branching erect, often congested above 3

2. Segments generally 50-100 /u, diam., 4-10 times as long as broad
J. capillacea

2. Segments 100-200 p. diam., 2-5 times as long as broad J. adhaerens

3. Branch tips not compressed 4

3. Branch tips compressed, expanded J. ungulata

4. Segments to 135 /z diam. below, and about 5-6 times as long as
broad, somewhat more slender and relatively shorter above . .
J. arborescens

4. Segments to 200 /x diam. below and about twice as long as broad,

120-150 II diam. in the lesser branches J. mexicana

Jania capillacea Harvey

Harvey 1853, p. 84; Taylor 1928, p. 206, pi. 29, figs. 2, 10; 1942,

p. 94.

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, littoral pools about Braithwaite Bay,
I. Soccoro, nos. 34-28. 34-33, 3, 5 Jan. 1934. Ecuador: Guayas, in
tide pools at Pta. Santa Elena, Schmitt no. 530, 17 Sept. 1926.

Jania adhaerens Lamouroux, prox.
Plants spreading, loosely branching at wide angles, segments below
190-225 II diam., 0.4-0.8 mm long, little tapered toward the tips, terete
throughout.

196 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

B0rgesen 1915-20, p. 195, figs. 184-187; Taylor 1928, p. 205.

Lamouroux (1816, p. 270) presented /. adhaerens as follows: "408.
J. Adherents; rameaux divergents, meles, fragiles, de la grosseur au
plus d'un cheveu, adherents au papier par la dessication; coleur verdatre.
J. Adhaerens ; ramis divaricatis, intertextis, f ragilibus, capillaribus, des-
sicatione chartae adhaerentibus. Mediterranee ? Ded. Balbis." He did not
illustrate this species. There is, therefore, nothing in the original publica-
tion to tell us the diameter or proportions of the segments exactly, and
little about the general character of the plant.

One notes that Howe (1920, p. 589) and B0rgesen (1915-20, p. 198)
differ in their understanding of /. adhaerens and /. capillacea. It may be
that the type of J. adhaerens does not exist ; Howe recognizes that there
is doubt respecting its Mediterranean source. Certainly Kiitzing's idea of
it is more clear; he figured (1858, p. 40, pi. 83, figs, d, f) material from
the Red Sea ; fig. d represents, probably, a mixture of species, the erect type
perhaps /. rubens. It is unwise to try to decide the diameter of the seg-
ments from his figures, but it is possible to establish their proportions and
it appears, excluding uncharacteristic segments, that they are 5-8 times
as long as broad. The writer has specimens from the Red Sea coll.
Schimper no. 938 from Kosseir, and from El Tor; their segment ratio
ranges from 2.5-6.0 times as long as broad, and near the top of the plant
or at upper forks sometimes the segments are even shorter. The diameters
run from 110-185 fx, excluding aberrant attenuate branches. Areschoug
in J. Agardh (1852, p. 559) considered J. adhaerens Lamouroux in the
Species Inquirendae, and gave neither diameter nor proportions of the
segments. The length ratio of 6-10 times the diameter for /. adhaerens
appears in Yendo (1902, p. 24) with a diameter of 80 fi. Weber and
Foslie (1904, p. 107) give no data. Olcamura (1936, p. 529) gives the
same ratio as Yendo. B0rgesen (loc. cit.) cites Kiitzing's figures g and h,
but these are figures of the variety incrustata, rather than the species as
Kiitzing understood it, while fig. i is a portion covered with Melobesia
granulata. B0rgesen gives diameters of 30-60 /x in the upper segments and
100-150 IX. in the lower parts of older plants, and a segment length of 5-8
diameters. DeToni (1905, p. 1839) quotes a length of 6-10 diameters
for /. adhaerens, probably from Yendo, though Kutzing (1849, p. 710)
gives neither diameter nor proportions.

We have no access at this time to the Harveyan type of /. capillacea,
nor does his description give the diameter measurements, but Howe (loc.
cit.) gives a diameter of 50-100 ju,, and the writer has collected similar
plants from Florida and the Caribbean area. Harvey gives a segment
length of 4-6 times the diameter for his /. capillacea.

I

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 197

To the plant which B0rgesen calls /. capillacea he attributes a diame-
ter of 150 /jt, a length of 350-400 /* (interchanged by error in his text) ;
he considers that the obtuse-angled forking and occasionally recurved
branches are distinctive, but this is probably not so. The record in Hoyt
(1920, p. 527) calls for a diameter of 100-200 ju,, but figure 6 on plate
114 resembles neither J. adhaerens nor /. capillacea closely. There is
every reason to respect Howe's interpretation of Harvey's species /. capil-
lacea; the fact that he found segments often to be longer than Harvey
did is not surprising in view of the more ample material available. There
seems no particularly good reason for accepting Yendo's interpretation of
/. adhaerens, for the materials collected in Japan and the Red Sea or
Mediterranean may well have been different species. Rather, we should
judge Lamouroux's species by what we have of Red Sea material since
Kiitzing, who was in a good position to judge, did so; and that would
point to J. adhaerens being a stouter species with shorter, but not distinc-
tively shorter, segments.

Ecuador: Esmeraldas, dredged from 5.4 meters' depth off San Fran-
cisco, no. 34-482 p. p., 11 Feb. 1934.

Jania arborescens Yendo, prox. ?

Plants about 1 cm tall, sparingly branched below, closely corymbosely
branched above, the lower segments 95-135 ju, diam., the upper little less,
in length the lower segments 0.55-0.85 mm, the upper segments somewhat
shorter, about three times as long as broad, not distinctively flattened.

Yendo 1902, p. 25, pi. 3, fig. 5, pi. 7, fig. 6.

These specimens may represent the same species as no. 34-169A, re-
ferred with some doubt to /. ungulata, and neither may be exactly like
the Japanese plants, but it seems best tentatively to distinguish the collec-
tions in some way until more ample material is available.

Ecuador: Guayas, from rocks on the southeast side of Pta. Santa
Elena, Salinas, no. 34-472B, 8 Feb. 1934.

Jania mexicana n. sp.^^^
Plate 60

Plants densely tufted, about 2 cm tall, the branching erect and dense,
subcorymbose ; axes below 170-205 /t diam., the segments 340-425 /t long,
the ultimate branches 120-150 ix diam., with apices obtuse conical; con-

116 Jania mexicana n. sp.— Plantae caespitosae, ad 2 cm altitudine, ramificatione
erecta subcorymbosaque ; segmentis infra 170-205 m-, supra 120-150 |x diam.; apici-
bus ramorum obtuso-conicis; conceptaculis late pyriformibus, bilateraliter cornes-
centibus, et, saepe usque ad 4 furcationes crescentibus. Planta typica in loco dicto
Ba. Petatldn, Guerrero, Mexico, legit W. R. Taylor no. 34-569. 2 Mar. 1934.

198 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

ceptacles broadly pyriform, ultimately with two hornlike projections
which may develop into branchlets of one to several segments that in turn
may end in conceptacles and repeat; so conceptacles may support 1-4 suc-
cessive forkings, in which case the branching becomes rather wider angled
than in the sterile part.

This plant in habit suggests a dwarfed /. ruhens, but the proportions
and diameters of the segments are not in agreement. It is different also
from Setchell & Gardner's (1930, p. 179) Guadeloupe Island plant,
which is much more slender than /. ruhens (L.) Lamour., s. s., even as
these are coarser.

Mexico: Oaxaca, with driftweed in Ba. Tangola-Tangola, no. 34-
553, 28 Feb. 1934. Guerrero, littoral on rocks in the surf at Ba. Petat-
lan, no. 34-569 (TYPE), 2 Mar. 1934.

Jania ungulata Yendo, prox.
Plate 45 p. p.; Plate 53, Figs. 2-4

Plants in close tufts, 1.0-1.5 cm tall, widely branched below, sub-
complanate and closely corymbosely or subflabellately branched above,
the lower segments 100-190 /x diam., 340-425 fx long below, short in the
upper parts and often somewhat compressed, the terminal segments broad,
and clearly compressed.

Yendo 1902, p. 26, pi. 3, figs. 7, 8, pi. 7, fig. 8.

These plants suggest the f. brevior Yendo ; but, since he does not give
measurements of his plant, it is difficult to be sure; the resemblance may
be superficial and the plants only abnormal /. adhoerens Lamouroux, or
possibly nos. 34-169A and 34-472 represent phases of the variation of
no. 34-569 here described as a new species, /. mexicana.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, intertidal from a reef north of
Tagus Cove, I. Isabela, 720. 34-169 A, 13 Jan. 1934. Guayas, dredged
off La Libertad, Schmitt no. 12F-33, 19 Jan. 1933.

JOGULATOR Manza, 1937

Joculator pinnatifolius Manza

Plate 61

Plants tufted, to 6 cm tall, sparingly branched from near the base and
with several shorter branches near the tip ; main axes with segments cylin-
drical at the base, trapezoidal above with the upper angles truncate, 0.9-
1.1 mm long, generally longer than broad, the midline ridged; closely
pectinate pinnate, the lateral branchlets 1-3 mm long, borne at the angles

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 199

of the axial segments, of one, rarely to 4 segments, when single the seg-
ment flat and rather narrowly lanceolate, or above, cultriform; concep-
tacles about 0.45 mm diam., 0.55 mm long, broadly truncate conical, im-
mersed in the end of the lateral branchlet, sometimes winged, or the
lower part of the segment subcylindrical and stalklike, or the conceptacles
strongly projecting from the face of the axial segments, when they may
even be short stalked.

Manza 1937a, p. 47.

The supposedly distinctive feature of Joculator — that the conceptacles
may be borne on the faces of the segments — is not unique, for it is a not
infrequent occurrence on the classical Corallina officinalis Linnaeus of the
New England coast.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, in intertidal pools of a reef north
of Tagus Cove, I. Isabela, no. 34-168, 13 Jan. 1934. Ibid., common on
rocks in tide pools of the lower littoral, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-240 A, 17
Jan. 1934.

CORALLINA Linnaeus, 1758

Plants with calcified, crustose bases spreading on the substratum, and
often confluent ; the bases giving rise to an indefinite number of erect axes
which are terete to compressed, generally branching in a plane, the branch-
ing usually oppositely pinnate ; articulated, the calcified joints cylindrical
to flattened, the short flexible nodes ecorticate; conceptacles formed by
the conversion of lateral or terminal pinnules, naked or bearing hornlike
projections, the apex with a pore.

KEY TO SPECIES

1. Segments cylindrical to compressed 2

1. Segments compressed to quite flat C. officinalis

2. Main axes and chief branches not particularly prominent, the
habit broadly pyramidal or involved 3

2. Main axes and chief branches percurrent, clearly marked, the
fronds narrow 4

3. Small and delicate plants, the diameter of the axial segments
about 0.2-0.4 mm C. gracilis

3. Larger and coarse plants, the diameter of the segments about 0.7-

1.0 mm C. chilensis

4. Minor branches complanate, but irregularly radially disposed and
imbricate about the chief branches . . C. gracilis v. lycopodioides

4. Branching essentially complanate throughout, though less regular
in the lower divisions C. vancouveriensis

200 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

Gorallina chilensis Decaisne
Plate 62

Decaisne in Harvey 1847, p. 103; Smith 1944, p. 230, pi. 51, fig. 4.

These plants closely resemble material from I. San Lorenzo, Callao,
Peru, in the writer's herbarium ; but they are a little more sturdy than
fragmentary material from Antofagasto, Chile, probably had been, both
of which specimens the writer ascribes to C. chilensis. They are a little
less closely pinnate and slightly larger and more irregular than Are-
schoug's Phyc. Extraeurop. Exsic. no. 68 from Peru, as well as the plant
illustrated by Kiitzing (1858, p. 32, pi. 66, fig. 1). The specimen under
this name in Phyc. Bor.-Amer. no. 499 from California differs from all
in its more markedly flattened distal segments.

Mexico: Baja California, on rocks at Point Hughes, Cabo San La-
zaro, no. 34-609, 7 Mar. 1934. E. Is. San Benito, Schmitt (no number),
4 June 1933. Ecuador: Guayas, on the southern side of Pta. Santa
Elena, Schmitt nos. 162, 514, 16, 17 Sept. 1926.

Gorallina gracilis Lamouroux

This material is much more closely branched than Phyc. Bor.-Amer.
no. 399 from California, but the plants in form of the branches and
branchlets are closer to it than to C. officinalis L.

Mexico: Baja California, in littoral pools at South Bay, I. Cerros,
no. 34-645 A, 10 Mar. 1934.

V. lycopodioides n. var.^^*^
Plate 63

Plants 10 cm tall from a crustose base, the erect axes clustered, spar-
ingly divided, when fully developed closely radially beset with short pin-
nately divided branches; lateral branches with short cuneate to deltoid
somewhat compressed axial segments, the ultimate segments near the
base of the plant cuneate, flat, but above the lateral ultimate branchlets
cylindrical to club-shaped, 150-250 p. diam. ; conceptacles on the ends of
the branchlets ovoid to rounded conical.

11"^ Gorallina gracilis Lamouroux, v. lycopodioides n. var. — Plantae ad 10 cm
altitudine, fasciculatae, axibus primariis subsimplicibus, ramis lateralibus brevibus,
pinnatis inbricatisque radiatim praeditis; ramis lateralibus infra segmenta axialia,
brevia, cuneata ad deltoidea, paululum compressa habentibus, ramulis, autem, sub-
cylindricis, 150-250 |.i diam.; conceptaculis ovatis ad rotundato-conica, raraulos
terminantibus. Planta typica in loco dicto South Bay, I. Cerros, Mexico, legit W.
R. Taylor no. 34-646B, 10 Mar. 1934.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 201

These plants have strong, tufted principal axes closely covered with
overlapping pinnate ultimate branches and are even denser than Collins'
Phyc. Bor.-Amer. no. 650B of his van densa. Occasionally basal shoots
resemble his Californian plants closely, but the tall ones are far more
developed, with at least one degree of short lateral branching.

Mexico: Baja California, in the littoral pools at South Bay, I. Cer-
ros, no. 34-646B (TYPE), 10 Mar. 1934.

Corallina vancouveriensis Yendo ?

Yendol901,p. 719, pi. 54, fig.3.

Mexico: Baja California, at Point Hughes on Cabo San Lazaro,
no. 34-610, 7 Mar. 1934.

Corallina oflBcinalis Linnaeus

Taylor 1937, p. 271, pi. 36, figs. 1-5.

Ecuador : Archipielago de Colon, in pools in the lower littoral near
Black Beach Anchorage, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-240C, 17 Jan. 1934.

Grateloupiaceae

Plants with a flat blade, or bushy with terete branches variously di-
vided; structurally filamentous; sporangia tetrapartite, scattered or in
nemathecia; carpogenic branches two celled, the immersed cystocarp dis-
charging by a well-defined pore.

KEY TO GENERA

1. Thallus flat, soft, foliaceous or divided; sporangia scattered 2

1. Thallus membranous; sporangia in nemathecia . . Cryptonemia

1. Thallus branched, the firm divisions narrow; sporangia in nema-
thecia 4

2. Cortex parenchymatous in section Halymenia

2. Cortex of anticlinal cell rows 3

3. Thallus flat, entire or lobed; cortex of rows of short rounded
cells, medulla of loosely forking filaments Aeodes

3. Thallus flat, subsimple or variously branched; cortex of short
anticlinal filaments, the medullary filaments forming a network

Grateloupia

202 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

3. Thallus flat, entire or lobed, thick and firm; cortex thick, of
longer antich'nal rows, medullary filaments slender, in a thick
dense layer Pachymenia

4. Thallus dichotomous or pinnate, flat or compressed; medulla of
thin filaments, cortex loose within, dense without . . . Prionitis

4. Thallus dichotomous ; medulla dense, netlike, cortex firm, dense
Polyopes

Incertae Sedis

5. Plants pulvinate, parasitic on Prionitis Lobocolax

GRYPTONEMIA J. Agardh, 1842

Gryptonemia decolorata n. sp.^^^
Plate 83, Fig. 1

Plants small, when dried dark dull reddish, to about 5 cm high, stain-
ing the paper dark brown, thin, firmly membranous ; irregularly branched,
the branches contracted at the base, the apices rounded, the margins
crisped and erose, submicroscopically aculeate dentate, width of branches
3-12 mm, thickness 80-100 /a; structurally the medulla of slender closely
placed intertwined filaments about 2-3 ju, diam. with coalescent walls, the
subcortex irregular, of about two layers, the cells depressed, the inner
being larger and about 9-12 fx in greater diam. ; the cortex of close-placed
cells, single or two superposed, rounded angular and 4-8 fx diam. in sur-
face view, together about 5-9 /jl deep, appearing laterally compressed in
section ; reproduction not seen.

Mexico: Nayarit, dredged from 22 meters' depth at sta. 970 near
I. Maria Magdalena, Las Tres Marias, no. 39-656 (TYPE), 9 May
1939.

ABODES J. Agardh, 1876

Thallus foliaceous, entire or irregularly lobed, moderately thin ; struc-
turally showing a very loose medulla of slender branched filaments and
similar-appearing rhizoids ; cortex comparatively dense, of small rounded
cells ; tetrasporangia scattered ; cystocarps in small, scattered groups, im-
mersed in the medulla, with a well-developed filamentous pericarp.

118 Cryptonemia decolorata n. sp. — Plantae parvae, irregulariter ramosae, ramis
3-12 mm latitudine, ad basim contractis; apicibus rotundatis, marginibus crispatis,
erosis, minute aculeato-dentatis; reproductione non observata. Planta typica in loco
dicto I. Maria Magdalena, Las Tres Marias, Mexico, legit W. R. Taylor no. 39-
656, 9 May 1939.

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 203

Aeodes (?) ecuadoreana n. sp.^^^
Plant from a small holdfast to 75 cm tall or more and about as broad,
rose red, thin but fleshy in texture, sessile, foliaceous, the margin undulate,
slightly sinuate and with broad, indefinite lobes; thickness about 150 /a;
filamentous in construction, the lacunose medulla of slender anastomosing
filaments occupying nearly half the thickness; ganglionic filament junc-
tions absent ; the cortex of branched cell series, loose within, separated by
more than their diameters, the inner cells thin-walled, 9-14 fi diam.,
occupying in one or two layers some 20 [i of thickness, the outer two or
three layers more close, occupying about 20 /x additional, the surface cells
4-6 fjL diam., with thick walls between the cells ; cystocarps 0.20-0.33 mm
diam., immersed and not distending the fresh thallus significantly, occu-
pying the medullary area with a few filaments surrounding them, dis-
charging by a pore on one side of the blade ; carpospores large and rela-
tively few in number, in groups, the mass attached laterally by a lobed
cell.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, frequent as dredged in 27 meters
of water off Post Office Bay, I. Santa Maria, nos. 34-292A, 34-295
(cystocarpic, TYPE), 19 Jan. 1934. Ibid., dredged from 55 meters,
no. 34-389 (cystocarpic), 29 Jan. 1934.

GRATELOUPIA C. Agardh, 1822

Plants of moderate to considerable size, foliaceous to bushy, the
branching generally pinnate and complanate, the branches flat; texture
fleshy to membranous, moderately firm; structurally showing a medulla
of slender filaments which anastomose radiately, surrounded by a jelly,
and a cortex of anticlinal moniliform filaments covered by a more or less
firm jelly; sporangia tetrapartite, immersed in the cortex; cystocarps
minute, scattered or in groups, immersed in the cortex and surrounded
by a thin pericarpic layer.

KEY TO SPECIES

1. Branching essentially pinnate G. filicina

1. Branching dichotomous, with marginal proliferations pinnately
arranged G. cerrosiana

119 Aeodes (?) ecuadoreana n. sp. — Plantae altitudine 75 cm, foliaceae, tenues
sed carnosae, margine undulato, lobos latos indefinitosque habente; crassitudine
150 |Li; filamentis medullaribus parietes tenues habentibus, iunctionibus ganglionicis
absentibus; cortice e filamentis anticlinalibus ramosis constante; cellulis superfici-
alibus 4-6 \i diam. per parietes crassos separatis; cystocarpis 0.2-0.33 mm diam.
Planta tvpica in loco dicto Post Office Bay, I. Santa Maria, Ecuador, legit W. R.
Taylor no. 34-295, 19 Jan. 1934.

204 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

Grateloupia filicina (Wulfen) C. Agardh, /.

Plants gregarious, to 5-6 cm tall, irregularly and sparingly pinnately
branched, below subcylindrical to compressed, 1-2 mm diam., flattened in
the middle parts and to 2-3 mm broad, near the tips again subcylindrical
and about 1 mm diam.; dull purplish, below firm, above fleshy; struc-
turally with a moderately close filamentous central medulla, outside of
which there is a much looser arachnoid zone with anastomoses, and this
supporting a cortex of anticlinal cell rows.

These sterile specimens seem rather more firm than one would expect
for G. filicina, but the basal portions of that species are often firmer than
the upper parts, and this may have been merely a dwarfed type. They are
taller and broader than G. Hancockii Dawson (1944, p. 280, pi. 69, fig.
2), and would seem to differ in the texture of the tissue around the firm
central medulla, but are not dissimilar in habit, though somewhat less
branched.

Mexico: Guerrero, on rocks in shallow water, Ba. Petatlan, nos.
34-573, 34-576, 2 Mar. 1934.

Grateloupia cerroslana n. sp.^^o

Plate 38, Fig. 2

Plants to 20 cm tall, fleshy to firm, dull purplish to brownish when
dried, below shortly subcylindrical and stalklike, below the first fork
flattened and strap-shaped, complanate, dichotomously divided 6-8 times,
the tips obtuse, and in the upper part marginally beset with many ligulate
or forked proliferations; branches 6-8 mm wide below, about half as
wide in the upper divisions, to 1.0-1.5 mm thick; medulla wide, of loose
anastomosing slender filaments in a general jelly matrix, the inner cortex
of 2-3 series of small rounded cells in branching series, the outer cortex
of several layers of progressively smaller cells in sparingly branched radial
series, the outermost ones columnar.

These coarse plants show many thickened, dark purplish-red spots,
0.5-1.0 cm diam., which look like sori, but in section show normal vege-
tative structure; since they lack reproductive organs, the generic alloca-
tion is based on structure only.

Mexico: Baja California, rare at South Bay on I. Cerros, no. 34-641
(TYPE), 10 Mar. 1934.

120 Grateloupia cerrosiana n. sp. — Plantae ad 20 cm altitudine, succulentae ad
subcartilaginosas, infra stipitatae, supra segmentis ligulatis complanatae, 6-8-
dichotomae, cacuminibus obtusis; supra a margine proliferae; ramis infra 6-8 mm
latitudine, in segmentis cacuminum latitudine dimidia, 1.0-1.5 mm crassitudine.
Planta tvpica in loco dicto South Bay, I. Cerros, Mexico, legit W. R. Taylor no.
34-641, 10 Mar. 1934.

NO. 1 TAYLOR : PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 205

HALYMENIA C. Agardh, 1817

Plants of moderate to considerable size, foliaceous or bushy, generally
of quite softly fleshy consistency; when branched, variously lobed or
dichotomously or pinnately divided ; structurally showing in the medulla
slender filaments well separated in a soft jelly, often radiating from con-
spicuous ganglia, the cortex of large cells within, small cells without, not
in evident filamentous arrangement ; sporangia tetrapartite, scattered and
immersed in the cortex; cystocarps immersed, with a pericarp of slender
filaments, discharging through a definite pore.

KEY TO SPECIES

1. The plant freely dichotomously branched, the branches subterete
H. Agardhii

1. Branches flat to foliaceous 2

2. Arachnoid medullary ganglionic cells not conspicuous . . 3

2. Arachnoid cells in the medulla prominent . . . H. actinophysa

3. Outer cortical cells to 9 ju, diam. ; plants to 30 cm tall, the lance-
olate segments to 4 cm wide H. santamariae

3. Outer cortical cells 15-25 /x diam. ; plants to 12 cm tall, narrowly
ligulate, the segments to 1.5 cm broad H. utriana

Halymenia Agardhii De Toni

Weber-van Bosse 1921, p. 237; Taylor 1928, p. 199, pi. 26, fig. 18,
pi. 28, fig. 8.

Mexico: Nayarit, dredged from 22 meters' depth at sta. 970 near
I. Maria Magdalena, Las Tres Marias, no. 39-646A, 9 May 1939.

Halymenia santamariae n. sp.^^i
Plate 64, Fig. 1

Plant to 30 cm tall, foliaceous, divided into lanceolate segments 4 cm
broad, or these lobed toward the apex, rose colored, gelatinous, thin, about
75 II thick when soaked up ; the medulla sparse, of slender filaments near

121 Halymenia santamariae n. sp. — Planta ad 3 dm altitudine, foliacea, gela-
tinosa, in segmentis lanceolatis 4 cm latitudine, ad cacumina lobatis, circa 75 y.
crassitudine divisa; medulla sparsa, constante e filamentis parietem tenuem habenti-
bus et refractivis, ganglia interdum formantibus; cortice constante e strata inte-
riore imperfecto, et strato exteriore cellularum 6-9 |x diam., eadem fere crassitudine
gelatinae separatarum; tetrasporangiis dispersis, 9 \i diam., ad 15 \i long. Planta
typica in loco dicto Post Office Bay, I. Santa Maria, Ecuador, legit W, R. Taylor
no. 34-383. 29 Jan. 1934.

206 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

the cortex which form a network and more refractive filaments which
anastomose sparingly and occasionally form an inconspicuous polyradiate
ganglionic structure, the cortex of an inner loose la3^er of colorless cells
attached to the medullary filaments and an outer layer of small cells,
rounded and 6-9 /j. diam. in surface view, separated in the peripheral
jelly by almost their own diameters; tetrasporangia scattered in the
cortex, tetrapartite, spherical to oval, about 9 ju, diam., to 15 ^ long.

This species differs in thickness and absence of conspicuous ganglionic
cells from H. actinophysa Howe, in its relative thinness and inconspicuous
ganglioid cells from H. calif ornica Smith k Hollenberg (1943, p. 216,
figs. 18, 19).

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, one plant dredged from 55 meters
off Post Office Bay, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-383 (tetrasporic, TYPE), 29
Jan. 1934.

Halymenia utriana n. sp.^22
Plate 64, Fig. 2

Plants small, to 12 cm tall, narrowly ligulate, simple or once forked,
the divisions erect, rounded at the tips, tapering gradually from a width
of 1.5 cm to the minute holdfast; texture soft membranous, color rose
red, thickness 35-100 fx; the cortex of one, occasionally two layers of
cells angular in surface view, 15-25 [x diam., and a medulla of anastomos-
ing filaments which appear to have soft coalescing walls in the younger
parts but below occupy about half the thickness of the blade, are looser
and the walls apparently thinner, not being associated with marked gang-
lionic fusions of filaments; cystocarps about 0.25 mm diam., swollen on
both sides of the blade, the carpospores forming a solid mass surrounded
by a thin medullary filamentous layer.

Colombia: Choco, dredged in 37 meters' depth off Ba. Utria, no.
34-501 J (sterile and cystocarpic, TYPE), 14 Feb. 1934.

Halymenia actinophysa Howe

Howel911,p. 509, pi. 34.

The arachnoid cells characteristic of this species are readily visible at
moderate magnifications through the cortex of the fresh or soaked speci-
men, even without staining, readily differentiating it from the other West
coast species.

122 Hal3'menia utriana n. sp. — Plantae ad 12 cm altitudine, angustae ligulatae,
subsimplices, cacuminibus rotundatis, ab 1.5 cm ad hapteron minutum attenuantes;
molli-membranaceae, 35-100 n crassitudine; gangliis perspicuis absentibus, cellulls
corticeis superficiei 15-25 |x diam.; cystocarpis 0.25 mm diam., utrumque latus
laminae distendentibus. Planta typica in loco dicto Ba. Utria, Choco, Colombia,
legit W. R. Taylor no. 34-510 A, 14 Feb. 1934.

NO. 1 TAYLOR : PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 207

Mexico: Is. Revilla Gigedo, dredged from 56-102 meters' depth at
sta. 921 near I. Clarion, no. 39-38A, 17 Mar. 1939. Ibid., dredged at
sta. 129 from 25-32 meters' depth at Braithwaite Bay, I. Soccoro, no. 34-
14 (tetrasporic), 3 Jan. 1934. Ibid., from 41-84 meters' depth at sta.
924, no. 39-66, 18 Mar. 1939.

PACHYMENIA J. Agardh, 1876

Thallus foliaceous, simple or irregularly lobed, rather thick and
fleshy; medulla thick, of slender filaments and rhizoids, the inner cortex
loose, the larger cells with rhizoids interspersed, the outer cortex rather
thick, of anticlinal rows of small cells; tetrasporangia scattered; cysto-
carps scattered, small, in the inner cortex and medulla, with a prominent
spongy filamentous pericarp.

Pachymenia saxicola n. sp.^^s
Plate 65, Figs. 1, 2

Plants spreading to 7.5 cm from the holdfast, which is irregular, 0.5-
1.0 cm diam., the blade sessile or a little peltate, appressed to the substrate,
very firm in texture but the surface slipper}^, in the middle about 2 mm
thick (soaked up), dull reddish purple; shape irregular, near the base
broad, to 4-6 cm or more, or irregularly cleft and the widest branches only
about 2 cm, from the margins of the outer segments very irregularly
alternately branched and often closely beset with small ligulate prolifera-
tions; structurally showing a medulla of closely placed, elongated thick-
walled cells in filaments, and an inner cortex of irregular large rounded
cells with abundant filaments in the interstices; median cortex of large
rounded cells with thick walls grading externally to a layer about 85 /a
thick composed of anticlinal filaments once or twice branched, closely
placed, with thin walls, about 3 /a diam. near the surface and the cells
rather elongate, to 1-4 diameters; tetrapartite sporangia formed near the
inner part of the outer cortex but extending nearly to the surface at
maturity, large, oval, to 15-25 /a diam., 55-80 /x long.

123 Pachymenia saxicola n. sp.— Plantae ad 7.5 cm, e haptero 0.5-1.0 cm diam.
orientes, sessiles aut subpeltatae, appressae, firmae sed lubricae, (madefactae) ad
2 mm crassitudine; forma irregulares, lobis ad basim 4-6 cm latitudine, aut in
segmenta ad 2 cm lat. fissis, marginibus externis irregulariter ramosis et saepe
ligulato-proliferis; tetrasporangiis ovatis, 15-25 !i diam., 55-80 u long. Planta
typica in loco dicto I. Santa Maria, Ecuador, legit W. R. Taylor no. 34-2d6, 18
Jan. 1934.

208 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

This plant appears to be close to Pachymenia cuticulosa Howe (1914,
p. 171, pi. 63, text-fig. 4). The chief differences seem to lie in the thicker
prostrate thallus with narrower branches which do not tend to have entire
margins, the thinner outer cortex of more slender and closer anticlinal
cell rows inside a softer and probably thinner cuticle, and the longer tet-
rasporangia which, since they were found in some sections and not in
others nearby, may be formed somewhat locally.

Ecuador: Archipielago de Colon, appressed to rocks, especially in
crevices, intertidal ; Black Beach Anchorage, I. Santa Maria, no. 34-256
rryP^AlSJan. 1934.

POLYOPES J. Agardh, 1849

Thallus flat, dichotomously branched, the segments strap shaped and
sometimes contracted slightly, of firm consistency; structurally showing a
dense filamentous spongy medulla, the cortex also dense, of anticlinal rows
of cells, within somewhat looser and larger, closer and of smaller cells
without; tetrasporangia and cystocarps in special fertile branch tips some-
what segregated by a constriction; sporangia in slightly elevated nema-
thecia, tetrapartite ; cystocarps very small, immersed in the locally thick-
ened branch tips, lying in the inner cortex and somewhat extending into
the medulla, with a spongy filamentous pericarp.

Polyopes Bushiae Farlow

Plants to 8 cm tall, dark reddish purple, texture firm fleshy, habit
dichotomously branched, the branches above more close and fastigiate;
flat throughout except near the base, to 3 mm broad below and but 1.0-
1.5 mm in the ultimate branches; structurally showing a dense firm inner
medulla of very slender filaments with coalesced walls, surrounded by a
zone of larger filaments appearing subparenchymatous in transverse sec-
tion, the cortex of anticlinal cell rows 3-5 cells long, the walls firm and
closely joined, at least the outer 2-3 cells rectangular in section.

Farlow 1900, p. 75.

This material is of a more lax habit than that issued without descrip-
tion under the name of Cryptonemia Bushiae Farlow ms. in Phyc. Bor.-
Amer. no. 600 (1899), but not essentially different. The histological
features of the two collections agree exactly. They show a great structural
similarity to Prionitis. In this they differ sharply from Setchell & Gard-
ner's ( 1924, pi. 28, fig. 61) figure of Polyopes sinicola, where the medulla
of delicate filaments passes directly into the cortex, which has much longer

NO. 1 TAYLOR: PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE 209

anticlinal rows and certain other peculiarities, such as markedly large
cells at each forking of these rows, and pyriform surface cells. DeToni
(1915, pp. 1586, 1594) considers that Prionitis has three structural zones
and Polyopes two. No fruit appears in the present material; so nothing
can be done about a more critical estimate of the generic position of the
species from that aspect.

Mexico: Baja California, on rocks at South Bay, Cerros, no. 34-
647, 10 Mar. 1942.

PRIONITIS J. Agardh, 1851
Thallus compressed or flat, linear, dichotomously or pinnately
branched with frequent adventitious lateral branchlets ; firm to subcarti-
laginous; inner cortex lacunose within and penetrated by rhizoids, out-
wardly of enlarged rounded cells, the outer cortex of small cells in anti-
clinal rows; tetrasporangia in special lateral branchlets with thickened
cortex, tetrapartite ; cystocarps scattered on special fertile branchlets, im-
mersed, projecting more or less into the medulla, surrounded by a rela-
tively feeble filamentous pericarp.

KEY TO SPECIES
1. Axis and branches terete to a little compressed 2

1. Branches flat, subfoliar 3

2. Larger, 1-4 dm tall, the main axes subdichotomous, bearing ir-
regular to pinnately disposed slender branchlets . . P. filiformis

2. Small, to 2 cm tall, dichotomously branched, complanate, with
small adventitious branchlets bilaterally disposed below P. kinoensis

3. Dichotomously branched, the segments strap shaped, little taper-
ing, with abundant adventitious branchlets on the margins of the
segments ^

3. Segments linear lanceolate, with rather acute tips .... 5

4. Adventitious branchlets ligulate P« abbreviata

4. Adventitious branchlets spatulate to reniform . . P. Hancockii

5. Irregularly dichotomous throughout, the blades plane or nearly

gQ P. albemarlensis

5. Dichotomous below, but the upper portions pinnate, the blades
markedly crisped P- galapagensis

Prionitis filiformis Kylin
Plants to 45 cm tall, below freely alternately or irregularly subdichot-
omously branched, the upper segments long, sparingly to closely bilater-
ally beset with linear oblanceolate branchlets 5-10 mm long; major axes

210 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 12

flattened above, to 2-3 mm wide, below subcylindrical, to 2 mm diam. ;
tetrasporangia abundant in the